Welcome to AvantStay! We believe you deserve so much more than an ordinary short-term vacation rental experience. But what makes AvantStay different? We’re all about what you can dream. Every travel experience should be one-of-a-kind, delightful, and stress-free. We shine with our attention to detail, commitment to customer service, hotel-quality amenities, and upgrades and experiences that help ensure every stay with us is more memorable than the last. In choosing us, you’re not just choosing another short-term rental company—you’re choosing an elevated experience.
Homes Catered To Groups
We have homes of all types, but most of our homes are best experienced with friends and family. Large We have homes of all types, but most of our homes are best experienced with friends and family. Large dining areas, state-of-the-art kitchens, and yards great for gatherings make getting together with all your loved ones a breeze. Plus, plenty of bedrooms (many with their own bathrooms) means no one’s sleeping on the couch this time.
An Elevated Experience
With luxurious upgrades and experiences available at the touch of a button, you can let your imagination run wild when it comes to trip activities. To start, our app gives you front-row access to services you would expect at a five-star hotel — in-room massages, mid-stay cleanings, and private transportation. But, when you stay with us, the sky’s the limit! From booking a private chef to prepare dinner for the family, to pre-stocking your fridge with groceries before you arrive, the AvantStay app makes it easier than ever to make your vacation dreams a reality.
Award-Winning Design
As travelers ourselves, we know how crucial the interior design of a home can be when planning the vacation of your dreams. We’ve actually built an in-house interior design team. And it’s not just any interior design team—they’ve actually won awards for it, including best design from Marriott Homes & Villas in 2021. We make sure our homes match the vibe of your trip, whether it be on the coast or in the woods, so you’re fully immersed in the magic of your vacation.
Our homes are also decked out with amenities, so you’ll never be sitting around wondering what to do next. From cornhole to board games, from billiards to the hot tub, we believe fun comes in all shapes and sizes and is best experienced with your loved ones. The amenities for each home are different (our estates collection has some truly awe-inspiring ones), but we can promise that you will never be bored.
Customer Service By Humans, For Humans
Our dedicated area managers are here to make sure your experience is delightful. We also have team members available 24/7, so even if you need something in the middle of the night, we’re there to help. That way, you aren’t at the whim of the homeowner’s availability and you won’t get a computer trying to help you in a crisis. We want every aspect of your experience to be as relaxing as possible, because that’s why you go on vacation in the first place.
Happy Homeowners
On top of the personal relationship we keep with our guests, we also take deep care and thoughtful steps to ensure our homeowners feel proud and reassured when their property is in our hands.
We pride ourselves on:
Best-in-class in-field operations
Smart-home technology to keep our homes and guests safe
Complimentary updated interior design
A proprietary software platform that manages it all and keeps homeowners informed
We care for these homes as though they were our own (some are even employee-owned), and we continue to build and grow sustainably to build value for our homeowners. If you’re interested in partnering with us, you can learn more about our Vacation Rental Management.
While most of our properties are homes designed for group travel as mentioned above, we also have cozier rentals and even boutique hotels, because sometimes you just want to get away without the crowd. Most importantly, we’re ever-growing to fit the needs of the modern-day traveler, meaning we’re adding new properties in new destinations all the time.
Temecula Valley is a popular day-trip destination for Southern California wine enthusiasts. The area’s gentle, rolling hills, lush greenery, and rich wine culture are better appreciated during a long weekend or extended getaway. There’s a lot to enjoy in this hidden Inland Empire gem, so round up your closest pals and discover the 22 best things to do in Temecula.
Award-winning, small-batch vintages from over 50 nearby wineries are waiting for you and your crew to sample them. Given SoCal’s year-round perfect weather, there’s no bad time to sip on Malbec or Petite Sirah Rose while watching hot air balloons drift overhead and dot the horizon.
Of course, you don’t need to drink to enjoy Temecula. Quaint antique shops and offbeat boutiques line the streets, waiting for you and your crew to browse inside or just pose for photos for the ‘gram outside the historic, Western-style buildings. Plus, once you’ve done enough exploring, there’s no shortage of soaking tubs in the area’s numerous spas. After a day of touring vineyards and trekking across hiking trails, a massage table or hot tub is the perfect end-of-day destination.
Munch Your Way Through A Smorgasbord of Dining Options
1. Indulge in Spanish Flavors at Bolero at Europa Village
Located on more than 45 acres of rolling hills in the Temecula Valley, Bolero at Europa Village is the first of three distinct stops within Europa Village. Complete with a boutique, a Spanish-inspired restaurant, and a beautiful wine cave and tasting room, it’s the perfect place to engulf yourself in local culture. Bolero Restaurante serves breakfast, lunch, and dinner with menus to celebrate the centuries-old tradition of tapas. Shareable plates include seafood, steak, roasted vegetables, olives, European cheeses, and charcuterie.
For the perfect home base near Europa Village, consider a stay at Bordeaux by AvantStay.
2. Enjoy Casual Bites and Drinks at The Cantina at Bolero
On the more casual side, The Cantina at Bolero is a rustic bar offering tapas, house wines, private-label beer, and cocktails. Best of all are the options, totaling 13 indoor and outdoor venues within the resort’s 15,315 square feet.
After enjoying the tapas and drinks at The Cantina, unwind at Merlot by AvantStay, a comfortable retreat located just a short drive away.
3. Savor Gourmet Cuisine with a View at Altisima Winery’s Gaspar’s Restaurant
Altisima Winery‘s tasting room offers magnificent, must-see views, courtesy of its hillside site. This legacy winery is in partnership with eight local families. Wine isn’t the only thing on the menu, though. Gaspar’s Restaurant, named after Spanish explorer Gaspar de Portola, is part of the winery, featuring a gourmet menu for dining indoors and outdoors.
For a charming and comfortable retreat with easy access to Altisima Winery and its stunning vistas, consider booking Chardonnay Charm by AvantStay.
4. Dine Bistro-Style in Old Town at Small Barn
In Old Town Temecula, Small Barn restaurant serves bistro-style menu selections in The Antique Cottage’s former home on Old Town Front Street. The owners hired former Top Chef contestant Angelo Sosa as culinary director to create charcuterie, salads, and soups.
Enjoying the bistro-style delights at Small Barn in Old Town Temecula? Retreat to the nearby tranquility of De Luz!
5. Experience Authentic Italian Cuisine at Bottega Italia
Bottega Italia offers a touch of Italy without international travel. The Prestifilippo family prides itself on authentic and quality products and five-star service. Using fresh and sustainable ingredients in classic recipes, perhaps the most valued item on the menu is Chef Gimmy Piperku’s pizza.
For a welcoming and comfortable stay near the authentic Italian flavors of Bottega Italia, consider a stay at Casa del Arbol.
6. Share Delicious Plates at Oscars Brewing Company
The menu at Oscars Brewing Company (OBC) is designed for foodies who love sharing. Executive Chef Nick Tall takes pride in creating a balance of healthy and decadent menu options. OBC is a scratch kitchen and bakery that supports local farms, non-GMO produce, humane agriculture, and sustainable food sources while reducing the carbon footprint by using biodegradable and compostable materials. This eatery is open for brunch, lunch, and dinner, as well as indoor and outdoor dining.
Extend your Temecula experience beyond the delicious offerings of Oscars Brewing Company with a stay at the conveniently located Grand Contento.
7. Excite Your Palate with Charcuterie at Grazing Theory
If you love quality charcuterie and nosh time with a cheese board front and center, Grazing Theory is for you. Owner Gina LaMora elevates the experience in presentations meant to wow. If you’re seeking to entertain a group, you can schedule a Wine & Cheese Pairing Charcuterie Workshop. Several wineries in Temecula offer mini charcuterie boxes and pre-ordered boards for wine tasting, including Doffo Winery, Akash Winery, Danza del Sol Winery, Peltzer Winery, Vitagliano Winery, and Batch Mead.
Order to-go delivery to picnic at a winery or wherever you’re staying, such as the AvantStay Palazzo Del Sol, where you can enjoy dinner on the upstairs veranda deck while gazing out at the home’s beautiful mountain views.
8. Taste Local Brews at Temecula Brewing Company
Temecula Brewing Company, located in Vail Headquarters, began in a garage. Today, the brand has grown, and its logo pays homage to Temecula Valley’s ranching history with the traditional cattle skull. The arrows represent the Luiseño people of the Temecula Valley region, and the wheat ends of the arrows speak to the craft of brewing, as does the hop head symbol on the skull.
Looking for a charming place to stay after enjoying the history and brews at Temecula Brewing Company? Summit Ranch by AvantStay offers a wonderful option in the heart of wine country, with a private vineyard and infinity pool just beyond the back porch.
Get Your Thrills at the Outdoor Activities in Temecula
9. Explore Temecula Wine Country by E-Bike
Temecula Wine Country E-Bike Rentals allows you to pedal at your own pace to enjoy the trails and explore the region. These state-of-the-art electric bikes are designed for a smooth and easy biking experience along paved and dirt roads. Bring a water bottle and your cell phone to place in the bike’s appointed cage storage. You’ll get your own bike lock, helmet, and maps with your rental, and you have the option to rent a picnic bag.
For a fantastic home base while you pedal your way through Temecula’s vineyards with an e-bike rental, why not book a stay at Villa Verdot?
10. Experience Local Culture at the Starlight Bazaar
Starlight Bazaar at the Vail Headquarters is held on the last Friday of every month from 6-10 p.m. This nighttime festival showcases local music, art, food, and culture.
11. Saddle Up for a Horseback Riding Adventure
Saddle up and channel your inner equestrian at one of these spots to take a horseback ride tour or attend a spectator event:
Temecula Carriage Co. is the place to reserve a horse-drawn carriage ride or a private dining carriage for dinner.
Galway Downs, a race-horse training facility, is also where you’ll want to take in a dressage show. Be sure to check out the upcoming events.
Wine Country Trails by Horseback offers riding experiences through the beautiful vineyards of the Temecula Wine Country. Take a 90-minute guided tour along with breathtaking views of the Maurice Car’rie Winery vineyards on docile and gentle horses led by seasoned tour guides.
Book your Fine Wine and Horses adventure at Vin Hesten Trail Rides to take a professional horseback riding lesson before an hour-long trail ride with a stop for wine tasting at a partner winery.
12. Try Your Luck at Pechanga Resort and Casino
Feeling lucky? The Pechanga Resort and Casino has the largest casino floor in California and features over 5,000 slot machines, 158 table games, a non-smoking poker room with 38 tables, and an ultra-modern, 700-seat bingo facility. You can also purchase tickets to concerts such as “The Go Go’s,” or grab a seat inside the Comedy Club. Treat your friends to dinner with your big win and enjoy Italian-inspired culinary plates at Paisano’s or slurp a dozen oysters at Umi Sushi & Oyster Bar. Meat eaters will want to book a reservation at The Great Oak Steakhouse before heading back to the roulette table.
Looking for a peaceful escape after a night of fun at Pechanga Resort and Casino? Grapevine is a wonderful option for your Temecula getaway.
13. Discover Local History at the Temecula Valley Museum
Step back in time at the Temecula Valley Museum and experience the rich history of Temecula Valley’s old town from its discovery to today. After stepping back in time, enjoy a comfortable and convenient stay at Cleveland Vista, located just a short drive from Old Town.
14. Tee Off at Temecula Creek Golf Club
Temecula Creek Golf Club is the place to strut your put. Awarded a Four-Star rating from Golf Digest, these three Temecula golf courses offer challenging play in a one-of-a-kind, scenic setting. For golfers seeking a relaxing and convenient stay after a round of golf, consider booking Via del Sur by AvantStay.
15. Take a Breathtaking Hot Air Balloon Ride
Be sure to rise up, up, and away in a hot air balloon ride for a mix of peace and adventure. A gentle sunrise floats above the picturesque rolling hills, and vineyards are available year-round.
California Dreamin’ offers a post-landing light European breakfast served in a private rose garden, complete with mimosas and local fare.
Magical Adventure balloon rides include a flute of premium champagne, juice, or mimosa to make a toast to the start of a glorious day. Continental breakfast is also part of the package. Nobody leaves without their commemorative flight certificate, complimentary souvenir photo taken by a professional photographer, two-for-one wine-tasting tickets, and more discounts to six local wineries.
A Grape Escape adventure begins at sunrise. You’ll be invited to help inflate your beautiful hot air balloon or simply observe others. Once in the basket and in the air, your pilot, a.k.a. “tour guide,” will point out areas of interest and take questions about the region. Once grounded, toast to a successful flight with a mimosa and light breakfast served picnic style in the gardens at Europa Village Winery, and leave with a souvenir certificate of flight.
Sip the Finest at the Best Wineries in Temecula
16. Explore the Calle Contento Wine Trail
Hit the Calle Contento Wine Trail for vino tastings “off the beaten road,” or at least located along a less busy trail off Rancho California Road. Wineries worth the turn off the road include:
The Patel family’s Akash Winery, if only for a taste of Dreamville Brosé.
Briar Rose Winery, a land of enchantment said to be the first cult winery of Temecula.
Turn into Falkner Winery for a taste sure to please your palate, especially considering that 80 percent of the wines on their tasting menu are award-winning.
Lumiere Winery is where you can taste a 2017 white merlot, a rare offering in the wine world.
Peltzer Family Cellars offers more than a winery, but its wine options are worthy of a stop alone. From Prosecco to Malvasia Bianca, Barbera, and more, the wines aren’t all you’ll find here. This property is land to a pumpkin farm, and there are train rides and live music events to enjoy. Oh, and they also have an ice skating rink open during the winter months, featuring 8,400 square feet of skating space, complimentary gliders, picnic benches, hot cocoa, snacks, local food truck eats, and a bar serving Peltzer wines, of course.
Vindemia Vineyard & Estate Winery offers varieties, including a popular “More Cowbell” label with a blend of zinfandel, cabernet, viognier, and syrah. The backdrop to this winery is its 100 olive trees, which they harvest and press for fresh, delicious olive oil, available at certain times of the year.
If you’d like to experience living by a winery, book Wilson Creek Manor for a truly immersive Temecula wine country experience, just a stone’s throw from many of these fantastic vineyards.
Shop ‘Til You Drop in Downtown Temecula
17. Shop for Handmade Bath & Body Products at Downtown Apothecary
In the Vail Headquarters historic district, its Downtown Apothecary is the place to purchase small-batch handmade bath and body products. Essential oil blends and sea sponges are among its popular products.
18. Find Unique Treasures at Big Horse Feed & Mercantile
Big Horse Feed & Mercantile began with a few horse-related items and feed for sale, but today, it offers much more than feed. You can find unique items for pets, humans, and your home, and come October, there’s a festival that’s complete with a corn maze.
19. Design Your Dream Furniture at Bucket of Nails
At Vail Headquarters, Bucket of Nails is the go-to place for custom-built furniture and home décor. Want to design your dream table? This is a good place to start!
20. Purchase Alpaca Goods at Temecula Valley Alpacas
Temecula Valley Alpacas is the perfect place to purchase hats, wraps, and more, all handmade from fabric shed by the animals you’ll greet upon entrance.
21. Explore Old Town’s Specialty Shops
Old Town specialty shops worthy of a visit include:
Farmers’ Markets are held on Saturdays in Old Town, Tuesdays in Vail Headquarters, and Wednesdays in Promenade. Shop here for local produce, artisan, and handcrafted goods.
A visit to Temecula guarantees an authentic, memorable experience, especially if you hit a few items on our list. From locally sourced cuisine and Alpaca-oriented boutiques to vineyard tours and hot air balloon rides overlooking the city, Temecula has it all. Explore Temecula firsthand at one of AvantStay’s Temecula properties.
Planning a beach trip with your favorite people? Bring the whole family, the friend group, or a little bit of both; Destin is where group vacations go very right. But let’s be honest—finding a place big enough for everyone can be tricky. Plus, don’t get us started with the things and activities you can do while staying in!
But we know this and expected that everyone would want private pools, epic bunk rooms, big kitchens, and backyard hangout zones. That’s why we’ve rounded up our top 20 Destin Airbnbs that were practically made for group getaways.
If you are ready to make this the trip everyone talks about for years, let’s find your beach base.
Tidal Wave
Tidal Wave is here for your summer fun involving beach days, pool hangs, and a house big enough for the whole gang. Just a short walk from the sugar-white sands of the Gulf, this coastal home is basically your personal launchpad for sun-soaked days and breezy nights, where the vibe is always on, and your biggest decision of the day is pool or beach (or both).
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: It’s the ultimate group getaway house—spacious, stylish, and steps from the beach. Tidal Wave makes sure everyone has their moment, even if you’re in cannonball or cocktail-on-the-patio.
Sleeps 16 guests with 7 bedrooms and 9 beds
Private pool, hot tub, firepit & hammock with Adirondack chairs
Fully stocked kitchen with bar seating and two dining areas
Outdoor living space with BBQ grill
Short walk to the beach and close to Destin shops & restaurants
You know that dream you have where you’re poolside with your favorite people, someone’s mixing drinks at the tiki bar, and the kids are fully entertained for hours without needing a screen? Yeah—Miramar Dream House is that dream. If your crew’s the type to turn every beach trip into a memory-packed event, this is the one.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: Ideal for groups, buzzing with personality, and close enough to the beach that sandy feet are basically inevitable.
Sleeps 18 guests with 7 bedrooms and 11 beds
Private pool, hot tub, and backyard tiki bar
Game room with arcade, bowling table, board games & more
Indoor exercise equipment is available
The driveway can accommodate a maximum of 7 to 8 cars
Your summer HQ for beach days, lazy poolside lounging, and low-key evenings–welcome to Blue Surf Lane! Tucked into a quiet corner of Miramar Beach, this coastal gem brings all the good vacation vibes of sunny poolside afternoons, grill nights under the stars, and that “let’s stay one more day” energy.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: Built for good times with your favorite people, that has big open spaces, a resort-style backyard, and all the little comforts that make summer feel infinite.
Sleeps 14 guests with 6 bedrooms and 9 beds
Private pool, fire pit, and backyard lounge area
Full kitchen with bar seating and spacious indoor dining
If you’re into serious beach energy but also want room to spread out and do your thing, Destin Dream totally gets it. This two-level gem gives you twice the kitchens, twice the hangout spots, and just the right mix of chill and fun—perfect for multi-family escapes, friend groups, or reunions where everyone’s doing vacation their way.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: Two full floors, one awesome location, and all the room your crew needs to eat, play, and relax without ever feeling crowded. When it comes to doing summer right? This house does it.
Sleeps 15 guests with 5 bedrooms and 8 beds
Two separate floors, each with full kitchens and living areas
If you’re dreaming of an intimate beach trip that starts with palm trees and ends with a waterfall pool, start small with Luau Eastern Sky is your spot. This bright and breezy king studio sits inside Sandestin Resort, just a 2-minute flip-flop walk to the sand—close enough to feel the ocean breeze before you’ve even unpacked your sunscreen.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: Resort perks and private comfort, with the beach literally down the block. Whether you’re team lounge-by-the-pool or team ocean-all-day, you’re never far from the fun (or your next frozen drink).
Sleeps 4 guests with 1 bedroom and 2 beds
Just a 2–3 minute walk to Miramar Beach
Access to a newly upgraded resort pool with waterfall and loungers
Full kitchen for quick meals and beach snack prep
Located within Sandestin with pickleball, golf & more on-site
Ideal for couples or small families who want fun + convenience
This place is part beach house, part grown-up summer camp—and we mean that in the best way. At Miramar Beach Jewel, you’ve got space for your whole crew where it’s bright, fun, and has that instant vacation feeling from the second you walk in. Pack the crew and roll up—summer starts now!
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: It’s got everything a big crew could want—private pool, sunshine-soaked patio, arcade games for the kids, and stylish, beachy interiors that make it feel like your very own slice of vacation magic.
Sleeps 18 guests with 7 bedrooms and 11 beds
Backyard with private pool, string lights, and patio dining
Kid-friendly bunk room with arcade games, board games, and more
Has a private pool with heating option (additional fee)
Gated neighborhood, walkable to Miramar Beach in 10 mins
Bright, shiplap interiors with cozy furnishings throughout
Summer mode: officially activated. When it’s time to hit the beach, there’s no need to haul your stuff on foot—just hop on to Carmine where you can fully relax, play, and repeat. Fully refreshed from top to bottom, this bright and breezy beach retreat will want you to grab your sunnies and toss your flip-flops by the door.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: Chill by the lagoon pool, trolley to the beach, and still have space for the whole group to spread out. Remodeled, relaxing, and ready to roll, where group texts get fired up and sunscreen is packed early.
Sleeps 14 guests with 6 bedrooms and 9 beds
Private balconies with pool views
Front patio with a BBQ grill
Updated interior with new furniture, lighting & floors
Full kitchen with bar seating and open-concept living area
Seasonal trolley to Pompano Street Beach Access (with beach gear!)
👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)
Backyard Beach
default
At Backyard Beach, the Gulf is quite literally in your backyard. A private sandy trail leads straight from this Miramar Beach retreat to the sugar-white sand and blue water. Start mornings with coffee on the private balcony, gather for sunset dinner on the upper deck, and end the day soaking in the beachfront hot tub. With unobstructed ocean views from all three outdoor spaces, every moment comes with a coastal backdrop.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: Direct beach access meets a group-ready layout, giving your crew plenty of space to gather, unwind, and enjoy front-row Gulf views.
Sleeps 16 guests with 4 bedrooms, 8 beds, and 4.5 bathrooms
Private sandy trail with direct beach access
Three outdoor spaces with unobstructed ocean views
Upper deck, private balcony, and shaded beachfront seating
For summertime energy and all-out fun, bring your crew and your favorite floaties to Calico Scallop. Your colorful hub is made for beach days followed by game nights, cannonballs, and sunset barbecues. This place keeps the good times rolling without missing a beat, where every space invites you to relax, play, or post up with a cold drink.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: Big on style, big on fun, and a block from the beach—this house has space for everyone and every mood.
Sleeps 14 guests with 5 bedrooms and 10 beds
Private pool, hot tub, and outdoor grill with lounge chairs
Converted garage game zone with ping pong, arcade & putting green
Cozy den with an air hockey table and foosball
Washer and dryer available for use
Pet-friendly (additional fee) and has driveway parking
Destin Dolphin is the kind of beach house that makes you forget what day it is—in the best way. From the moment you arrive, it’s all about simple pleasures: walking barefoot to the beach in two minutes flat, floating in the pool surrounded by palm trees, and grilling dinner under the stars while the kids play in the yard.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: The layout’s perfect for families or multiple couples traveling together, with privacy where you want it and room to hang when you don’t. Steps to the beach, a fully private outdoor oasis, and a layout that balances downtime.
Sleeps 12 guests with 3 bedrooms and 7 beds
Private pool with outdoor kitchen, grill & smoker, and dining space
Outdoor bar with a television
Just a 1-minute walk to the beach
4 driveway parking spaces
Beach gear credit included for this house
👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)
Kool Beanz
A summer made just for you; Kool Beanz is the beachy-chic home that sets the mood before you even unpack your swimsuit. Painted in seafoam and sunshine tones, this is what summer is supposed to feel like–sipping coffee on the porch rocking chairs, or making poolside memories under the gazebo, the vibe here is all about maxing out your relaxation.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: It’s bold, it’s bright, and it’s built for a big, happy beach gang who want their own slice of Destin fun, just blocks from the shore where everyone gets their own corner to crash in.
Sleeps 18 guests with 6 bedrooms and 14 beds
Private pool with loungers and a pool house
Front porch with rocking chairs
Fully equipped kitchen with island and indoor dining
Arcade machines and board games are available
Short walk to the beach and a quick drive to shops & restaurants
Big group? Big plans? Clear Sky is your choice with room for the whole crew. A light-filled retreat that is all about breezy morning walks, splashy afternoon swims, and sunset hangs that turn into late-night laughs. Practically built into your routine, everyone gets their own slice of quiet.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: Everything’s big here, and if summer had a headquarters, this might be it. Just a quick stroll to the sand, you can now have unforgettable group memories—no beach cart left behind.
Sleeps 20 guests with 8 bedrooms and 12 beds
Private pool with sun loungers and hot tub in the backyard
Beachy vibes meet great summer getaway. Just three minutes from the sand, Bohemian Beach Retreat is your breezy villa for laid-back fun. Start your morning with a stroll to Crystal Beach, come home to your sun-shelf pool for some midday lounging, then gather around with your loved ones for bocce, beers, and backyard hangs that stretch late into golden hour.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: Checks all the boxes—close to the beach, packed with perks, and built for those who know how to have a good time. Plus, everyone gets the royal treatment here.
Sleeps 16 guests with 6 bedrooms and 12 beds
Private pool with sun shelf and loungers
Hot tub, lounge chairs, and bocce court in the backyard
Every adult bedroom has a king-sized bed (yes, every one)
Board games and a foosball table are available
Just 3 minutes to Crystal Beach and next to Henderson State Park
Rocking chairs, hot tub soaks, and sunset views from the patio? Seacrest is where you recharge between adventures. This 2 story town home is where everyone finds their thing. Coffee on the balcony with a salty breeze? Check. A massive pool for all-day lounging? Got it. Bunk beds that feel like summer camp dreams come true? You bet.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: A sweet spot for families or groups who want a quick beach walk, tons of lounge space, and a pool that’s big enough to float in the water without bumping elbows.
Sleeps 20 guests with 8 bedrooms and 16 beds
Private king-size pool, hot tub, and patio with rocking chairs
If you’re rolling into Destin with the agenda of pool days, beach hangs, and group dinners that turn into card games and belly laughs—Golden Horizon is calling your name. This Miramar Beach gem is bold, bright, and built for togetherness, where you can have coffee in hand between pool dips, hot tub soaks, and breezy lunch breaks on the patio.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: Spacious, stylish, and made for memory-making. Golden Horizon gives you all the room and reasons to relax and reconnect. It’s the kind of home where you unpack once and then never want to leave.
Sleeps 20 guests with 6 bedrooms and 10 beds
Private pool, hot tub, grill, and patio
Laptop-friendly workspace areas
Two master suites with Jacuzzi tubs
Game-ready at the 4th-floor tower room with a wet bar
5-minute walk to Miramar Beach and close to restaurants, coffee & shopping
👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)
Sunset Mirage
Kick off your flip-flops and settle into coastal cruise control—because Sunset Mirage is where the vibe stays high and the pool stays cool. A retreat where spring break dreams and summer glow-ups come to life. It’s clear this place was made for memory-making, from having pancakes on the patio to popping the popcorn during movie night.
✅ Why Book This Home for Spring or Summer: Nothing says “seasonal bliss” like a backyard pool, beach down the block, and space for your entire fam under one sunny roof while basically at a beachside.
Sleeps 24 guests with 10 bedrooms and 13 beds
Private pool and hot tub with sun loungers
Backyard with outdoor table & chairs and grill
On-site movie room with projector and plush seating
Have your own perfect slice of vacation and paradise at Flipper and make it ridiculously easy to live your best summer life. Giving your room to do summer your way, this house is bright, breezy, and ready with seriously, seven king bedrooms. No one has to flip a coin for the good room!
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: This one’s made for big group energy—spacious, social, and just nearby on everything Destin has to offer.
Sleeps 20 guests with 8 bedrooms and 11 beds
Private pool with outdoor dining and grill setup
Open-concept layout with a fully equipped kitchen and dining
Can park 3 to 5 cars
Located in a gated community near the beach and public access
13-minute drive to Henderson Beach State Park
👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)
Aquamarine
Aquamarine is like your group’s summer playlist—everyone’s going to love it! Your go-to Destin escape that deserves more than just “plenty of space.” All about the extras made for families, friend groups, or anyone rolling deep and looking to relax hard. If you’re here for sunshine, seafood, or just some overdue chill time, this house wraps it all.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: Spacious, stylish, and just a short drive to the beach. Come for the location, stay for the vibes. Aquamarine is the house your group will talk about next summer, too.
Sleeps 25 guests with 7 bedrooms and 16 beds
Private pool, hot tub, and sun loungers
Covered outdoor deck with alfresco dining space
Fully stocked kitchen and island seating
Covered patio with mini kitchen and BBQ grill
A washer and dryer are available
Driveway parking for 5 cars
👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)
Lyle
From the moment you roll up, the breezy balconies at Lyle welcome you like an old friend. You can start your mimosa on one of the balconies (there are plenty), then head out to explore the white sands nearby, making memories that last longer than your tan. And as golden hour hits, you can gather for laughs, cannonballs, and cocktails.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: The place where you can chill and post up for the whole weekend without ever leaving the backyard—and still feel like you got the full Destin experience.
Here’s the thing—some beach homes just feel like summer. Goals of sunshine, pool hangs, and casually living your best life a block from the beach is what Woodward Way gets you. The way the sunlight hits the pastel trim, or the fact that you can actually hear the beach from the porch, will certainly pump you up for a good time.
✅ Why Book This Home for Summer: Between the short walk to the sand, the sun-kissed backyard, and the freshly redesigned interiors, this place is all vibes and zero stress. There’s even a place in this home where you can have your own little corner of peace.
Sleeps 10 guests with 5 bedrooms and 6 beds
Private pool, hot tub, backyard cabana with shaded outdoor dining
Secret garden nook with a vine-wrapped pergola and fountain
Less than 5 minutes walking to Crystal Beach access
Bright, recently redesigned interiors with a pop of summer
Destin: The Go-To Beach Destination Made for the Whole Crew
Whether you’re planning a family reunion, bachelorette party, friend-cation, or multigenerational getaway, Destin is built for making group memories. This area offers something for everyone—sugar-white beaches for the chill crew, deep-sea fishing and water parks for the adventurers, and a food scene worth rallying the whole table for.
Most of our homes here are designed with gathering in mind: spacious kitchens, multiple bedrooms with en-suites, bunk rooms for the kiddos, and outdoor spaces that make sunset BBQs and poolside hangs the main event.
Destin makes it easy to vacation together, without stepping on each other’s flip-flops. And oh! If you are looking for activities to do, here are our recommended top things to do while in Destin.
So you’ve assembled the dream team—now all you need is the perfect place to drop your bags and let the good times roll. Big groups mean big memories—and Destin delivers. So what are you waiting for? Book that Airbnb where your best summer stories start!
Pristine beaches stretch along a barrier island. This is where the Atlantic Coast creates an exceptional year-round getaway just four hours from Atlanta and two hours from Charleston.
Every season at Hilton Head offers different coastal adventures in South Carolina’s most beloved resort destination. Walk miles of uncrowded beaches collecting seashells early in the morning, then enjoy lunch at the best restaurants serving fresh local seafood with stunning marsh views.
The island features over 20 championship golf courses and world-class tennis facilities that attract sports enthusiasts from around the globe. Coligny Plaza offers family-friendly shopping and dining, while Harbour Town showcases the iconic red-and-white striped lighthouse surrounded by boutique shops and waterfront restaurants.
Spanish moss drapes over centuries-old live oak trees, creating natural canopies throughout the island’s bike paths and nature preserves. Indeed, the Southern charm defines every corner of this barrier island paradise.
The best time to visit Hilton Head is April and May, as well as September and October, when spring and fall shoulder seasons offer fewer crowds and warm weather. Throughout most of the year, the subtropical climate creates comfortable conditions for outdoor activities. Summer brings peak beach season with hot temperatures perfect for swimming and water sports, while winter offers mild weather ideal for golf and outdoor exploration.
If you want to learn more about when Hilton Head offers its most amazing coastal experiences, let’s explore every season so you can plan the perfect Lowcountry island adventure.
About Hilton Head, SC
Hilton Head Island sits off the coast of South Carolina as a 12-mile-long barrier island known for world-class golf courses, pristine beaches, and preserved natural beauty. The island combines luxury resort amenities with authentic Lowcountry culture, creating an atmosphere that attracts families, couples, and sports enthusiasts year-round.
The subtropical climate features hot and oppressive summers, mild winters, with temperatures typically varying from 42°F to 89°F throughout the year. The period of May, June, July, August, and September is widely regarded as the peak season for visitation, when beach activities and water sports reach optimal conditions.
The island enjoys over 12 miles of beautiful beaches perfect for swimming, sunbathing, and beachcombing. Golf season runs year-round with peak conditions in spring and fall, while tennis and outdoor activities remain popular throughout most seasons due to the mild climate.
Hilton Head Travel Seasons at a Glance
Here’s when beach lovers arrive and when you can enjoy peaceful shores and quiet island moments.
Peak Times: May Through September and Holiday Weekends
Summer attracts the largest crowds as families and beach enthusiasts fill every oceanfront rental and beachside restaurant. Memorial Day through Labor Day represents peak beach season with hot temperatures perfect for swimming and water activities. Spring break and major holiday weekends also see increased visitor numbers.
Great Value Times: March Through April and October Through November
Spring offers leisurely vacation opportunities with temperatures ranging from mid-60s to low 70s in March, highs in the 70s in April, and highs in the low 80s in May. Fall provides comfortable weather with fewer crowds while maintaining access to most outdoor activities and beach recreation.
Peaceful Times: December Through February and Mid-Week Any Season
Winter months offer the most tranquil island experiences with mild temperatures perfect for golf and outdoor exploration. Weekday visits throughout the year provide peaceful beach walks and easier restaurant availability without weekend crowds.
Why Visit Hilton Head?
Hilton Head offers unmatched coastal experiences with 12 miles of pristine beaches perfect for swimming, shelling, and relaxation. The island features over 20 championship golf courses designed by legends like Jack Nicklaus, Arnold Palmer, and Pete Dye, making it one of America’s premier golf destinations.
The island maintains authentic Lowcountry character with historic plantations, nature preserves, and cultural sites showcasing centuries of Southern coastal heritage. Fresh seafood restaurants serve locally-caught shrimp, oysters, and fish while overlooking scenic marshlands and waterways.
Spring brings the RBC Heritage golf tournament, and in the fall is Hilton Head’s motoring festival, bringing tens of thousands of people to the island. The Hilton Head Island Concours d’Elegance & Motoring Festival honors rich tradition with southern flair, curating rare automotive collections against a distinctive Lowcountry backdrop.
Your Month-by-Month Guide to Hilton Head
Hilton Head in January: Mild winter weather, peaceful beaches, excellent golf conditions
Hilton Head in February: Comfortable temperatures, fewer crowds, perfect for outdoor activities
Hilton Head in March: Spring emergence, warming weather, wildflowers blooming
Hilton Head in April: Ideal spring conditions, comfortable beach weather, RBC Heritage tournament
Hilton Head in May: Perfect temperatures, beach season begins, shoulder season pricing ends
Hilton Head in June: Summer season launches, hot beach weather, peak family vacation time
Hilton Head in July: Peak summer heat, busy beaches, optimal swimming conditions
Hilton Head in August: Continued summer perfection, warmest ocean temperatures, high humidity
Hilton Head in September: Early fall comfort, warm ocean water, fewer families
Hilton Head in October: Perfect fall weather, comfortable temperatures, peaceful beaches
Hilton Head in November: Cool but pleasant, excellent golf weather, Motoring Festival
Hilton Head in December: Mild winter beginning, holiday decorations, quiet island atmosphere
When Is the Best Time to Visit Hilton Head?
April and May, as well as September and October, represent the best times to visit, offering fewer crowds, warm weather, ocean breeze, warming sunshine, and a tranquil atmosphere. For peak beach conditions, summer months provide hot temperatures perfect for swimming and water sports.
April and May offer maximum daytime temperatures of 22-30°C (72-86°F) with daily sunshine hours of 10 hours or more.
Visiting in Winter (December to February)
Winter showcases Hilton Head’s mild climate advantages with comfortable temperatures perfect for golf, tennis, and outdoor exploration without summer heat and humidity. Average peak temperatures rise steadily from 57.4°F (14.1°C) in January, making winter activities pleasant and enjoyable.
This season offers the most peaceful island experiences with uncrowded beaches, easy restaurant reservations, and optimal conditions for nature walks and bike rides throughout the island’s extensive trail system.
Hilton Head Weather in Winter
December: 45°F to 65°F | About 3 inches of rain
January: 42°F to 60°F | About 3 inches of rain
February: 45°F to 65°F | About 3 inches of rain
Things to Do in Hilton Head During Winter
Winter golf provides ideal conditions with comfortable temperatures and minimal crowds on championship courses throughout the island. Beach walks become incredibly peaceful with miles of shoreline available for shell collecting and wildlife observation.
Nature activities include bike rides through Sea Pines Forest Preserve, bird watching at Pinckney Island National Wildlife Refuge, and dolphin watching from shore or charter boats operating year-round.
Hilton Head Events in Winter
Holiday Light Displays – Festive decorations throughout resort communities
Winter Golf Tournaments – Taking advantage of perfect playing conditions
New Year’s Celebrations – Beachfront and resort festivities
Lowcountry Cultural Events – Indoor performances and art exhibitions
Food Scene in Winter
Restaurants focus on fresh seafood and Lowcountry specialties with cozy indoor dining perfect for mild winter evenings. Oyster roasts and seafood festivals celebrate the region’s maritime heritage while providing warming comfort foods.
Winter Travel Tips
Pack layers for temperature variations between morning and afternoon. Winter offers the best golf course availability and pricing. Take advantage of peaceful beaches for long walks and photography. Many outdoor activities remain available due to the mild subtropical climate.
Visiting in Spring (March to May)
Spring represents one of the ideal times to visit, with temperatures ranging from mid-60s to low 70s in March, highs in 70s in April, and highs in the low 80s in May. This season combines perfect weather with manageable crowds before summer peak season arrives.
Wildflowers bloom throughout the island while ocean temperatures gradually warm to comfortable swimming conditions by late spring.
Hilton Head Weather in Spring
March: 50°F to 70°F | About 4 inches of rain
April: 58°F to 76°F | About 3 inches of rain
May: 65°F to 82°F | About 4 inches of rain
Things to Do in Hilton Head During Spring
Beach activities become increasingly popular as temperatures warm and ocean conditions improve for swimming and water sports. Golf courses showcase spring beauty with blooming azaleas and perfect playing conditions.
Spring brings the RBC Heritage golf tournament, one of the PGA Tour’s most prestigious events held annually at Harbour Town Golf Links, attracting golf enthusiasts and professionals from around the world.
Hilton Head Events in Spring
RBC Heritage Golf Tournament – PGA Tour event at Harbour Town Golf Links
Spring Wildflower Walks – Guided tours showcasing the island bloom season
Easter Celebrations – Family-friendly events and egg hunts at resort communities
Outdoor Music Festivals – Taking advantage of perfect spring weather
Food Scene in Spring
Restaurants expand outdoor seating as the weather becomes ideal for waterfront dining. Spring menus feature fresh local seafood and seasonal ingredients, while outdoor bars and beach clubs reopen patios with marsh and ocean views.
Spring Travel Tips
Book accommodations early, as spring represents excellent value before summer rates begin. Pack light layers for temperature changes throughout the day. Spring offers optimal conditions for bicycle tours and nature activities. Golf course reservations become more competitive during tournament season.
Visiting in Summer (June to August)
Summer delivers peak beach season with high temperatures reaching 87.1°F (30.6°C) and 87.6°F (30.9°C) in July and August, respectively. Hot temperatures create perfect conditions for swimming, water sports, and beach activities while ocean water reaches its warmest temperatures of the year.
This season features the busiest beaches, most family activities, and peak resort atmosphere with all amenities and attractions operating at full capacity.
Hilton Head Weather in Summer
June: 70°F to 85°F | About 6 inches of rain
July: 74°F to 89°F | About 7 inches of rain
August: 74°F to 89°F | About 7 inches of rain
Things to Do in Hilton Head During Summer
Beach activities dominate summer experiences with swimming, boogie boarding, beach volleyball, and sandcastle building. Water sports include kayaking, paddleboarding, jet skiing, and parasailing with numerous rental operators throughout the island.
Charter fishing trips target summer species, including king mackerel, cobia, and tarpon, while dolphin watching tours operate multiple times daily from Harbour Town and other marinas.
Hilton Head Events in Summer
Independence Day Fireworks – Spectacular Fourth of July celebrations over Broad Creek
Summer Concert Series – Outdoor performances at various island venues
Beach Olympics – Family-friendly competitions and activities
Beachfront restaurants maximize outdoor seating with ocean breezes and sunset views. Summer menus highlight fresh local seafood, tropical cocktails, and light fare perfect for hot-weather dining. Ice cream shops and frozen treat vendors become essential stops during beach days.
Summer Travel Tips
Book accommodations far in advance, as summer represents peak season with the highest demand. Arrive early at popular beaches for parking and optimal spots. Pack sun protection, light clothing, and stay hydrated during hot, humid conditions. Make restaurant reservations well ahead for weekend visits.
Visiting in Fall (September to November)
Fall provides some of the year’s most pleasant conditions, with September and October offering fewer crowds and warm weather. Ocean temperatures remain warm from summer heat, while air temperatures become more comfortable for outdoor activities.
This shoulder season combines excellent weather with reduced crowds and often provides the best overall value for island vacations.
Hilton Head Weather in Fall
September: 70°F to 85°F | About 6 inches of rain
October: 62°F to 78°F | About 3 inches of rain
November: 52°F to 70°F | About 2 inches of rain
Things to Do in Hilton Head During Fall
Beach activities continue through October with warm ocean temperatures and comfortable air conditions. Golf courses experience ideal playing conditions with lower humidity and consistent temperatures throughout the day.
Fall features Hilton Head’s motoring festival, with the Concours d’Elegance & Motoring Festival honoring rich tradition with southern flair, attracting automotive enthusiasts and collectors to this distinctive Lowcountry event.
Hilton Head Events in Fall
Hilton Head Island Concours d’Elegance & Motoring Festival – Prestigious automotive celebration
Fall Golf Tournaments – Taking advantage of perfect playing conditions
Seafood Festivals – Celebrating local harvest and maritime culture
Thanksgiving Beach Walks – Traditional holiday activities with beautiful weather
Food Scene in Fall
Restaurants feature seasonal menus celebrating local harvest and fresh seafood. Outdoor dining remains popular with comfortable temperatures and stunning fall sunsets. Many establishments offer special events and wine dinners, taking advantage of pleasant weather.
Fall Travel Tips
September and October offer the best combination of pleasant weather and manageable crowds. Pack light layers for temperature variations between day and evening. Fall provides excellent photography opportunities with clear skies and dramatic lighting. Hurricane season officially ends on November 30th, though Hilton Head rarely experiences direct impacts.
Best Time of the Year to Visit Hilton Head (By Interest)
Choose your perfect timing based on what draws you most to this premier coastal destination:
Best Time for Hilton Head Swimming and Water Sports
June through September provides the hottest temperatures and warmest ocean water, perfect for swimming, water sports, and all beach activities with peak summer conditions.
For Ideal Golf Conditions: Shoulder Seasons
Best Time for Hilton Head Championship Golf
March through May and September through November offer optimal golf weather with comfortable temperatures, lower humidity, and perfect playing conditions on world-class courses.
For Avoiding Crowds: Off-Season Peace
Best Time for Peaceful Hilton Head
December through March provides the most tranquil island experiences with mild temperatures, uncrowded beaches, and easy access to restaurants and attractions without peak season crowds.
For Best Overall Value: Spring and Fall
Best Time for Affordable Hilton Head
April and May, as well as September and October, offer the best combination of fewer crowds, warm weather, and excellent value before and after peak summer pricing.
For Family Activities: Extended Summer
Best Time for Hilton Head Family Fun
May through September provides the warmest weather, most family-oriented activities, and optimal beach conditions when all attractions and water activities operate at full capacity.
For Tennis and Outdoor Sports: Comfortable Seasons
Best Time for Hilton Head Active Adventures
March through November offers ideal conditions for tennis, biking, nature walks, and outdoor activities with comfortable temperatures and minimal weather disruptions.
For Photography and Nature: Year-Round Beauty
Best Time for Hilton Head Natural Experiences
All seasons offer unique photographic opportunities from winter’s peaceful beaches to summer’s vibrant activity, spring’s wildflowers, and fall’s perfect lighting conditions.
Where to Stay in Hilton Head
Experience exceptional beachfront homes that capture Hilton Head’s coastal lifestyle – beach access, ocean views, and luxury amenities that enhance every moment of your Lowcountry island getaway. Here are some spectacular Hilton Head homes you can book with AvantStay:
Dory – Just a quick walk to Hilton Head’s beautiful beaches, this is a three-story retreat designed for groups with complete amenities.
30 Bradley Circle – A charming boardwalk to the beach is one of the best features of this spacious home. It offers premium accommodations for group getaways.
Hilton Ivory – Get to have a luxe retreat, as everything you need to enjoy the surrounding golf courses and beaches is already here in this property.
Heron’s Rest – With families and group travel in mind, this waterfront Sea Pines retreat features beautiful views of Braddock Cove, a private dock, and a deck made for sunset gatherings. You’ll also be just a short walk from South Beach Marina, Salty Dog Cafe, and Hilton Head’s iconic beaches.
Sea Pine – As stunning as it is comfortable, this sophisticated home will let you embrace the island life and enjoy the best of what Hilton Head can offer.
Create Your Hilton Head Itinerary
Ready to plan your Lowcountry coastal adventure? Let our team help you organize everything for your Hilton Head getaway! We can arrange golf tee times, beach equipment rentals, restaurant reservations, and authentic experiences that showcase the real character of this incredible island destination.
Just contact us or download the AvantStay App to book activities, get local recommendations, and manage your entire Hilton Head experience through one convenient platform.
No matter which season calls to you, Hilton Head’s pristine beaches, world-class golf courses, authentic Lowcountry culture, and genuine Southern hospitality create memories that last forever. This destination perfectly balances beach relaxation with outdoor adventure and cultural experiences. Every visit reveals new discoveries and authentic coastal experiences.
Your perfect Hilton Head vacation home awaits. Book with AvantStay today and discover how incredible coastal getaways become when you experience Hilton Head’s legendary charm, natural beauty, and Lowcountry magic.
FAQs
Is Hilton Head expensive to visit?
Hilton Head costs significantly more during peak summer months from June through August when families fill every beachfront rental and oceanside restaurant. Hotels and dining establishments charge premium rates because demand stays high for perfect beach weather and water activities. But visit during shoulder seasons in spring or fall, and you’ll find excellent deals on luxury coastal homes while still enjoying comfortable weather and access to most activities.
How crowded does Hilton Head get?
Peak summer months bring substantial crowds, especially July and August, when beaches become busy and popular restaurants require advance reservations. However, Hilton Head’s 12 miles of beaches provide ample space even during busy periods. Spring and fall shoulder seasons offer fewer crowds with warm weather, while winter months provide the most peaceful island experiences.
When should I avoid Hilton Head?
There really isn’t a bad time to visit Hilton Head since the subtropical climate provides comfortable conditions year-round for different activities. Summer can be hot and humid for some visitors, while winter offers milder temperatures perfect for golf and outdoor exploration. Hurricane season runs from June through November, though Hilton Head rarely experiences direct impacts. The key is matching your visit to seasonal activities – come for beach fun in summer, golf in spring and fall, or peaceful relaxation in winter.
Planning a bachelor party is more than just picking a place—it’s about creating unforgettable memories with your closest friends before sealing the deal. Whether you’re envisioning a weekend filled with adventure, relaxation, or vibrant nightlife, choosing the best bachelor party destinations will set the tone for the entire celebration.
From sun-soaked beaches to bustling cityscapes, the perfect spot awaits to match your group’s vibe and preferences. Whether you’re aiming for laid-back luxury or non-stop excitement, these locations offer the ideal backdrop for your pre-wedding festivities.
To help you get started, we’ve curated a list of top destinations that cater to every type of bachelor party. Read more!
Discover why AvantStay properties are the perfect choice for hosting unforgettable events, offering group-friendly amenities, and exceptional experiences.
Planning a big group getaway? Learn the top vacation rentals that comfortably accommodate 20+ guests—perfect for bachelor parties and milestone celebrations.
Table of Contents – 21 Best Bachelor Party Destinations for Every Type of Groom
Hit the right note with AvantStay. Our upscale properties place you in the heart of the action, offering spacious accommodations perfect for group celebrations.
Nashville, Tennessee – The Music City Bash
Nashville, affectionately known as “Nashvegas,” is a top pick for bachelor parties seeking lively nightlife and rich musical heritage. Enjoy proximity to Broadway’s honky-tonks, renowned barbecue joints, and live music venues, ensuring your party keeps rocking all night long.
Located just a stone’s throw from Downtown and Music Row, this Nashville escape can comfortably accommodate up to 10 guests. It is a multi-story group retreat named after Dolly Parton’s character in “9 to 5.” Perfect for groups looking to stay together while enjoying Nashville’s vibrant nightlife.
SoBro Guest House places your crew right in the heart of Nashville’s legendary nightlife scene. Located just minutes from Broadway’s honky-tonks and live music venues, this boutique-style stay offers multiple stylish suites that can be booked together for the ultimate bachelor party headquarters. Spend the day exploring Nashville’s best restaurants and record shops, then regroup on-site before heading back out for another round of live music and late-night celebrations.
The Magnolia offers a collection of stylish apartments featuring elegant furnishings,with its red-brick exterior and proximity to Nashville’s iconic attractions. You can unwind in the shared sunlit courtyard and enjoy the vibrant culinary scene right at your doorstep.
Austin’s eclectic music scene, food trucks, and outdoor activities make it ideal for bachelor parties. AvantStay offers homes close to South Congress, providing easy access to the city’s best attractions and Austin’s best restaurants.
For bachelor groups looking to go big, Bouldin Collective delivers a true compound-style experience in the heart of Austin. This multi-unit property can accommodate large groups across several connected homes, making it easy to keep everyone together while still having space to spread out. Spend your days exploring nearby South Congress and Barton Springs, then bring the crew back for poolside hangs, grilling, and pregame drinks before heading out to Sixth Street. With its scale, flexibility, and prime location, it’s built for groups that want a high-energy weekend without compromise.
This brand-new condo offers modern amenities and is situated near popular spots like Rainey Street and Sixth Street. With a swimming pool, fitness center, yoga studios, a dog park, and balconies, it’s a guest’s favorite, wanting to stay active while being entertained.
A peaceful lakefront home on Lake Travis, which offers 3 bedrooms, a fully equipped kitchen, and a spacious deck with outdoor seating. It’s an ideal retreat for those wanting to have fun by the water while still being a short drive from downtown Austin.
For those seeking a mix of beach vibes and city nightlife, Los Angeles offers diverse experiences. AvantStay’s properties in LA provide stylish accommodations near top attractions, from Hollywood to Santa Monica.
City Living
This 2-bedroom home offers panoramic views of downtown LA, a spacious outdoor area with a gas grill, and a large lawn. It’s perfect for anyone wanting urban excitement and the best relaxation during a bachelor party.
Perched in the Hollywood Hills, A-Lister is a hideaway offering a private pool, hot tub, sunset views, and a large patio with al fresco dining. Its proximity to West Hollywood’s nightlife and attractions makes it a prime choice for those looking to experience the glamour of LA.
Situated steps from the iconic venues like the Hollywood Pantages Theatre, Rock n Roll is a vibrant pink home with bold decor and modern aesthetic, offering you an authentic Hollywood experience.
For those with a discerning palate, these destinations offer a refined experience amid rolling vineyards and elegant tasting rooms. Indulge in the art of winemaking and savor the moment.
Paso Robles, California – Wine Country Retreat
For a more laid-back yet luxurious experience, Paso Robles offers rolling vineyards and top-tier wineries. This place is indeed an ideal spot for a laid-back yet luxurious bachelor party. Explore local tasting rooms by day and enjoy serene evenings under the stars.
Situated on a gated 40-acre working vineyard, Wellsona is a spacious estate featuring a main house and guest house connected by a breezeway. Amenities include a private pool, hot tub, and wine cellar, providing a serene setting for groups looking to unwind like the classics.
Set on sprawling grounds in the heart of Paso Robles wine country, Rancho de Robles delivers the kind of laid-back luxury that bachelor parties are made for. Spend your days hopping between nearby wineries, then bring the celebration back home for poolside hangs, grilling, and sunset drinks with the crew. With expansive outdoor space and plenty of room to gather, it’s an easy place to turn a casual weekend into a full-blown celebration.
Located in nearby Templeton, Cathedral offers German-style 7 bedrooms and 4 bathrooms. This property features a big swimming pool, stunning views of the rolling hills, and lots of spots to gather, making it ideal for a relaxing bachelor retreat.
Combine the charm of wine country with group-friendly amenities in Temecula. If your bachelor party includes wine tastings and celebratory dinners, then this is the place to choose. Enjoy the scenic beauty and relaxed atmosphere as you toast to the groom’s next chapter.
A 6-bedroom home that has an infinity pool, spa, entertainment area with a pool table, and outdoor fire table. Its unique design and proximity to renowned wineries make it ideal for wine tastings and celebratory dinners.
Offering 10 bedrooms and 10 bathrooms, this mansion accommodates up to 20 guests. Being in the Wilson Creek Winery is the best feature of this home but it also includes a private pool and spacious living and dining areas, providing a luxurious setting for large bachelor groups.
Camila is a mansion on top of the hill that sleeps up to 18 guests. With a private pool paired with the best views of Temecula, it’s perfect for groups seeking a luxurious and comfortable stay during wine country getaways.
Sonoma offers a scenic Sonoma County wineries experience with its renowned vineyards and charming towns. Indeed, a classic and elegant setting for wine tastings and gourmet dining.
Located between Napa and Sonoma Valley, this estate features a custom pool with spa, entertainment barn, and chic remodeled interiors. It’s minutes from downtown Sonoma Square and world-famous vineyards.
This 4-bedroom retreat offers incredible views, an expansive pool, and curated interior design. It’s conveniently located near a selection of wineries and tasting rooms, making it an excellent base for wine enthusiasts.
A luxurious and modern mansion in the heart of wine country, featuring an infinity pool, hot tub, expansive outdoor living, and lounge areas. It’s designed for relaxation and entertainment for the ultimate bachelor party experience.
Beach days and lively evenings await. These destinations offer the perfect blend of sun, sand, relaxation, and excitement for the unforgettable bachelor weekend.
Destin, Florida – The Ultimate Beach Party Hub
Known as the “World’s Luckiest Fishing Village,” Destin offers more than just fishing. With its sparkling white beaches, vibrant nightlife, and a plethora of water activities, it’s a top choice for bachelor parties.
A luxurious and traditional 7-bedroom beach house featuring a private pool, double balconies, and a crow’s nest, all facing the ocean with the best views of the waves. It is perfect for large groups seeking upscale coastal celebrations.
Designed for group getaways, this stylish 7-bedroom Destin retreat is just a short walk from the Gulf’s white-sand beaches. Its private backyard features a pool, hot tub, firepit, covered patio, and BBQ area, giving the crew plenty of space for poolside afternoons and laid-back evenings before exploring Destin’s restaurants and nightlife.
Step directly onto Miramar Beach from this oceanfront escape via a private sandy trail. With 4 bedrooms, a bonus bunk area, multiple decks, unobstructed Gulf views, a beachfront hot tub, and a BBQ grill, Backyard Beach offers plenty of space for the crew to relax and celebrate by the water.
Sun, sand, and sea set the stage for an epic bachelor party along 30A, Florida’s Emerald Coast. Stretching along Florida’s Gulf Coast, the Emerald Coast boasts charming towns, scenic highways, and pristine beaches.
Gather the crew at this spacious coastal retreat featuring six bedrooms, a private pool, and a fenced backyard built for laid-back group celebrations. Grill by the pool, relax on the covered patio, or take the six-seat golf cart to nearby beach access. With an open living area, fully stocked kitchen, and sleeping space for 16, 30A Shady Palms makes an ideal bachelor-party base along the Emerald Coast.
Built for memorable group getaways, Villa Anesi features five bedrooms, a private pool, and multiple spaces for the crew to gather. Grill and unwind poolside, challenge your friends to cornhole or a game-table matchup, then head to the rooftop deck for sunset cocktails around the firepit and panoramic Gulf views. A six-seat golf cart and nearby beach access make exploring 30A easy.
Bring the whole crew to this spacious seven-bedroom retreat near Gulf Place. Sleeping up to 20 guests, it features a private heated pool and spa, an outdoor entertainment area, multiple balconies, and a chef’s kitchen with an oversized island. Grill and relax by the pool, explore nearby dining and nightlife, or head three blocks to the beach for a sun-soaked bachelor weekend.
For those seeking beach relaxation and city excitement, Fort Lauderdale is another destination to pick. You can choose an ideal spot for bachelor groups looking to enjoy both daytime beach activities and the city’s lively nightlife.
Just minutes from Las Olas Boulevard and Fort Lauderdale Beach, this is a luxurious 4-bedroom waterfront home with a private dock, pool, and hot tub. Enjoy spacious interiors, a chef’s kitchen, and a patio ideal for sunset cocktails.
This stylish home features a hot tub, BBQ grill, and al fresco dining setup, perfect for serene and simple bachelor getaways. Located minutes from the beach, it’s perfect for groups where everyone can enjoy the vibrant nightlife and dining options nearby.
Tidal
Offering a relaxing pool, yard to gather, pool valleyball, and proximity to Fort Lauderdale Beach, this cozy home is ideal for bachelor parties looking to combine beach fun with comfortable accommodations.
Explore the stark beauty of desert landscapes by day and enjoy mesmerizing stargazing under clear night skies. You can have a bachelor’s celebration with unique desert experiences.
Coachella Valley, California – Desert Festivities
If your crew is into music festivals or desert adventures, Coachella Valley is the place to be with its vibrant music culture and stunning desert landscapes. It is an ideal base for exploring the desert landscape or attending nearby events for a memorable bachelor party.
A sprawling 9-bedroom estate on over 40 acres, featuring a private lake, saloon-style wet bar, game room, and bonfire area. Ideal for large groups seeking a luxurious and private desert retreat, it is perfect for hosting memorable bachelor party events.
This estate has been the best choice for bachelorette trips, and we know why. It offers a resort-style saltwater pool, jacuzzi, game room, tennis court, and many more amenities to enjoy. Providing everyone with ample space for group gatherings and celebrations in a serene setting.
Nestled on 1.71 acres in Bermuda Dunes, Villa Verbena is a luxurious retreat featuring expansive outdoor spaces, a private pool, and its own basketball court. The expansive living and dining areas are perfect for groups seeking relaxation and entertainment in the desert.
For a blend of relaxation and excitement, Palm Springs delivers. Our properties offer private pools, cabanas, and stylish accommodations where you can enjoy poolside lounging by day and explore vibrant nightlife by night.
Villa Valentina
A sleek 4-bedroom retreat nestled against the foothills of Mount San Jacinto State Park, just 5 minutes from Downtown Palm Springs. This home features a private pool, hot tub, outdoor dining area, and modern interiors designed for your stylish bachelor.
An exclusive hotel experience awaits, offering a private pool, spa, fire pit, and multiple patios by the desert. Located steps from downtown nightlife, it’s the ultimate party pad for bachelors seeking privacy and luxury.
Challenge your groom’s friends for basketball and pickleball at this home. Enjoy the game garage, private pool, hot tub, and a spacious lawn perfect for games and activities. This estate in Palm Desert is the best desert home designed for groups seeking entertainment.
Joshua Tree offers a unique desert experience with its stunning national park and artistic community. And our homes are here to provide serene settings for stargazing and exploration during your trip.
Just 20 minutes from Joshua Tree National Park, this design-forward desert oasis was created by executive producer Chris Hanley that offers five bedrooms and an expansive open-concept layout. Featuring a private resort-like backyard with complete amenities.
Surrounded by cacti and native flora, this tranquil oasis has a plunge pool, hot tub, and chic interiors. It’s a perfect base for intimate bachelor gatherings, morning hikes in the park, and evenings around the outdoor fireplace.
This is the home where everyone from your group can unwind after exploring Joshua Tree’s famed trails and galleries. Offering 3 bedrooms, a pool, a cowboy tub, a fire pit, and stylish lounge spaces, it’s the home for bonding, storytelling, and late-night talks with your crew.
Embark on an unforgettable bachelor party surrounded by nature’s grandeur. From mountain peaks to serene forests, these destinations offer thrilling adventures and cozy retreats.
Central Oregon – Outdoor Adventure Hub
For the outdoorsy groom-to-be, Central Oregon provides a playground of activities. We have homes that offer hot tubs, fire pits, and easy access to hiking, fishing, and skiing. After a day of adventure, relax in spacious accommodations designed for group comfort.
This expansive retreat near Sunriver offers a private pool, hot tub, sauna, fire pit, and a massive backyard. With elegant interiors, 5 bedrooms, and game-ready entertainment spaces, it’s tailor-made for group getaways filled with fun and adventure.
Nestled among towering pines, this beautifully renovated 4-bedroom home features a private dock, wraparound deck, hot tub, and cruiser bikes that are free to use. With access to nearby hiking trails and the Deschutes River, it’s the ultimate home for your adventurous bachelors.
A charming lakeside cabin in Bend, this home has the coziest setting with wood interiors, stone fireplaces, and a spacious outdoor spa. The home also comes with a fire pit, foosball table, and a large dining area—perfect for post-exploration hangs with your crew.
If outdoor activities are your group’s preference, Breckenridge offers skiing, hiking, and more. Selected AvantStay’s properties provide ski-in, ski-out access, a hot tub, and a game room, ensuring both adventure and relaxation.
This massive home sits in the heart of Breckenridge and features a deck with views of the snowcapped mountains, a game room, and a private hot tub. With spacious common areas and unbeatable access to nightlife and ski lifts, it’s designed for unforgettable group celebrations.
A luxury retreat with panoramic views of the mountains, this home features a bubbling hot tub, a pool table, and a large dining table to gather. Located minutes from Main Street, it’s perfect for groups wanting upscale comfort and easy access to trails and breweries.
A sleek 5-bedroom alpine escape with soaring windows, a hot tub, and a spacious deck ideal for après-ski lounging. With its modern rustic vibe and close proximity to slopes and town, it’s a stylish home for bachelor adventures in the Rockies.
For a rustic yet comfortable experience, Big Bear is the ultimate mountain escape for bachelor parties seeking adventure. With its year-round appeal—from snow-covered slopes in winter to hiking and lake days in summer—this alpine town offers something for the outdoor-loving crew.
Nestled near the slopes, this home features a private hot tub, fire pit, and a spacious game room equipped with billiards, foosball, shuffleboard, and air hockey. With cozy interiors and plenty of entertainment, it’s perfect for an active bachelor weekend in the mountains.
Alpenglow Chateau
This sprawling 5-bedroom mountain home has a chef’s kitchen, a foosball and pool table, alfresco dining, and multiple balconies with forest views. The expansive and luxe layout and outdoor seating make it a top pick for large groups looking to spread out and enjoy Big Bear.
Situated right on Big Bear Lake, this stunning lodge offers lake fun, a game room, and breathtaking water views. Enjoy sunset cocktails on the deck, unwind in the hot tub, and soak up the peaceful vibes after a day of outdoor adventures or boating.
Tee off in style and unwind in luxury. These destinations offer premier golfing experiences paired with upscale accommodations, ensuring your bachelor party is both thrilling and relaxing.
Scottsdale, Arizona – Golf Geek’s Dream
Scottsdale is a golfer’s paradise with over 200 courses set against stunning desert landscapes. After a day on the greens, enjoy the city’s vibrant nightlife and upscale dining. AvantStay offers luxurious accommodations close to top courses and entertainment venues.
Fairway Oasis is the perfect retreat designed for entertainment and lounging. Practice your swing on the private putting green, challenge friends in the game room or at a basketball hoop, unwind in the hot tub, and soak in the pool. The backyard makes it perfect for group gatherings.
Red Rock
Featuring sleek modern interiors, a private pool and spa, a fully equipped outdoor kitchen, and a personal bar, this 4-bedroom home is just minutes from top golf courses and Old Town Scottsdale. It is ideal for daytime tee times and vibrant nights out with your bros.
Sonoran Sunshine offers 4 bedrooms and a backyard designed for entertainment, including a private pool, putting green, ping pong table, and BBQ area. Its location provides easy access to numerous golf courses and Scottsdale’s attractions.
La Quinta, California – Desert Fairways & Nightlife
La Quinta is renowned for its world-class golf courses, and with its rich golfing heritage and diverse course offerings, La Quinta offers an unparalleled experience for golf enthusiasts in your bachelor’s group. Plus, you can cap off your evenings with a round of cards!
Olivano Ranch is built for competitive bachelor weekends where the games don’t stop after the golf course. Spend the day teeing off at nearby PGA West courses, then head back for poolside hangs, hot tub sessions, and friendly tournaments in the game garage. With a spacious lawn, multiple outdoor gathering areas, and plenty of room for the whole crew, it’s the kind of desert retreat where post-round drinks easily turn into late-night bragging rights.
These two sister homes are surrounded by golf courses and feature a pool, hot tub, and a spacious outdoor dining area, making this home ideal for group gatherings. Plus, Quinta Blue has its own putting green!
Located on the PGA West Golf Course, Moonshine offers the best panoramic views of the Santa Rosa Mountains, a pool, fire pit, and stylish interiors, offering a luxurious retreat for golf enthusiasts.
Lake Tahoe offers unique high-altitude golfing experiences with breathtaking views. Our properties in the area provide comfortable accommodations near top courses and the lake’s recreational activities.
For good talks with the gang, this cabin is just moments away from the Grays Crossing Golf Course. With 3,600 sq ft of space to lounge and celebrate, it offers luxury and privacy, featuring a spacious patio, modern amenities, and proximity to Prosser Lake.
Nestled among pine trees, this 5-bedroom cabin offers panoramic views of Martis Valley. Its proximity to Northstar Golf Course, luxurious amenities, and areas to gather, including two expansive decks and a hot tub, make it an ideal spot for golf enthusiasts in your group.
This 4-bedroom home offers a bright, open-concept layout with cozy interiors and forested surroundings. Just minutes from Lake Tahoe Golf Course, it features a spacious deck, fire pit, and hot tub—ideal for unwinding after a day on the fairways.
Level up your bachelor’s party with endless entertainment! Packed with high-tech game rooms and immersive experiences, perfect for the groom who loves a good challenge.
Orlando, Florida – Theme Parks & Gaming Galore
Orlando isn’t just about theme parks; it’s a haven for gamers in your bachelor’s, too. Futuristic game rooms with arcade games, a massive projector screen, and a Star Wars-themed theater are just some of the fun features, ensuring endless entertainment for any age and kid at heart.
This home delivers next-level fun with a room full of entertainment, from a pool table, air hockey, and console setups. With 9 bedrooms, a private pool, and spacious lounges, it’s built for all-day play and late-night hangouts of your gaming crew.
Just minutes from Disney World and Universal Studios, this home is the perfect launchpad for bachelor groups ready to have adventure with downtime. Unwind by the pool, hang out in the spacious areas, or kick off the night with drinks before heading out to Orlando’s nightlife.
A pop culture paradise for a bachelor with a youthful spirit, a futuristic game room that has arcade machines, foosball, air hockey, and a massive projector screen awaits here. Upstairs, a Star Wars-themed theater and themed bedrooms create a fully immersive entertainment zone.
San Diego is the perfect place for bachelor parties that want to keep the energy high from day to night, with its stunning coastline, vibrant nightlife, and endless entertainment options.
This luxurious coastal escape in La Jolla features oceanfront views and a hot tub for sunset hangs. Inside, enjoy a sleek game room and multiple living areas perfect for movie nights or poker with the crew. Putting you minutes from the beach, downtown, and buzzing nightlife.
With a modern open-concept design, Indigo is a simple seven-bedroom home. It has a rooftop deck with ocean views and multiple indoor lounges that your bros will love. Just a short drive from Pacific Beach and Mission Bay, it’s best for casual gaming and hangouts as a party.
Solmar
Solmar sets the stage for a bachelor weekend that moves seamlessly from daytime hangs to late-night competition. Bright open living spaces make it easy to spread out for cards, consoles, or just catching the game, while the outdoor areas are built for grilling, drinks, and unwinding between rounds. Close to San Diego’s beaches, bars, and nightlife, it’s the kind of home base that keeps everyone together without missing out on the action.
Charleston stands out as an exceptional choice for a bachelor’s party, due to its captivating history and vibrant contemporary experiences. Its cobblestone streets, antebellum architecture, Instagrammable beaches, and views set the stage for a memorable celebration.
Cast Away
Just a block from Isle of Palms Beach, this bright and airy beach house invites you to gather close friends for an unforgettable trip. The game room is equipped with foosball, shuffleboard, and poker tables, while the deck offers lounge chairs and a hot tub for relaxation.
Located in the heart of downtown Charleston, this home has ample entertaining space, such as a pool table, perfect for a bachelor group. Enjoy the rooftop deck with skyline views, and walk to King Street nightlife in minutes.
A block from Isle of Palms Beach and loaded with ways to compete, Pelican is a five-bedroom coastal retreat built for groups who don’t want the fun to stop. Challenge the crew to poker, foosball, or table tennis inside, then head out to the private pool and covered open-air lounge with TV for al fresco hangs. When the sun goes down, the fire pit takes over — the perfect spot for sunset cocktails and post-game trash talk before heading out to explore Charleston’s nightlife.
Quick Tips for Planning the Perfect Bachelor Party
Know the Vibe: Decide if your group prefers nightlife, nature, golf, or gaming for your celebration. Pick a destination that fits the mood, and everything will follow.
Be Budget-Smart: Talk money as early as now. Choose spots that offer fun and value for you, like large homes that cost less per person than hotels.
Keep Travel Simple: Pick destinations with major airports and short drives—this makes it easy in and easy out for everyone coming to your party.
Match the Destination to the Activities: Go beachside, hit the mountains, tee off on desert fairways, or geek out at theme parks, just choose what fits your crew.
Choose the Right Stay: Book a full-home rental with group-friendly features like hot tubs, game rooms, and lots of space to gather and dine together.
Use Concierge Perks: Many homes offer extras like fridge stocking or private chefs. Take advantage of these for a smoother trip with AvantStay. Learn more here.
Ready to Lock It In? Book Early!
Did you know that the best bachelor party homes go fast? Lock in your dates as early as today for the best selection. Secure your stay now and get first pick of top-tier group properties before they’re gone. Book now at AvantStay!
Key West is a tropical paradise perfect for those craving a long escape from the harsh winter weather (we’re looking at you, snowbirds!). With its sunny beaches, crystal-clear waters, and vibrant nightlife, there are plenty of things to do in Key West for visitors to enjoy. Whether you’re desiring a relaxing day by the beach, an adventure out on the water, or a night on the town, Key West is an idyllic destination for a vacation.
For those looking to get away for a month or more, we’ve rounded up our favorite vacation homes available for an extended stay. These AvantStay vacation rentals have everything you could need in your home away from home, including a fully-equipped kitchen, hotel-grade amenities, a washer and dryer, bedding and linens, WiFi, and access to our 24/7 guest experience line as well as a local hospitality manager.
Here are our top picks for vacation homes for snowbirds in Key West:
1. Salty Palm Retreat
Set within the gated Shipyard Condominium community in Truman Annex, Salty Palm Retreat brings an easy, breezy rhythm to an extended Key West stay. This two-bedroom home pairs Old Town charm with the practical comforts of a home away from home, including a well-equipped kitchen, comfortable gathering spaces, and a shaded porch surrounded by tropical greenery. Guests can cool off in the shared community pool or head out on foot to explore the island. Fort Zachary Taylor Historic State Park and its popular beach are a short walk away, while Duval Street, Mallory Square, and many of Key West’s best restaurants and attractions are also within easy reach. It is a relaxed base for settling into island life at your own pace.
2. Buttonwood Corner
Buttonwood Corner offers a private Midtown retreat with plenty of room to enjoy the Key West lifestyle. The three-bedroom, two-bathroom home features a bright, open living space where guests can gather after a day around the island. Outside, the private pool, dining area, and grill create an inviting setting for sunny afternoons, casual dinners, and warm evenings under the palms. Its Midtown location places beaches, restaurants, shopping, and island attractions within easy reach, while still providing welcome distance from the busiest parts of Old Town. With space for up to six guests and a laid-back indoor-outdoor setup, Buttonwood Corner is a comfortable choice for families or friends planning a longer stay.
3. Serenity
Located in Bahama Village, Serenity is a beautifully renovated conch-style guest cottage designed for a peaceful couples’ escape. The two-story home includes one bedroom, one bathroom, a bonus loft, and a full kitchen, making it easy to settle in for an extended visit. High ceilings and glass doors fill the cottage with natural light, while the secluded tropical garden creates a private island oasis. Guests can lounge beside the heated pool or refresh in the open-air outdoor shower. Duval Street is only a few blocks away, so restaurants, nightlife, and historic attractions are close at hand, yet the cottage remains tucked away from the busiest crowds. The result is a romantic retreat that feels both connected and wonderfully calm.
4. Easy Livin’
Easy Livin’ lives up to its name with an upscale but comfortable setting in the gated Truman Annex community. This three-bedroom home has generous indoor and outdoor gathering spaces, a fully equipped kitchen, and a private saltwater pool that makes relaxing at home just as appealing as exploring the island. The secluded cul-de-sac setting offers privacy, while the Old Town location keeps Key West favorites within walking or biking distance. Spend mornings by the pool, afternoons at Fort Zachary Taylor, and evenings dining or listening to live music near Duval Street. With four bathrooms and room for up to eight guests, Easy Livin’ is especially well suited to families and groups looking for space, convenience, and a true residential Key West experience.
5. Key West Found
Key West Found is a spacious two-bedroom, two-and-a-half-bathroom townhome inside the historic Foundry building. Spread across three stories, the home blends whimsical island style with the room and amenities guests appreciate during a longer stay. A private front porch framed by tropical landscaping is an ideal place for morning coffee or an evening cocktail, while the community pool offers a refreshing break from the Florida sun. The location is one of the home’s biggest draws: Harry S. Truman’s Little White House is just steps away, and Mallory Square, Duval Street, waterfront dining, and Old Town attractions are all nearby. For guests who want history, character, and walkability, Key West Found makes a memorable island home base.
6. Beach House Condo
Beach House Condo is a charming two-bedroom, two-bathroom ground-level home in the gated Shipyard Condominium section of Truman Annex. Designed to feel like a comfortable home away from home, the condo offers an equipped kitchen, welcoming living spaces, and a spacious back deck for slow mornings and laid-back evenings. Guests also have access to the community pool, perfect for cooling off between island adventures. From this central Old Town location, it is easy to walk or bike to Fort Zachary Taylor, Duval Street, Mallory Square, and the neighborhood’s many restaurants and historic sites. With room for up to five guests, Beach House Condo works well for couples, small families, or friends who want a convenient and relaxed extended stay.
7. Shipyard Treasure
Shipyard Treasure brings a bright, easygoing atmosphere to an oversized second-floor condo in the heart of Old Town. The two-bedroom home is set within the sought-after Shipyard community and features comfortable living areas, a full kitchen, and two breezy decks where guests can enjoy the tropical surroundings. A shared pool is nearby for leisurely afternoons at home. When it is time to explore, the Historic District’s restaurants, shops, waterfront, and famous attractions are all within walking or biking distance. The combination of residential comfort and a highly walkable location makes Shipyard Treasure a strong choice for guests who want to experience Key West beyond a quick weekend and settle into the island’s slower, sunnier pace.
8. Key West Charming
Key West Charming is a welcoming first-floor condo in the Shipyard community of Truman Annex. This two-bedroom, one-bathroom home features a comfortable living and dining area that opens onto a large private wooden deck, creating a sunny outdoor space for reading, relaxing, or enjoying an unhurried meal. The well-equipped kitchen supports easy nights in, while the community pool provides another spot to unwind. The primary bedroom has a queen bed, and the second bedroom has two twin beds, making the layout convenient for a small family or group of friends. Its downtown location keeps Duval Street, Fort Zachary Taylor, Mallory Square, and many Old Town favorites close by throughout an extended stay.
9. Lavender Jungle
Lavender Jungle is a distinctive two-bedroom, one-bathroom first-floor condo in the Shipyard section of Truman Annex. True to its name, the home combines purplish-pink tones, African-inspired artwork, and tropical character to create a space that feels playful, warm, and unmistakably Key West. A spacious modern kitchen makes longer stays convenient, while the shared community pool is ready for afternoons in the sun. The quiet neighborhood offers a restful place to recharge without giving up easy access to the action. Duval Street, Old Town dining, historic landmarks, and Fort Zachary Taylor are all within walking or biking distance. Lavender Jungle is an inviting option for guests who appreciate personality, color, and a central island location.
10. La Casita
La Casita is a charming two-bedroom retreat tucked onto a quiet lane in the heart of Old Town. The location makes it easy to experience Key West like a local: Blue Heaven, the Ernest Hemingway Home and Museum, the Key West Lighthouse, and Duval Street are all just around the corner. Inside, thoughtful design and a fully equipped kitchen create a comfortable setting for a longer visit. Outside, a tropical landscaped courtyard offers a peaceful place to start the morning or unwind after exploring the island. With so much available on foot or by bike, guests can settle into a relaxed routine without needing to travel far. La Casita is a cozy and convenient choice for couples or a small group seeking an authentic Old Town stay.
These ten homes offer different ways to enjoy a longer Key West escape, from private-pool retreats to historic Old Town condos within walking distance of the island’s best-known sights. Explore more AvantStay vacation homes in Key West and find the space that fits your extended island stay.
Working from home is so last year! Going forward, we vow to Work from Vacation Home. Whether you’re looking for a Zoom background to make your coworkers jealous, or need a clear space for a clear mind, this round-up includes some of our favorite WF(V)H spots where you can disconnect to reconnect, and hit that mental refresh button.
1. Edendale – Los Angeles, CA
Looking for inspiration? Search no further than Edendale in this Hollywood Hills WFH space – where you’ll have access to a comfortable bedroom desk set-up, lightning fast WiFi, and plenty of lounging areas to take that well-deserved Siesta. When the work day’s all said and done, head to the must-see Hollywood sign for a sunset to remember.
2. Edgewater – Destin, FL
Where work meets water. This home is bringing nostalgia back! As a summer-camp worthy lake house with an extended dock for all those summertime hangs, Edgewater is the home you always dreamed of as a kid. Spend nights toasting s’mores with your crew, then engage in friendly competition with a healthy selection of games in the dedicated game room.
3. Bay Breeze – Newport Beach, CA
Breathe in, breathe out, and say hello to a cleansed mental palette, perfect for tackling work tasks – true to its name, Bay Breeze is great for fresh air and cool bayside breezes. This home comes with its own dock, paddleboards, fire pit, and gaming area, making it ideal for a decompression session after your 9-5.
4. Crystalline – Smoky Mountains, TN
Work from comfort in this quintessential mountain home, Crystalline, surrounded by the Great Smoky National Park. This stay comes with a desk right by the expansive wraparound patio, so you can get all of those Zoom calls out of the way with a view before you regroup with the crew for a drink or too. In Tennessee, it’s always 5 o’clock somewhere!
5. Juniper – Lake Tahoe, CA
This Taho(m)e is the perfect retreat from bustling city life. Our favorite part about Juniper is how the decor mimics the beauty of the surrounding forest. At the end of the workday, sip on wine and watch the sun grace the horizon as you cheers to a work day well done!
6. Encore – Park City, UT
ISO a laid-back mountain town home to work from? Meet Encore in Park City, UT. This is the home for those who are looking for a change of pace, and a new Zoom background. With relaxed dwellings and the smell of the mountain air, this stay makes for the perfect getaway to get through your to-do list with a clear, stress-free mind.
7. Moonshine – Coachella Valley, CA
This majestic home has the best for both work and play. Let Moonshine’s natural beauty put you in the right headspace for getting work done, then enjoy a nice cocktail after a great WFH day – we suggest working from the pool. Nestled in the natural desert setting of Southern California, you’ll also enjoy being a stone’s throw away from any of the many fests you may find yourself at while staying in Coachella Valley.
8. Barton – Austin, TX
Tackle your mountain-high inbox at this hilltop home, situated in the Austin, TX hill country. With a shaded outdoor desk and poolside chairs, you’ll find countless ways to work outside and soak in fresh air. Our personal favorite spot in Barton is on the upstairs deck, pictured above, where you’re guaranteed the best natural lighting for all those Google Meets you have.
9. Matador – Malibu, CA
The ultimate sanctuary to escape the bustling energy of the city and focus on those long-term projects. Matador is a bright and energetic space with multiple areas to lounge in. Head outside and take in the smells of the ocean. This work from home space doesn’t come with a desk per se, but you just can’t beat working on an oceanfront patio.
Work hard, play hard. We understand the basic, human need for a mental refresh – and we get that that usually comes with a change of your surroundings (a little vacation never hurt anyone, right?). In true AvantStay fashion, we’ve created a special Work-Friendly Space tag for all homes that support fast WiFi and remote workspaces. Download our app here and look for the tag to find your ideal WF(V)H space.
Wake up to the sound of waves, step onto your private balcony with panoramic ocean views, and spend your days lounging by the pool, exploring scenic bike trails, or dining at waterfront restaurants.
Nothing says ultimate coastal getaway quite like Hilton Head Island. With pristine beaches, world-class golf courses, and endless outdoor adventures, this Lowcountry gem is the perfect destination for travelers craving sun, sand, and relaxation.
Whether you’re looking for a luxurious oceanfront estate, a private island retreat, or a stylish beach house with stunning beach views, we’ve rounded up the 6 best Hilton Head Airbnbs—each offering unbeatable beach views and direct access to the sand.
These top-tier vacation rentals will make your Hilton Head escape one to remember.
Your own private beachfront paradise. Wake to ocean waves at your doorstep. Experience oceanfront luxury like never before at 11 Singleton Beach. Hilton Head’s most pristine coastal retreat—where the Atlantic Ocean isn’t just a view, it’s your backyard!
This six-bedroom, 6-bath coastal retreat is perched directly on Singleton Beach, one of Hilton Head’s most peaceful stretches of pristine shoreline.
Whether you’re hosting a family reunion or a getaway with friends, this home delivers effortless luxury and extraordinary moments at every turn.
Key Amenities:
Direct beachfront location with private boardwalk access
Private pool facing the beach
Multiple balconies for direct views of the sea
Fully equipped gourmet kitchen and BBQ grill available
Poolside patio perfect for sunset cocktails
2 fireplaces
Minutes from Shelter Cove, Palmetto Dunes, golf courses & boutiques
Garage parking for 2 cars + driveway parking for 4 cars
Who’s ready for the ultimate beachfront bash? Get ready to soak up some peaceful luxury! South Beach Serenity is your front-row seat to paradise in Hilton Head that offers direct beach access.
Wake up to panoramic ocean views and start your day lounging by the private pool or sipping coffee on the elevated sun terrace—the perfect spot to take in the sea breeze. The floor-to-ceiling windows create a bright, airy ambiance inside the house, with plenty of cozy seating areas for gathering.
Find the perfect balance of comfort and tranquility, an invitation to experience the laid-back vibes.
Key Amenities:
Beachfront location with direct access
Private pool & spacious patio for lounging
Elevated sun terrace with ocean views
Dedicated movie room with plush, sectional seating
Chef’s kitchen with barstool seating & dining area
Six elegant bedrooms (some with ensuite baths & outdoor access)
They just don’t make them like this anymore. Sandpiper is a true Hilton Head gem—a historic beachfront retreat that meets coastal serenity. Tucked among towering trees for privacy yet just steps from the sand, this timeless beach house invites you to experience the simple pleasures of island life.
Inside, painted wood walls, soft interiors, and vintage details create a cozy yet airy atmosphere. Every corner inside the house tells a story, and outside, a picturesque backyard is made for slow, sun-soaked days. And when the stars come out, gather on the deck with a nightcap and let the ocean breeze lull you into relaxation.
Sandpiper is the perfect home base for coastal nostalgia and unforgettable beach days.
Luxury, space, and direct beach access—it doesn’t get better than 20 Bradley Circle. This newly built, multi-million dollar estate is set in Hilton Head’s exclusive Singleton Beach. Whether you’re planning a family reunion, corporate retreat, wedding, or group getaway, this home delivers one-of-a-kind comfort, convenience, and stunning ocean views.
Start your day by taking a dip in the infinity pool while the sea breeze drifts in. Inside, the open-concept living space features designer finishes with bedrooms enough for your entire group to spread out in absolute luxury.
For an unforgettable island escape, stay at 20 Bradley Circle and maybe have a chance of seeing dolphins!
Bonus: Need a bigger space for your large group? You can also rent out the Bradley Circle Buyout, which can cater to 48 guests with 20 bedrooms!
Key Amenities:
Direct private beach access via boardwalk
Infinity pool & poolside lounge
Four covered balconies with coastal seating areas
10 spacious bedrooms, each with a private ensuite bathroom
Two full kitchens & formal dining for 14
Fourth-floor entertainment space with in-home bar & dining area
Two laundry rooms & a dedicated office for remote work
In-home elevator (available Apr 2025) for added convenience
At Lido, the only thing better than the beachfront location in Hilton Head is the endless ways to enjoy it. A stunning retreat perfect for large groups where you can wake up to ocean views and enjoy your morning coffee on the spacious balcony or step right outside and sink your toes into the sand.
But it’s the unexpected extras that make this home truly unforgettable—because where else can you find an indoor putting green, billiards table, and a private beachfront pool and hot tub all in one place?
Every moment at Lido is designed for laid-back luxury as your ultimate oceanfront getaway.
Just blocks from the beach, Sea Pine combines sophisticated coastal style with laid-back island living. Spend sunny afternoons relaxing on the deck, gather around the fire pit for evening cocktails, or enjoy an alfresco meal beneath the trees.
Inside, bright gathering spaces give everyone room to unwind. Pour a drink from the wet bar, put a record on, or head to the game room for a friendly round of billiards.
Key Amenities:
Beach located just blocks away
Outdoor deck with chaises, dining space, and fire pit
Game room with billiards table
Wet bar and record player
Fully equipped kitchen and BBQ grill
Near Sea Pines Beach Club, bike rentals, golf, and dining
Beach Activities: Enjoy swimming, sunbathing, and water sports like kayaking or paddleboarding.
Outdoor Concerts: Attend live music events at Coligny Plaza or Shelter Cove Harbour.
Fireworks Displays: Watch spectacular fireworks on Independence Day and other summer evenings.
Winter (December to February)
Holiday Festivals: Experience the festive atmosphere with Christmas lights and decorations across the island.
Cozy Nights: Enjoy cozy evenings by fireplaces in many of the island’s resorts and homes.
Winter Bird Watching: Explore the island’s nature preserves to spot migratory birds.
Spring (March to May)
Nature Walks: Take guided tours through nature preserves to see blooming flowers and wildlife.
Cultural Events: Attend festivals celebrating local culture, such as the Hilton Head Island Wine & Food Festival.
Garden Tours: Visit local gardens and estates to admire spring blooms.
Fall (September to November)
Fall Festivals: Enjoy harvest-themed festivals with local food, crafts, and live music.
Outdoor Activities: Engage in hiking, biking, or kayaking while enjoying the cooler weather.
Golfing: Take advantage of pleasant fall weather for golfing at one of the many courses.
Escape to Oceanfront Luxury
Wake up to sunrise ocean vistas, soak up the Southern charm, and enjoy endless opportunities for relaxation and adventure. Find your perfect Hilton Head retreat and book an unforgettable escape with AvantStay!
Looking for a top-tier Hilton Head retreat but you’re overwhelmed by the options on Airbnb or Vrbo? We’ve got you covered!
AvantStay offers a large selection of upscale escapes, complete with inspiring design and plenty of available upgrades via the app. With consistent experiences, group-friendly amenities, and incredible interiors, there’s no guesswork needed here.
Hilton Head offers 12 miles of gorgeous shoreline, tons of outdoor areas and preserves, and a luxe culinary and golf scene. There are plenty of beaches, nature, entertainment, and shopping to explore on the island, while the mainland remains easily accessible just over the bridge. Something as simple as a scenic drive is enough to take your breath away as you pass East-coast woods and babbling rivers. If you’re looking for something more exciting, there’s plenty of fresh seafood, live music, and rich history to explore.
With homes near the beach, surrounded by golf courses, and with incredible ocean views, AvantStay’s options are endless. No matter what’s on your “must-haves” wishlist, these seven vacation rentals have you covered.
1. Lido – I want the beach in my backyard.
A quick stroll down your private boardwalk puts you on the shores of Singleton Beach. At Lido, sandy shores are literally in your backyard. When you’re done lounging near the waves, a beach-facing pool and hot tub, unique indoor putting green, and a game room with billiards and shuffleboard are all waiting back at home.
2. Coastal Marsh – I need lots of space.
With six bedrooms across three stories, Coastal Marsh gives large groups plenty of room to gather, play, and recharge. Easy access to Singleton Beach keeps beach days within reach, while the private infinity pool, hot tub, and spacious patio overlook peaceful coastal marshes.
Inside, the airy living area, gourmet chef’s kitchen, and large dining table make group meals effortless. The lower-level lounge features a pool table and bar, while a second game room offers ping pong and cornhole. Multiple balconies, alfresco dining, and a BBQ grill complete this group-ready Hilton Head escape.
3. Dory –Put me near the eats!
If you’re looking to experience the best of Hilton Head’s food scene, Dory lands you near some of our favorites. From fine seafood to casual bites, there’s something here for any palate. At home, you’ll find a private pool and hot tub, game room and yoga studio, and rustic yet contemporary beachy decor.
4. Hilton Lagoon –I’m ready to hit the green.
Surrounded by lush courses, Hilton Lagoonputs the best of the area’s golfing at your fingertips. Choose from multiple championship and luxury golf courses, all nearby. Back at home, your backyard features a private pool surrounded by greenery, giving you a luxe sense of privacy after a day of perfecting your swing.
5. Sandpiper –I want to fall asleep to the sound of waves.
Modern design with crashing waves right outside. At Sandpiper, chic details like a spiral staircase, wide hammock, and interior fireplace combine with unbeatable backyard beach access to give you a Hilton Head experience like never before. Throw open the windows. There’s no shortage of fresh, salty air here.
6.Birdie- Give me chic neutrals and coastal-inspired design.
Birdie boasts a contemporary aesthetic like no other. From al fresco meals at the gorgeous outdoor dining table to music sessions near the guitar and record player, every corner of this home feels like a photo op. Chill out among the bright neutrals in the front living room and sunny dining area, or get moody with the darker decor in the second family area.
After lounging by your private pool, head out to explore Harbour Town, where you can enjoy restaurants, shopping, watersports, live music, and the famed cane-striped lighthouse.
7. Sea Pine – I love tons of outdoor space.
With three massive deck areas, Sea Pine gives you space to spread out. Gather around the fire pit, dine under open skies at the outdoor table, or grab a lounger under an umbrella. Huge sliding glass doors and floor-to-ceiling windows in the living room bring the outside in, where you’ll find stone finishes, modern decor, and four bright bedrooms. Late-night hangouts are a breeze in the airy game room featuring billiards, a wet bar, and a double-sided fireplace.
Step into the heart of entertainment where your dreams become a reality. Los Angeles is where Hollywood glamour, beachside relaxation, and world-class museums showcase incredible art and the spirit of creativity.
Flowing through every neighborhood from Venice Beach to Beverly Hills, Los Angeles, and the greater Southern California region presents an extraordinary and sophisticated destination for the perfect California vibes.
This metropolis transforms throughout the year, offering visitors diverse experiences based on when they choose to explore its countless attractions. And each season brings unique advantages to this City of Angels, from award season glamour to perfect beach weather.
If you’re looking to add Hollywood studios tours, world-class shopping, or simply soaking up the California sunshine to your travel itinerary, here’s your complete guide to choosing the best time to visit Los Angeles and creating your ultimate city escape.
We’ll show you what each season is like in LA, what the weather’s like for each month, cool events happening, and fun things to do. Plus, we’ll help you find the perfect place to stay!
About Los Angeles, CA
Los Angeles is huge! It’s the entertainment capital of the world and home to Hollywood, amazing beaches, and more than 400 different neighborhoods. Each area has its own personality. The city has different weather in different places – it’s cooler near the ocean and warmer inland.
LA has warm, dry summers and mild, wet winters. Temperatures usually stay between 48°F and 85°F. It almost never gets below 42°F or above 93°F. Los Angeles gets sunshine 263 days a year, which makes it perfect for being outside almost anytime.
Los Angeles Travel Seasons at a Glance
Understanding LA’s seasonal rhythms can help you plan the perfect urban adventure. Here’s when LA gets busy and when it’s quieter.
Busy Times: June to August and December
Summer brings the most people because families are on vacation and the beach weather is perfect. Hotels cost more, and attractions are crowded. Most people visit from mid-June to mid-August when it’s warmest. December is also busy because of holidays and award shows.
Good Times: March to May and September to November
These months have nice weather and cleaner air, plus way fewer crowds. Travel experts say these are the best times to visit LA. Spring has pretty flowers blooming, and fall has great weather with fewer tourists.
Quiet Times: January to February
Winter months are the quietest, with the best hotel deals and smallest crowds. Some attractions might have shorter hours, though. It’s usually pretty quiet except for holiday weeks and weekends.
Why Visit Los Angeles?
LA is way more than just Hollywood and celebrities. This huge city offers amazing experiences that mix movie magic with real California life. You can visit world-famous museums like LACMA and the Getty Center, or hit the beach anywhere from Malibu to Manhattan Beach.
You can tour movie studios like Universal and Warner Bros, or watch TV shows being filmed live. Shopping ranges from super expensive Rodeo Drive to fun Venice Beach vendors. The food scene is incredible – everything from food trucks to fancy restaurants.
LA has people from all over the world. You can visit Koreatown, Little Tokyo, and Olvera Street for authentic food and culture. The city loves outdoor living with hiking trails in Griffith Park, beach activities, and rooftop hangouts with amazing city views.
The weather is almost always nice, so there are outdoor concerts, farmers’ markets, and street festivals happening all year long.
Your Month-by-Month Guide to Los Angeles
Los Angeles in January: Cool winter weather, fewest people, award season starts
Los Angeles in February: Nice temperatures, still quiet, Grammy and Oscar prep
Los Angeles in March: Spring weather starts, flowers bloom, and more people come
Los Angeles in April: Perfect temperatures, great hiking weather, ideal time to visit
Los Angeles in May: Warm, nice days, last month before summer crowds, beautiful weather
Los Angeles in June: Summer starts, beach season begins, more visitors
Los Angeles in July: Hottest weather, most crowded, longest sunny days
Los Angeles in August: Still hot, busy summer season, perfect beach weather
Los Angeles in September: Great weather returns, fewer crowds, ideal time
Los Angeles in October: Perfect fall temperatures, Halloween fun, awesome weather
Los Angeles in November: Comfortable weather, holiday prep, beautiful days
Los Angeles in December: Cool winter weather, holiday events, award season is coming
When Is the Best Time to Visit Los Angeles?
The best time to visit Los Angeles is March through May and September through November. Temperatures are between the 50s and 80s, which makes walking around and visiting outdoor places really comfortable. You get great weather, not too many crowds, and good conditions for everything you want to do.
These shoulder seasons give you lots of benefits like fewer crowds, cheaper hotels and flights, and better travel experiences overall.
Visiting in Spring (March to May)
Spring is when LA looks its best. The city wakes up from winter with perfect weather and flowers blooming everywhere. Daily highs are around 75°F, lows rarely go below 45°F, and it barely rains.
This is perfect weather for exploring LA’s outdoor attractions, from hiking in Griffith Park to hanging out at the beach. The nice temperatures make spring great for walking tours, eating outside, and rooftop experiences without the crazy summer heat.
Spring weather makes everything in LA more fun. Beach weather becomes perfect, and hiking trails are great without the summer heat. Theme parks and outdoor places are ideal for visiting with manageable crowds.
The nice temperatures make spring perfect for checking out different areas like Downtown LA, Beverly Hills, and Santa Monica. Spring evenings are great for rooftop dining, outdoor concerts, and watching sunsets at the beach.
Los Angeles Events in Spring
Oscar Season (February-March) – Academy Awards ceremony and parties
LA Times Festival of Books (April) – Huge book celebration at USC
Fiesta Broadway (April) – Cinco de Mayo celebration on Broadway
Cherry Blossom Festival (March-April) – Japanese culture celebration in Little Tokyo
Local Eats in Los Angeles During Spring
Spring has perfect weather for eating outside all over LA’s different neighborhoods. Restaurant patios have great city views, and food truck festivals happen because of the nice weather. The comfortable temperatures make it perfect for trying LA’s amazing food scene, from Korean BBQ to Mexican street food.
Los Angeles Travel Tips During Spring
Spring brings lots of visitors, so book hotels and popular attractions early. Pack layers because it can be different temperatures near the beach versus inland. This is a great time for first-time visitors to experience everything LA has to offer.
Visiting in Summer (June to August)
Summer has perfect beach weather with highs in the lower 80s and lows in the lower 60s. It basically doesn’t rain at all in July and August. This season is perfect for beach activities, and you get the most daylight hours for sightseeing.
Summer gives you the best beach weather and outdoor concerts, but it also brings the most crowds and the highest hotel prices. You get long days and consistently great weather for outdoor activities.
Summer activities focus on LA’s incredible beaches and outdoor entertainment. Beach conditions are perfect from Malibu to Manhattan Beach. Outdoor concerts and festivals take advantage of clear skies. Theme parks stay open longer, and rooftop places offer perfect evening experiences.
The dry weather is great for hiking, and coastal areas stay cooler because of ocean breezes. Summer’s long days let you pack in beach time, cultural attractions, and evening entertainment.
Los Angeles Events in Summer
Hollywood Bowl Season (June-September) – Outdoor concerts under the stars
Sunset Strip Music Festival (August) – Street festival celebrating music history
LA County Fair (August-September) – Traditional county fair in Pomona
Beach Volleyball Tournaments (June-August) – Professional competitions along the coast
Local Eats in Los Angeles During Summer
Summer dining focuses on fresh, light food perfect for warm weather. Beachside restaurants have ocean views, and rooftop dining shows off city views. Food truck gatherings and outdoor markets do great during summer’s perfect weather.
Los Angeles Travel Tips During Summer
Summer requires booking hotels and popular attractions early because of high demand. Pack sunscreen and light layers for coastal weather changes. Try doing popular attractions early in the morning to avoid crowds and heat.
Visiting in Fall (September to November)
Fall is an awesome time to visit Los Angeles, especially September through November. The weather is pleasant with comfortable temperatures, cleaner air, and fewer crowds. This season has some of LA’s most perfect conditions with great weather and fewer tourists.
Fall keeps comfortable temperatures perfect for all outdoor activities, while the air gets cleaner as summer heat goes away. The season offers great value with manageable crowds and beautiful weather for exploring the city.
Fall has great conditions for all LA activities. Beach weather stays comfortable, and hiking becomes more pleasant as temperatures cool down. Cultural attractions and museums are perfect for visiting without summer crowds.
The stable weather makes fall perfect for exploring neighborhoods, from Hollywood walking tours to Beverly Hills shopping. Fall evenings are perfect for outdoor dining and rooftop experiences with stunning city views.
Los Angeles Events in Fall
Halloween Celebrations (October) – West Hollywood Halloween Carnival and themed events
Day of the Dead (November) – Cultural celebrations in Latino neighborhoods
LA Auto Show (November) – Major car show at the Convention Center
Film Festival Season (October-November) – Various independent film festivals
Local Eats in Los Angeles During Fall
Fall dining shows off seasonal ingredients and comfortable outdoor dining weather. Restaurant patios have perfect conditions, and farmers’ markets feature seasonal produce. The pleasant weather makes it easy to explore restaurants throughout LA’s diverse neighborhoods.
Los Angeles Travel Tips During Fall
Fall offers great weather and crowd balance with manageable visitor levels. Pack light layers for temperature differences between coastal and inland areas. Take advantage of shoulder season pricing and less crowded attractions during this ideal time.
Visiting in Winter (December to February)
Winter brings mild conditions with average temperatures of 48°F to 68°F. The city stays mostly dry but has a rainy season with some precipitation. This season offers unique experiences like award shows and holiday celebrations throughout the city.
Winter has comfortable temperatures for visitors and locals, with clear, crisp days perfect for sightseeing and outdoor activities. The season offers great value with smaller crowds and lower hotel rates.
Winter activities take advantage of mild temperatures and clear air. Cultural attractions become especially appealing, and hiking trails offer great conditions without summer heat. Beach activities are still possible with comfortable daytime temperatures.
The comfortable conditions make winter perfect for exploring museums, shopping areas, and cultural neighborhoods. Winter evenings are cozy for indoor entertainment and dining experiences.
Los Angeles Events in Winter
Rose Parade (January 1) – New Year’s Day tradition in Pasadena
Golden Globes (January) – Major Hollywood awards ceremony
Academy Awards (February-March) – Hollywood’s biggest night
Chinese New Year (January-February) – Celebrations in Chinatown
Local Eats in Los Angeles During Winter
Winter dining features comfort foods and cozy restaurant experiences throughout LA’s neighborhoods. Many places offer special winter menus, and the mild weather still allows for some outdoor dining on warmer days.
Los Angeles Travel Tips During Winter
Winter offers great value with smaller crowds and reasonable hotel rates. Pack layers for temperature changes and light rain gear for occasional showers. Take advantage of cultural events and indoor attractions during the cooler season.
Best Time of the Year to Visit Los Angeles (By Interest)
LA’s great climate and diverse attractions make timing important for getting the most out of specific experiences. Here’s when to go based on what you want to do:
For Less Crowd: January to February and Weekdays Year-Round
Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Smallest Crowds
Winter months give you the most space at popular attractions. Visiting Tuesday through Thursday any season, helps you avoid weekend crowds at beaches and tourist spots.
For Perfect Weather: March to May and September to November
Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Perfect Weather
These times give you ideal temperatures, minimal rain, and great air quality without summer crowds or winter’s occasional rain.
For Beach Activities: June to October
Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Beach Activities
Warmest water temperatures and consistent sunshine make these months the best for coastal activities, swimming, and beach relaxation.
For Cultural Events: January to March and October to December
Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Cultural Events
Award season brings glamour and excitement, while fall/winter cultural seasons offer museum exhibitions, theater shows, and art events.
For Hiking: March to May and September to November
Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Hiking
Comfortable temperatures and clear air create perfect conditions for exploring LA’s many hiking trails and outdoor attractions.
For Best Value: January to February and November
Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Best Value
Off-peak times offer big savings on hotels and attractions while still giving you great weather and experiences.
For Photography: March to May and September to November
Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Photography
Perfect lighting, clear air, and comfortable temperatures create ideal conditions for capturing LA’s diverse landscapes and urban beauty.
Casa Bellagio– Luxury hillside living in Bel-Air canyon country with a private pool, hot tub, and sweeping treetop views.
The Martel House – A gated modern compound just off Melrose with a private pool, putting the best of the LA lifestyle at your doorstep.
North Vista – A hillside sanctuary with complete amenities for the best LA experience.
Shenandoah – Sophisticated yet homey, modern, and luxurious home in the heart of LA.
Venice View – Our stunning beachside property with easy access to Venice Beach.
Create Your Los Angeles Itinerary
Ready to plan your city adventure? Let our experienced team handle every detail of your Los Angeles experience! Our concierge service can set up studio tours, restaurant reservations, and unique urban experiences.
Simply contact us or download the AvantStay App to book additional experiences, get insider city tips, and manage your entire stay through one easy platform.
Ready to Plan Your Los Angeles Adventure?
No matter when you choose to visit, Los Angeles’ diverse neighborhoods and endless entertainment will create lasting memories. The city’s perfect mix of urban sophistication and California chill lifestyle means every visit offers excitement and discovery.
We have the perfect urban sanctuary waiting for you. Book with AvantStay today and discover how amazing city vacations can be when you experience Los Angeles’ timeless glamour and endless possibilities.
FAQs
Is Los Angeles expensive to visit?
Los Angeles can be pricey during busy seasons (summer and December) when hotels cost more because of high demand and perfect weather. However, you can find great value during winter months (January-February) when you’ll get lower rates, fewer crowds, and mild weather perfect for sightseeing and cultural activities.
How busy does Los Angeles get?
Peak seasons bring big crowds, especially at popular places like the Hollywood Walk of Fame, Santa Monica Pier, and theme parks. For more peaceful experiences, visit during shoulder seasons (March-May, September-November) or explore lesser-known neighborhoods and attractions during weekdays.
When to avoid Los Angeles?
Summer months (June-August) bring the biggest crowds and highest prices, though the weather stays great. Holiday periods (Thanksgiving, Christmas, New Year’s) create peak congestion and premium rates. However, LA’s mild Mediterranean climate makes it enjoyable year-round with proper planning and realistic expectations about crowds and costs.
Holiday weekends deserve more than just another hotel room. Holiday themed rentals give you the space, amenities, and atmosphere hotels can’t match.
If you’re gathering your family, friends, and loved ones for Thanksgiving dinner, watching Fourth of July fireworks, or counting down to midnight on New Year’s Eve, the right home turns good holidays into unforgettable ones.
These aren’t just places to sleep, but they’ll be where your family traditions happen, friends reconnect, and celebrations feel truly special.
Best Holiday Themed Homes by AvantStay
From fully equipped kitchens for feast preparation to outdoor spaces perfect for summer BBQs, these homes are built for celebration.
Jump to the section that matches your holiday plans and find your perfect festive escape.
Each section features our 5 hand-picked homes ready to host your holiday celebration. Find the one that matches your group size, location preference, and holiday vibe today.
Thanksgiving Themed Rentals
Thanksgiving means gathering everyone around one table for a feast worth remembering. Our Thanksgiving-themed rentals offer the space, kitchens, and cozy atmosphere that make turkey day special.
Indio Escape – Coachella Valley, California
Can accommodate up to 14 guests | 5 beds and 3 baths
Bringing modern desert luxury to your Thanksgiving celebration, Indio Escape gives the whole family room to spread out under sunny November skies that beat any cold-weather holiday. The freshly renovated layout, sparkling pool, and quiet residential setting also create the perfect backdrop for family photos and lazy afternoons between turkey and pie.
Why Indio Escape is best for Thanksgiving: The pool, hot tub, and fire pit give everyone a place to unwind after the big meal, while the converted-garage home theater with an 85-inch screen and reclining chairs turns post-dinner football watching into the day’s main event. You’re also just minutes from Old Town La Quinta and the rest of Coachella Valley’s shopping and dining.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“My family stayed at this location for a Palms Springs Christmas vacation. This location was perfect for the eight of us. The location was great for visiting many things in and near the Coachella valley: Joshua Tree National Park, The Living Desert Zoo and Gardens, Palm Springs Tram, and the local cities. The house was spacious, very comfortable with a well-stocked kitchen. We were able to enjoy movies together in the living room and media/play room. We only had to contact the host for one issue, and they were very responsive.”– Brian
Can accommodate up to 21 guests | 9 beds and 6 baths
Sunshine Ridge offers the space and comfort needed for big family Thanksgiving gatherings in sunny Florida. This home can handle multiple generations easily, while also being near Orlando’s attractions. This means kids can stay entertained while adults prep the holiday feast.
Why Sunshine Ridge is best for Thanksgiving: The home provides enough space so nobody feels cramped. This home has plenty of bedrooms and living areas where everyone finds their perfect spot. It is also close to theme parks for post-Turkey Day adventures.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We will definitely return. From check in our stay was great. I received a text from our team who assured us they were a text away during our stay. There was no text that went unnoticed. They were attentive to our concerns and supported us when needed. The home was beautiful and looked just like the photos. There was plenty of room for our intergenerational family to enjoy each other for Thanksgiving. If looking for a lovely vacation home this is it. You won’t be disappointed.”– Merlong T.
Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 3 beds and 2 baths
Sitting right in California wine country, Caterina Dusi Vineyard is where rolling vineyard views and peaceful surroundings create the perfect Thanksgiving retreat. Small families will find this spot ideal for intimate holiday celebrations away from city noise.
Why Caterina Dusi Vineyard is best for Thanksgiving: The wine cellar, home gym, its stunning vineyard views, and being in the perfect location make this home feel like a special occasion.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“This home is lovely and was perfect for our small family Thanksgiving. Such a nice touch leaving a roasting pan, et al, for Thanksgiving dinner. The home is in a perfect spot and the views are amazing.”– Michael R.
Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths
Trade turkey and snow for palm trees and ocean breezes while still keeping the Thanksgiving spirit alive at Duval Sea Turtle. This is the home that gives smaller groups the perfect Key West condo for Thanksgiving weekend, away from traditional cold-weather holidays.
Why Duval Sea Turtle is best for Thanksgiving: This home is great for couples or small families who want a non-traditional but still special Thanksgiving in a tropical paradise. It is also just a walking distance away from Key West attractions and waterfront dining.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We stayed for a long Thanksgiving weekend. The Condo suited our needs of 5 people, and the hosts were great to work with! They communicated via text message throughout the trip to make sure we had everything we needed. Would happily recommend this condo and the hosts again!”– Autumn S.
Can accommodate up to 15 guests | 5 beds and 5 baths
The Ridge at Canyons Village puts you in the heart of Park City, where mountain beauty and holiday festivities come together perfectly. The kitchen comes equipped with plenty of cooking supplies essential for preparing your Thanksgiving feast.
\Why The Ridge at Canyons Village is best for Thanksgiving: The location of this home offers the best access to Park City’s holiday events. You will also be just minutes away from world-class skiing and downtown Park City.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We absolutely loved the location of this residence. There was a tree lighting festival with fireworks that we could watch from the kitchen window. The home is well equipped with plenty of cooking dishes which was great for our Thanksgiving stay. I also loved the responsiveness of our host. When I asked a question, it was answered within an hour. Thank you for the enjoyable stay.”– Lisa S.
Christmas magic happens in spaces designed for the season. Our Christmas-themed rentals bring festive cheer with decorations, cozy fireplaces, and Christmas market locations perfect for winter wonderland adventures.
Green Mountain Lodge – Smoky Mountains, Tennessee
Can accommodate up to 28 guests | 8 beds and 9 baths
Christmas for a crowd, handled. Green Mountain Lodge tucks nearly 5,800 square feet into the wooded hills minutes from Pigeon Forge’s parkway, with eight ensuite bedrooms so 28 people can gather all day and still each have a door to close at night. The great room does the heavy lifting — stone fireplace, deep sectional, and the kind of space where everyone naturally ends up by evening.
Why Green Mountain Lodge is best for Christmas: The dining table seats the whole crew with barstool overflow at the island, and the kitchen is built for holiday cooking rather than one person hiding in it for six hours. When dinner’s done, a covered bridge leads to a private indoor pool that’s open regardless of December weather, and the game room runs pool, foosball, air hockey, and arcade cabinets side by side so nobody waits a turn. Out on the wraparound deck there’s a hot tub under ambient lighting, and Dollywood and The Island are a short drive down the mountain. Parking fits eleven cars — which matters more than it sounds when the whole family drives in separately.
Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 3 beds and 2.5 baths
125 English Ivy Ct.
Laker’s Pointe welcomes your Christmas celebration from a private peninsula on Deer Lake, where frosted water views set the holiday scene from nearly every room. The game room — stocked with poker, pool, ping pong, foosball, and a dry bar — keeps every generation entertained through snowy Poconos afternoons, while the lakefront hot tub turns clear winter nights into the trip’s highlight.
Why Laker’s Pointe is best for Christmas: You’re minutes from Big Boulder, Camelback, and Kalahari for winter adventures, and Emerald Lakes’ community passes include an indoor pool for swim days no matter the weather. Best of all, up to two dogs are welcome — so the whole family, furry members included, celebrates together.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We had an unforgettable stay at Laker’s Pointe! This home was perfect for our family gathering of 10, offering breathtaking views from almost every corner. The kids couldn’t get enough of the downstairs lounge, fully stocked with a pool table, ping pong, and poker setups—it felt like their private arcade.” – Caleb C.
Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 7 beds and 5 baths
Just walking distance to award-winning Temecula wineries and vineyards, Grand Contento showcases high ceilings and ornate wood trimmings. This property consists of a main house and a two-story guest house with its own full kitchen, billiards table, and 82-inch TV.
The main house showcases high ceilings and ornate wood trimmings, while the two-story guest house features its own full kitchen, billiards table, and 82-inch TV. The 26-seat private movie theater turns Christmas movie nights into special events.
Why Grand Contento is best for Christmas: The 26-seat private movie theater turns Christmas movie nights into special events. The beautiful gazebo and outdoor kitchen by the pool are also perfect for Christmas evening gatherings.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We rented this home for the Christmas Holiday. We had a mix of adults, teenagers and several under 4 years old. AvantStay went way above and beyond our expectations. First, the home is amazing. The floor plan was perfect. AvantStay took care of so many things for us including: (1) They put a fence around the pool to protect the little ones. (2) They had the home totally decorated for Christmas including a real tree, a real garland on the fireplace with a stocking for each child, and Christmas decorations throughout the home. (3) We had two Christmas dinners cooked and catered by an amazing chef. They were always easy to get a hold of and we all had a great time.”– Therese S.
303 D Port O Call – Coastal Charleston, South Carolina
Can accommodate up to 4 guests | 1 bed and 1 bath
303 D Port O Call offers a completely remodeled penthouse in Wild Dunes with stunning ocean views from every room. Including the foyer, screened porch, sleeping loft, and private rooftop balcony. There is also a modern chef’s kitchen and a spiral staircase that leads to a loft.
Why 303 D Port O Call is best for Christmas: The private 4th-floor rooftop balcony provides the best bird’s-eye views of the beach for a coastal Christmas unlike any other. While the screened porch lets you enjoy ocean breezes during mild South Carolina winter weather.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Our family had a wonderful stay at this condo. The views were breathtaking from both levels. The clean boho decor was beautiful and fun. The Christmas tree was on when we arrived which was a nice surprise. I love to cook and appreciated the quality utensils and cookware.”– Rhonda W.
Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 3 beds and 2 baths
Bringing Texas beach vibes to your Christmas getaway, Wave On Wave is where palm trees replace the pine trees, but the holiday spirit stays strong. The safe neighborhood location also means kids can play outside while adults prep meals without constant supervision.
Why Wave On Wave is best for Christmas: Families can trade snow boots for flip-flops while still enjoying festive decorations and family togetherness in a warm climate, since you will just be steps away from Port Aransas beaches. Plus to mention, you’ll have a private pool!
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“This home was beautiful & clean. Safe, quiet neighborhood. The oversized ceiling fan was perfect for the middle of the day when the sun was beating in the windows. We didn’t cook while there, so can’t comment on the kitchen supplies. The pool was an added bonus. We loved the addition of the Seashore decorated Christmas tree. Very nice touch.”– Michelle G.
Ring in the new and upcoming year of travels from our New Year’s-themed homes. Stay in a home with the best views of the fireworks, countdown parties, and spaces designed for celebrating fresh starts.
Blue Marlin at Trout Street – Port Aransas, Texas
Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 3 beds and 3 baths
Get front-row seats to New Year’s Eve fireworks over the ship channel without leaving your private porch. Blue Marlin at Trout Street has a waterfront setting that creates stunning views day and night, while the location puts restaurants within walking distance.
Why Blue Marlin is best for New Year’s Eve: You can skip the crowded public viewing spots and watch fireworks from your own expansive porch with drinks in hand and family close by. You can also stay by the shaded balcony as you watch the boats drift by.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Beautiful and comfortable in every way. The view of the ship channel was fantastic. Even got to see the New Years Eve fireworks from our expansive porch. We loved the location which was a few steps from Trout Street restaurant. Communication with the management was excellent. Will definitely return.”– Albert H.
Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths
Carousel & Rodeo 31 sits high enough to catch multiple firework displays across Austin’s skyline simultaneously. Large groups can also fit comfortably with enough bedrooms, so everyone gets real beds instead of couches.
Why Carousel & Rodeo 31 is best for New Year’s Eve: Watch downtown’s professional show plus neighborhood displays all at once while avoiding the chaos of Sixth Street crowds on the biggest party night of the year. You are also just minutes from downtown Austin entertainment.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“This was the perfect place for New Year’s Eve. The views were fantastic. We were able to see the downtown fireworks as well as all the surrounding neighborhoods.”– Sibylle J.
Can accommodate from 12-144 guests | 5-65 beds and 3-39 baths
Positioning you right near Bicentennial Park, The Magnolia is where Nashville drops its famous music note at midnight. Extended families can stay together under one roof with enough bathrooms so morning routines don’t cause chaos.
Why The Magnolia is best for New Year’s Eve: This home works perfectly for groups who want access to Nashville’s party scene but need a separate place to crash. Walk to Music City’s main celebration and back without worrying about rideshares or parking during the busiest night of the year.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Property served our 15 family group very well. Location was perfect – close to Bicentennial Park where fireworks and dropping of the ‘musical note’ took place on New Year’s Eve. Property was clean and adequately furnished. I highly rate this property.”– Diane T.
Can accommodate up to 9 guests | 4 beds and 2 baths
Countryside peace, horses graze just beyond your window, and nature sounds replace city noise. This is what Catskill Park Farm is made for. The upstairs den of this home also has a fireplace that adds to the perfect cozy and cottage-core spot with your closest people.
Why Catskill Park Farm is best for New Year’s Eve: Start the new year surrounded by nature’s beauty instead of concrete floors and high-rise buildings. The peaceful setting will also definitely encourage memorable conversations and fresh starts.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We rented this property for 2 nights to celebrate the new year. The property is beautiful. There is a pasture behind the property with horses. The house was comfortable and well equipped. We enjoyed slow mornings at the sun drenched kitchen table and cozied in the upstairs den with the fireplace to watch the ball drop. It was an easy check in and out process.”– Tira H.
Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 4 beds and 4 baths
New Year’s Eve celebration can also mean shorts and sandals by the pool instead of winter coats and boots. Beach Haven sits close to Florida beaches and Fort Lauderdale’s prime location. This means restaurants, entertainment, and beach access all stay within easy reach.
Why Beach Haven is best for New Year’s Eve: You will be just steps from Fort Lauderdale beaches and dining. So, count down to the new year barefoot on the beach with ocean breezes and warm temperatures, creating a totally different holiday vibe.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Beautiful home with everything you need and perfect location! My family and I had a wonderful New Year’s Eve!”– Mirelly F.
Memorial Day kicks off summer with long weekends. This holiday makes it perfect for anyone who needs a break and wants pool parties, beach trips, and quality time with friends and family. Check out our Memorial Day weekend-themed rentals and book as early as today.
Blackhaus – Palm Springs, California
Can accommodate from 2-40 guests | 1-16 beds and 1-20 baths
For a modern minimalist style, stay at Blackhaus. You’ll be in the heart of Palm Springs where the desert sun kicks off summer perfectly. The central location means walking to shops, restaurants, and nightlife instead of driving everywhere.
The compact space works great for couples wanting a quick getaway without dealing with big house logistics. Central location means walking to shops, restaurants, and nightlife instead of driving everywhere.
Why Blackhaus is best for Memorial Day: The compact space works great for couples wanting a quick getaway without dealing with big house logistics. And last-minute desert escapes get easy with a simple check-in process.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We had a perfect night’s stay here for a last minute memorial day trip. Very clean and easy to get into – the room was just as it was pictured. Central to everything. Would absolutely stay here again!”– Lucy O.
Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 3 beds and 3 baths
Need a 90s California cool for your Memorial Day? With retro vibes and ocean views that stretch endlessly, Stardust comes with a private backyard that creates your own secluded paradise. Quick grocery runs and the beach are also convenient while having that away-from-it-all feeling.
Why Stardust is best for Memorial Day: Families, newlyweds, friends, groups, or couples get unobstructed Pacific views and complete privacy just minutes from famous Malibu beaches like El Matador and Zuma.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We stayed at this Airbnb for our mini moon during Memorial Day weekend and loved it. The house was peaceful with relaxing surroundings, and the backyard views were beautiful. The property felt very private, like a modern 90s home. The host’s instructions and communication made everything smooth. It was a quick 4-minute drive to Vintage Grocers for supplies, and El Matador and Zuma Beach were easily accessible. Waking up to unobstructed ocean views was incredible. The main bedroom was comfortable, though it could use blackout shades. The backyard was the highlight and made us feel at home immediately. Overall, this is the perfect stay for a relaxing, private experience with easy access to Malibu’s attractions. Highly recommended!”– Maria D.
Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 2 baths
Transform desert living into a Memorial Day party zone here at Yucca Haven. It is where the backyard becomes headquarters for your entire stay. Pool days and garage games mean nobody needs to leave the property to have fun.
Why Yucca Haven is best for Memorial Day: You can spend all day in the house without ever feeling bored. The Joshua Tree location also offers stargazing and desert hikes when you finally want to explore beyond the house.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“This house is so beautiful and perfect for groups! We stayed here over Memorial Day weekend and had the best time. The backyard is amazing. We spent all of our time laying by the pool or playing pool in the garage. The host was also very responsive and helpful when we had questions. 10/10 experience. We definitely want to come back!”– Scarlet R.
Can accommodate up to 16 guests | 8 beds and 8 baths
Enjoy the unbeatable water views and access to Newport Beach at Edgewater Place. A five-unit bayfront compound where you can enjoy a shared dock for paddleboarding or kayaking right from the property. It also has an outdoor dining area for morning coffee or sunset wine.
Why Edgewater Place is best for Memorial Day: Located just a five-minute walk to Balboa Village, the Fun Zone, and iconic surf breaks, you can explore Newport Beach like a local with beach bars, fresh seafood, and scenic bike paths all within walking distance.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Great place to stay – area was extremely walkable with lots of shops, restaurants nearby. View was gorgeous, parking spot was so clutch during Memorial Day weekend! Appreciate the AvantStay folks checking up on us and ensuring we had all we needed.”– Christine DS.
Can accommodate up to 14 guests | 5 beds and 5 baths
Laguna Village Paradise gives large groups waterfront access, which means endless water activities from sunrise to sunset. The Laguna Madre location offers calm waters perfect for kayaking, fishing, and paddleboarding.
Why Laguna Village Paradise is best for Memorial Day: Double the water fun with both pool and dock access, plus sunrise views that make waking up early totally worth it. There are also plenty of bedrooms, so everyone can spread out comfortably instead of fighting for space.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Great place for vacation! Spent memorial day weekend in style & had plenty of room for everyone. Pool area was super nice, and sunrises on the docks were perfect!”– Alison V.
Fourth of July celebrations and vacations need Independence Day-themed rentals. To truly feel the 4th of July, these homes offer the best fireworks views, outdoor entertaining areas, and that all-American summer feeling.
Starview at Brasada Ranch Resort – Central Oregon
Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths
Perched on the slope of Brasada Ranch about 30 minutes outside Bend, Starview trades holiday crowds for mountain sunsets. The patio looks out across the high desert toward the Cascades, and the fire pit and grill are built for exactly the kind of long July evening the Fourth deserves.
Why Starview is best for Fourth of July: The fire pit and BBQ deck become headquarters the moment the sun starts dropping, and Central Oregon’s dry summer evenings are made for lingering outside. Indoors, the game room keeps everyone busy with a pool table, ping pong, darts, cornhole, and board games, while the hot tub handles the wind-down. Dogs are welcome, so nobody gets left behind on the long weekend.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“This was the perfect property for a multi-generational get together. The location is ideal for many activities (rafting, rodeo, swimming, hiking, etc.)The views and sunsets are spectacular. The house is very comfortable, clean, spacious and had everything we needed for a relaxing vacation. We would return again and highly recommend it.”– Terry C.
Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths
Avalon puts everything you need or want within 15 minutes by car, making Fourth of July activities super accessible. While you are near the airport, you are also close to San Diego beaches and attractions. That means fun and convenience at the same time!
Why Avalon is best for Fourth of July: The deck/patio is spacious enough to have an outdoor dining table, firepit, and lounging. This is where everyone can watch Fourth of July fireworks shows across different parts of San Diego simultaneously from your private patio.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“From this amazing condo everything you need or want to do is within 15 minutes by car! You quickly feel like at home since you have everything you need for a great weekend or week. Soap to wash your clothes, recipe books if you want to cook with a great selection of spices! Beds are comfy lots of towels including ones to go to the beach with chairs and parasol…. BBQ and fire pit also available on the patio. Everything you need is there. You need to know the airport is very close thus can be noisy when you are sitting outside but we enjoy being there on the 4th of July and having a great view on the fourth spots of the San Diego fireworks”– Donald A.
Can accommodate up to 12 guests | 4 beds and 4 baths
Just in the heart of Northstar California Resort, Arroyo is a warm townhouse that provides plenty of space for groups after days of skiing or watersports. You are just walking distance to Northstar village, with shuttle service, which means easy access to summer activities.
Why Arroyo is best for Fourth of July: The fully equipped open-concept kitchen lets you prepare meals while staying connected with everyone, and the home comes with 2 guest passes for exclusive access to Northstar Resort Community amenities.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We loved our stay. Since it was the 4th of July- it was a little noisy at night. The family that stayed on the lower level didn’t hear too much noise, but the family on the top heard more noise late at night. It really was a awesome stay though!”– Danya W.
Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 3 beds and 3 baths
Alpine Oasis at Frontgate is a rare gem that features a vantage point overlooking the Eagle River and mountains. The dedicated shuttle access to Vail and Beaver Creek Villages also makes exploring effortless, while having world-class amenities.
Why Alpine Oasis is best for Fourth of July: Celebrate the holiday with resort-style amenities, including golf simulators, a private theatre, a game room, community e-bikes, and a state-of-the-art fitness center.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Great place. Gorgeous, clean and fun amenities. Enjoyed the spaciousness of the place for our family of four. Spent hours at the pool. Kids loved the slide (I agree) and within walking distance to Nottingham park for the 4th of July fireworks. Easy access to Beaver Creek, Vail and Glenwood springs. Highly recommend.”– Joanna N.
Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths
The less crowded location means actually finding parking and beach spots during the busy Fourth of July weekend. And Emerald Isle 701 sits in a quieter Panama City Beach zone where you can get beach access without the spring break crowd chaos.
Why Emerald Isle 701 is best for Fourth of July: Celebrate Independence Day beachside in a peaceful end-unit condo with beautiful sunset views of the gulf. This is where you can relax and have direct beach access and resort amenities.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We had a Great stay. Everything was exactly as pictured. Resort staff were friendly. Great place to stay for the 4th of July. Location was more quiet and less crowded. Made for a peaceful stay. Didn’t want to leave and would definitely stay there again.”– Ashley N.
Labor Day marks summer’s last hurrah with relaxing long weekends perfect for final pool days, mountain hikes, and lakeside sunsets. But how can you enjoy this holiday if you’re not staying at a Labor Day-themed rental?
Teddy – Big Bear, California
Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths
This isn’t your average cabin. Teddy features vaulted wood ceilings, floor-to-ceiling windows flooding the space with natural light, and an open floor plan connecting the kitchen, dining, and living areas.
Why Teddy is best for Labor Day: The modern mountain style, game room amenities, and outdoor spaces with a hot tub and fire pit make this ideal for a memorable Labor Day gathering. It also has easy access to Big Bear Lake’s hiking trails, marina, and summer activities.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We booked the cabin for Labor Day weekend for family gatherings we are enjoyed ours time staying there, it’s more space than we expected, thinking we may do that again next year.”– Mai H.
Can accommodate up to 20 guests | 5 beds and 4 baths
Host an unforgettable end-of-summer celebration at Leyland. This is a gorgeous cabin-style mansion that features multiple decks with expansive Blue Ridge Mountain views. With its 2-level balcony decks, this home becomes a champion for indoor/outdoor living.
Why Leyland is best for Labor Day: The fire pit outside the great room and expansive outdoor dining area create the perfect setting for Labor Day cookouts and mountain sunset gatherings. The property also includes a private hot tub and a large recreation room with foosball.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“This was one of our favorite stays by far. The location was truly amazing. 10 mins (max) from central downtown that’s on a quiet private road. It’s extremely walkable with great hiking all around the house. Also, it’s high enough up in the mountains where you get all the benefits of not having mosquitos, cool fresh air, etc. The home was surprisingly better equipped than even our own house, which was a fantastic addition. They even provided a pack-n-play crib for our newborn, which made traveling that much easier on us. We did have a minor issue with the Jacuzzi on the first night and to our great surprise AvantStay had a mechanic come to fix it the following morning. To top that it just so happened to be on Labor Day, thus quite the pleasant surprise and testament to their professionalism and hosting experience. We honestly have no complaints whatsoever. After this stay we have even begun looking for properties in the surrounding area. We will be coming back very soon!”– Jacob M.
Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths
Right on the San Miguel River, Manitou River House 113 is the chic condo that puts you at the Telluride trailhead, literally a stone’s throw away. You also get to enjoy a beautiful shared hot tub and the sounds of the river right from your doorstep.
Why Manitou River House 113 is best for Labor Day: You can end the summer season by walking the river trail access and Telluride’s Main Street, just minutes away. The riverside location offers the perfect relaxation for a Labor Day weekend escape.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Can’t wait to come back! Stayed at Manitou River House 113 for 7 nights over the Labor Day holiday and everyone in my party raved about our accommodations. It’s a terrific place right in the heart of downtown Telluride. We loved being just steps away from the river trail and Gondola, and great places to eat, like Baked in Telluride, Smuggler’s Union, and The National (to name a few). We were comfortable the entire time and really enjoyed coming ‘home’ to our condo after exploring the town. It looked exactly like the photos and had plenty of amenities to suit our needs. For those with mobility issues, be warned: there are a LOT of stairs here, both outside the unit and inside of it. We didn’t mind this at all, but it may not be ideal for everyone. All in all, we felt lucky to have found this place. We would stay here again in a heartbeat!”– Fabian M.
Can accommodate up to 14 guests | 5 beds and 3 baths
Experience authentic Spanish-inspired architecture with antique doors, warm wood finishes, colorful tilework, and an arched Spanish-style fireplace at La Casona. This hidden hacienda features a backyard pool area that creates the perfect spot for Labor Day.
Why La Casona is best for Labor Day: Celebrate the long weekend in this one-of-a-kind retreat with a showstopper kitchen and serving area to serve the best meals. The private pool, outdoor fire pit, guitar, and pool table also make it perfect to mark the end of summer in style.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“La Casona is spacious – each bedroom has more than enough space for guests. The bathrooms are roomy as well and come with shower essentials. Although it faces a major arterial street, and very near restaurants and a grocery store, local traffic noise is not at all a problem inside the home. The driveway and the large garage were more than adequate to accommodate our dinner guests’ vehicles. Linens were crisp and towels fluffy. The kitchen amenities need to be improved, however. Pots and pans were minimal, and basic cooking ingredients were lacking. There were cabinet doors that needed to be attached, as well as cabinet door handles. The backyard was great for guests to mingle and enjoy the pool with drinks. Check-in is set at 4 p.m., but we asked if we could do it earlier; staff was able to move check-in time to 2 p.m., which was convenient for those with early arrivals. Overall, we had a wonderful stay over the Labor Day weekend and recommend La Casona for large families.”– Yvette R.
Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths
Welcome to this spacious cabin featuring
Cherry wood floors, soaring ceilings, and a crackling gas fireplace in the main living area, where a pool table takes center stage. Donner Ridge is a spacious cabin that’s perfectly positioned just 5 minutes from Tahoe Donner Ski Resort’s summer trails for end-of-season watersports.
Why Donner Ridge is best for Labor Day: The outdoor deck, game room with pool table, and location less than 10 minutes from Historic Downtown Truckee make this ideal for an active Labor Day weekend.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“My family and I decided to stay here for Labor Day and we couldn’t be happier. The place was exactly as described and it has just about everything you are looking for! We will be coming back, thank you!”– Jose D.
Securing the perfect holiday rental takes planning and smart strategies. Follow our best tips on how to have a convenient and stress-free experience in securing your ideal celebration spot.
Book Early for Peak Dates
Holiday weekends fill up fast, especially for Thanksgiving, Christmas, and New Year’s Eve. Start searching at least 6 months ahead for major holidays. Popular destinations sell out even earlier, sometimes 8-12 months in advance.
Set up alerts on booking sites for properties you like. Check back regularly as cancellations do happen. The earlier you book, the better selection and prices you’ll find.
Check out house availability with our guest concierge team. Contact us at (833) 442-8268.
Verify Important Amenities
Don’t assume amenities work just because they’re listed. Sometimes, some amenities can be taken off due to issues. Read reviews specifically mentioning features you need. Check if pools are heated for the winter holidays or if hot tubs get regular maintenance.
Ask hosts directly about WiFi speed if you need to stream holiday movies or work remotely. Confirm parking spaces for multiple cars during big family gatherings. Make sure outdoor grills work if you’re planning BBQ celebrations.
Safety First and Avoid Scams
Book only through trusted platforms like AvantStay that verify properties and protect your payment. Never wire money directly or pay outside the booking platform, as these are red flags for scams.
Read multiple reviews from different sources. Check if property photos match recent guest pictures. Look for hosts with verified information and good response rates. Trust your gut if something feels off about a listing.
Holiday bookings often have stricter cancellation rules. Understand exactly when you can cancel and how much you’ll get back. Some properties require full payment upfront with no refunds for holiday dates.
Consider travel insurance for expensive bookings, especially during unpredictable weather seasons. Know the difference between flexible, moderate, and strict cancellation policies before you book.
Communicate Your Plans
Tell your host about your holiday celebration plans. Ask about noise policies if you’re hosting a New Year’s party. Check if decorating is allowed for Christmas stays. Confirm checkout times work with your holiday travel schedule.
At AvantStay, we appreciate knowing how you’ll use the space. We also offer helpful tips about local holiday events, or provide extras like extra chairs for big dinners if available. Clear communication prevents problems during your stay, and we will be happy to assist you.
Find the Perfect Holiday Homes with Avantstay
Holidays only come once a year, and where you celebrate makes all the difference. From Thanksgiving feasts to Fourth of July fireworks, these 30 hand-picked rentals create the perfect setting for your celebration.
You get room for everyone, outdoor spaces for activities, and locations that make each holiday feel special. But the best holiday rentals and even deals book up fast. And families and groups who plan ahead usually get the first choice of these celebration-ready homes.
Don’t wait until the last minute and miss out on the perfect spot for your next Thanksgiving dinner, Christmas morning, or New Year’s countdown. Browse AvantStay’s holiday themed vacation homes and secure your spot before these sought-after properties fill up.
Start planning today for unforgettable holiday memories tomorrow! Book now!
From the vibrant blooms of spring hiking and the thrilling trails of summer biking to the breathtaking colors of fall foliage and, yes, the unbeatable ski season.
Ever thought of Park City as just a winter wonderland? Think again! While the fresh powder and après-ski scene are legendary, this mountain escape truly shines in every season. But to really make the most of this ever-changing paradise, you need a home base that’s just as ready for adventure as you are, no matter what the calendar says.
We’ve put together a list of the best Park City Airbnbs that you can go to any time of the year, whether you’re chasing summer sunshine, autumn leaves, spring blooms, or that perfect winter ski trip.
Get ready to discover homes that are ready to welcome you for every kind of Park City memory, 365 days a year!
Orion
Stay at Orion, a stunning, newly built luxury home in Park City that has incredible mountain views and is a perfect blend of outdoor adventures and relaxation for any season. This home feels modern and upscale inside with lots of light and space for everyone to enjoy. It’s also super conveniently located just minutes from Deer Valley and a short drive from Main Street, making it an elevated base for exploring everything Park City has to offer!
Top Amenities: Newly built, two-way fireplace, private office, downstairs living area with wet bar and game area (foosball), spacious covered deck with outdoor lounge seating and fire pit table, just minutes away from newly expanded Deer Valley Resort and Jordanelle Reservoir.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“House was beautiful and super convenient to Park City and Deer Valley resorts. Everything was new and clean. The host was very responsive and helpful with anything we needed throughout the stay. I would highly recommend this home!”
A charming home in Park City where beautiful mountain views meet peaceful lakeshores, giving you a perfect mix of outdoor fun and relaxation no matter the season. Escape to Blue Skies Lakeside, where it feels really welcoming and cozy with comfy spaces for everyone to gather, eat, and unwind after a day of exploring. Its location is amazing, just minutes from both the slopes and the lake, making it super easy to dive into all the adventures Park City and the outdoors have for you!
Top Amenities: Minutes from Park City Mountain’s world-class ski slopes and Jordanelle Reservoir, private hot tub on the patio, well-equipped kitchen with Keurig, two inviting living areas with cozy fireplace, upper balcony with BBQ, washer and dryer.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“Plenty of room and very comfortable. With bedrooms upstairs and on the bottom level, this home would be ideal for a large family or group. Short drive to Park City and to Heber City as well. The hot tub was nice after a long day on the slopes. I would recommend reading the instructions that are sent (I didn’t) as they shared helpful information that I would have taken advantage of i.e. having groceries delivered since we arrived after 10pm and local ski equipment rental in the neighborhood. Kitchen is well appointed with plenty of pots, pans and even a variety of spices. Everything was very clean and well done. Would definitely recommend.”
Be absolutely amazed at Reflection, a truly luxurious mountain retreat tucked away above the Jordanelle Reservoir where stunning nature views come together perfectly for any season. This upscale home is designed to show off incredible, sweeping vistas from nearly everywhere, inviting you to relax and enjoy memorable moments with your whole group. It is an ultimate escape with tons of adventure nearby, being just minutes from the reservoir for summer fun!
Top Amenities: Panoramic views of Jordanelle Reservoir & Wasatch Mountains, floor-to-ceiling windows, living area with wet bar and game room (pool table), secondary firepit in yard, bocce ball court, chef’s kitchen, living rooms with fireplaces.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“Absolutely breathtaking views! Beautiful home! We had a wonderful time together in the house. Is the perfect setting and amenities for a magical trip in any season. Avent Stay, the property manager, was wonderful to work with. A top notch rental experience.”
Step into this bright townhome and feel instantly welcomed by its stylish, open rooms filled with sunshine – it’s truly a perfect spot for a mountain escape any time of the year. Juniper Landing Bedroom 3 makes it easy for your group to gather comfortably, relax together, and enjoy the beautiful views around you. Plus, its location means you’re just a short walk to the gondola for quick access to all the mountain and village fun!
Top Amenities: Walkable to the Frostwood Gondola, community pool, hot tub, & gym, full kitchen, balcony/deck, fireplace. Within walking distance to Canyons Village shops and restaurants.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“The home was perfect for our family spring break ski trip. Canyons has always been one of our favorite places. This home made it even more special. The ski rack, boot dryer, and bench in the garage were a nice touch. Having the pool and hot tub directly across the street was very convenient. The kitchen was equipped with everything we would ever need. The crockpot was a nice surprise! When we return to the Canyons we will definitely stay here again! Thank you!”
Escape to Powder Pointe, your own mountain retreat located right at the base of Canyons Village, offering incredible views and a comfy place to relax no matter the time of year. This home makes it super easy to get to the slopes and explore nearby spots, helping you plan your perfect Park City adventure with ease. With everything you need conveniently close by, it’s a great base for enjoying all that Park City has to offer!
Top Amenities: Located at the base of Canyons Village, a 5-minute walk to Canyons Cabriolet Gondola, complimentary on-call shuttle service in winter, access to heated outdoor pool, hot tub, and sauna at Red Pine Clubhouse, minutes from Main Street and Utah Olympic Park.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“We had a great stay! The place was exactly as described and had plenty of room for our two families. The kids loved the bunk room! The kitchen was great and we all enjoyed the fire place. Would definitely stay here again!”
Park Ave Getaway is your cozy home tucked away in a really great spot in Park City, sitting right next to a park and just a quick stroll from Main Street and a lift, making it a perfect base for any time of year. When you step inside, it feels super welcoming with bright, open spaces and views of the mountains and park, ready for everyone to gather and relax together. It’s truly an ideal location if you want to easily experience a little bit of everything Park City has to offer!
Top Amenities: Just a few minutes’ walk from Main Street and the Old Town lift, located right next to Park City Library and park, views of the mountain ski resort and park, multiple living areas, back deck, mudroom, ski storage, private outdoor seating area.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“Perfect for a couples trip. The location was walking distance from the slopes, and there’s a hot tub overlooking a dog park, so it doesn’t get much better than that!”
Welcome to Silver Strike, a truly luxurious mountain escape right next to the Silver Strike Express Lift, giving you the ultimate ski-in, ski-out experience and a wonderful place to stay any time of year. Once you’re inside, the home feels welcoming and fancy, with a stylish design perfect for relaxing in comfort after a day exploring the mountains. It’s an unforgettable retreat with adventure and upscale amenities right at your fingertips!
Top Amenities: Ski-in, ski-out location next to Silver Strike Express Lift, direct access to the slopes, private hot tub with mountain views, fully equipped kitchen with top-of-the-line appliances, cozy living room with fireplace, Minutes from Park City Main St.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“My husband, niece and I enjoyed the beautiful ski in ski out condo! The location was perfect and the condo was clean, comfortable, and well equipped. We enjoyed the hot tub and the view! I would definitely recommend this place and plan another trip here! Thank you for being a great host!”
A truly charming and updated historic home in Park City that just feels so bright and open, making it a perfect spot–say hello to Woodside Getaway. The inside is designed for everyone to easily gather and relax after a day out, with a warm and welcoming feel. Its location is amazing, just a short walk from both the base of the resort and lively Main Street, offering great convenience for whatever you have planned!
Top Amenities: Short walk to the base of Park City Mountain Resort and Main Street, charming, remodeled, historic home, vaulted ceilings, flood of natural light, open layout, private hot tub on the back patio, fully stocked kitchen with stainless steel appliances, washer/dryer.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“We’ve stayed at this house twice now and both times were great! The pictures matched the house and getting into the house was very easy. Quick walk into town. AvantStay was very repsonsive when we had a question. The kitchen was well stocked. As others mentioned, the upstaris bedroom gets warm, even in the cooler months, we slept comfortably with the windows open.”
Parkview Mountain House is built for the traveler who treats Park City as a 365-day playground — and it has the hardware to prove it. A 2025 AvantStay Awards finalist, this striking modern retreat pairs an architectural exterior with a warm, light-filled open layout, sliding doors to the patio, and a private hot tub under the stars. The garage doubles as a proper basecamp with ski racks, a boot dryer, and a dedicated waxing and tuning workstation, while dual desks keep remote workers connected between adventures. Slopes, trails, and Historic Main Street are all just minutes from your door.
Top Amenities: 2025 AvantStay Awards finalist, private hot tub and BBQ patio, garage gear room with waxing/tuning station, ski racks, and boot dryer, dual work desks, chef’s kitchen with dining for eight, minutes to Deer Valley, Park City Mountain, and Main Street.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“We had a wonderful time staying at this beautiful place with three other friends for a ski trip. The furniture was lovely, and it was only a 15-minute drive to Park City Ski Resort and a 20-minute drive to Salt Lake City. Everything went smoothly, and we will definitely recommend this place to anyone visiting the area!”
Experience the ultimate mountain retreat at Jupiter Peak, a stunning townhome that gives you gorgeous mountain views and a cozy place to unwind, no matter when you visit Park City. This home is set up great for enjoying the scenery and relaxing, perfect for your getaway. Plus, it’s in a super handy spot near Deer Valley and Main Street, with easy access to the free town shuttle to help you get around and see everything!
Top Amenities: Located in Deer Lake Village, gorgeous mountain views, private hot tub and BBQ area, close access to Park City’s complimentary shuttle system, fully equipped kitchen with Keurig, full-size washer and dryer, deck with seating.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“The set up of the rooms (4 bedrooms) each with their own shower was really great. It allowed three sets of adults some private space and then let kids share a bunk room. The sizing and set up of all the bedrooms and shared living space was just the right amount to feel cozy and still be able to spread out. We really appreciated the Avantstay managers: they were easy to work with; we had to make a schedule change early on and they took care of that easily for us. We had a couple of questions and concerns during the trip and they quickly gave us responses as well as took note of our concerns to maintain the property for the next guests.We are booking with Avantstay again next year!”
If Park City had a crown jewel of a home address, Main Street Escape would have it. This stunning 5-bedroom, 3,200+ sq ft Old Town townhome sits right off Historic Main Street, giving you that rare combo of total mountain comfort and zero-effort access to the best shops, restaurants, and nightlife in town. Inside, the stone-faced fireplace and Viking & Sub-Zero kitchen anchor a beautifully remodeled open-concept main level made for gathering — and when you’re ready for fresh air, a deck spanning the full width of the home delivers sweeping Deer Valley views. After a full day on the slopes or trails, the private hot tub is waiting.
Top Amenities: Right off Historic Main Street, stone-faced fireplace and 3,200+ sq ft of luxury living, commercial-grade Viking & Sub-Zero kitchen with seating for 10, expansive deck with Deer Valley and Park City valley views, private hot tub, double car garage, Deer Valley Resort nearby.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“The location is unbeatable — right at the top of Main Street with everything at your doorstep. The home is stunning, perfectly equipped, and the hot tub after a day on the slopes is exactly what you need.”
Get ready to kick off your Park City adventure at Snow King, a home that feels like a cozy mountain lodge, giving your group just the right amount of space and comfort. Step inside rooms full of light that are perfect for hanging out and enjoying time together after a day exploring the outdoors or the town. Its location puts you conveniently close to both Main Street and several big ski resorts, making it a top pick for an easy and fun getaway!
Top Amenities: Proximity to Park City’s Main St. and multiple major ski resorts, roomy living area with wood-burning fireplace, spacious kitchen and dining area with bay windows and natural lighting, private hot tub, sauna.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“This home was absolutely amazing! It is about a 10 min walk to town, 5 min walk to the nearest lift and right across the street from a dog park. Plenty of room and very clean. We will definitely look to book this place again in the future. Can’t say enough good things about the experience!”
Check out Alpine Abode, a stunning single-level place right in the heart of Canyons Village with views that will seriously take your breath away. This condo is designed for comfort and convenience with unique elevator access, letting you easily get around and enjoy everything the village and mountains have to offer. Being right at the base of Canyons Village means you’re perfectly located for exploring and making the most of your trip!
Top Amenities: Stunning single-level residence with elevator access, private patio with epic Canyons Village views and BBQ grill, located right at the base of Canyons Village and the 13th hole of the Canyons Golf Course with easy access to Park City’s free transportation system.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“Great location with an easy walk to the lift! The unit is also beautiful with amazing sunrises in the morning. Community hot tub also very close!”
Hillside Overlook offers the best of both worlds in Park City, giving you that quiet mountain getaway feel with amazing views while still being right in the heart of Old Town. This home is easy to enjoy with stunning scenery, or gather with your group for relaxing meals and downtime inside. The free town trolley stopping right outside is a huge bonus, letting you easily explore all the shops, restaurants, and lifts without needing your car!
Top Amenities: Old Town views from multiple rooms and expansive wrap-around deck, Main Street Trolley stops just steps from the home, complimentary transportation right from the doorstep, oversized hot tub.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“This house is super well appointed with all the amenities you could ask for at a ski resort town like Park City. 100 steps from main street, hot tub, lovely deck with outstanding views. You can feel that this is not just a rental home but someone’s second home away from home.”
Step into Quicksilver, a place that strikes a cool balance between sleek and modern style with that cozy cabin feeling, making it a great spot to hit pause and recharge after any kind of day in Park City. How you choose to unwind here is totally up to you, whether you’re chilling by the fireplace or curled up in one of the comfy beds. It’s an ideal hideaway for resting up and being ready for whatever Park City adventures await, no matter the season!
Top Amenities: Big windows, vaulted ceilings, fireplace, TV, comfortable beds, pack n’ play, and high chair available. Near The Moose Cafe, Snowbird, Deer Valley Resort, Park City Mountain, Historic Main Street.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“We had a wonderful time at this property. House was very clean and check in process could not have been easier. Definitely would recommend it and would stay there again. Great experience for my whole family.”
Step back in time at Raddon, a truly one-of-a-kind Victorian gem nestled right in the heart of Park City’s Old Town that offers a unique and soulful escape from ordinary homes. This historic place is bursting with character, blending its old-world aesthetic with comfy modern touches. A perfect spot to relax after a day of adventure and enjoy lovely views from the balconies. Its unbeatable location, just steps from bustling Main Street and the slopes, makes it rare.
Top Amenities: Inviting interior with historic roots, two spacious balconies and treetop views, exposed wood beams, fully equipped kitchen, cozy living room with fireplace, private hot tub, near Deer Valley Mountain Resort, and local restaurants/bars.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“My wife and I rented this property for a family ski vacation with our two sons, their wife\fiance and our two 4yr old granddaughters. It was perfect. We all felt very comfortable in the space. The location was ideal. Very walkable, just a block to Main Street Park City. The property was very well supplied with linens, towels and kitchen\cooking utensils. Hot tub, front porch and inside fireplace were all lovely. I highly recommend this property for a family vacation or gathering of friends. In addition, AvantStay was very responsive and accommodating to our requests\needs.”
Discover a beautiful custom home nestled in Deer Valley’s Empire Pass that gives you exquisite mountain views and amazing ski-in/ski-out access, making it a perfect luxury retreat for any season. Silver Sun offers comfy, spacious living areas for everyone to gather and relax, whether you’ve been out on the slopes or just taking in the views from inside or out. Its location is great, offering a peaceful mountain setting that’s still just a short drive from the fun of Main Street!
Top Amenities: Exquisite mountain views, ski-in/ski-out access just 150 feet away, private office with workstation, two living spaces, private hot tub and fire pit, fully equipped kitchen, two-minute drive from spas and restaurants at Montage.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“Beautiful home! Well appointed kitchen – great for cooking family meals. Gorgeous views and excellent location. Luckily was still ski in / ski out (following short walk up the drive /few steps enroute to Northside Lift). Very thoughtful and much appreciated welcome amenity & quick response to our on site questions. Look forward to returning!”
Resort Plaza #5012 is a wonderfully located condo right in the base village of Park City Mountain Resort, where you can cozy up and soak in mountain views throughout the year. This spot makes it incredibly easy to get out and play, with the lifts for skiing, mountain biking, and hiking right outside your door! It’s a fantastic and convenient base for anyone wanting unbeatable access to the mountain and easy transportation to explore all of Park City.
Top Amenities: Conveniently located in Park City Mountain Resort, lifts for skiing/mountain biking/hiking, free, citywide shuttle route, mountain views, seasonal shared hot tubs, pack n’ play, and high chair available.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“We very much enjoyed our stay. Great location- n easy walk to lifts. Condo was spacious and worked perfectly for our group. Avant Stay was on it!!!”
Imagine stepping into a spot in Park City that feels completely fresh and modern – that’s Silvertown, ready for your next trip any time of the year! This condo is set up for effortless exploring, putting you just a short walk from the slopes and a quick ride away from Main Street and all the town’s hotspots. It is comfortable and convenient, making it your perfect home for enjoying Park City adventures, whatever the season!
Top Amenities: Walkable to the Park City bus stop, Starbucks, and a grocery store. Ski rentals are just 3 minutes away. Two living rooms with a fireplace, a loft space, a fully equipped kitchen, available cribs, and a high chair.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“3 adults, 5 kids, and our small dog had more than enough room to spread out. The description and photos are accurate. Everything in the property was in good working order. The hosts proactively checked in with us via text throughout the stay and answered the one property-related question very quickly and accurately. Good experience.”
Time for Silverado! A sophisticated and modern mountain house where you and your fave people can come together beautifully. An ideal getaway where majestic views help you feel right at home any time of year. This place is designed for relaxing after your adventures and enjoying the stunning landscape. With easy ski-in/ski-out access and a focus on comfort, it’s a truly perfect spot for your Park City escape!
Top Amenities: ski-in/ski-out access to the Apex Clubhouse that has a spa, pool, fitness center, massage room, sauna, and workspace, private hot tub on the balcony, fireplace, near Deer Valley Mountain Resort, Main Street, and local restaurants/bars.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“Blown away!!! This vacation rental exceeded every single one of our expectations and then some. The level of care and attention the hosts provided was extraordinary. They had a high chair and 2 pack n play cribs in the condo ready to go for us. Made it so easy. The condo itself was immaculate, modern, clean, and equipped with all the amenities you could want. Great views through the massive windows. Parking spot in the parking garage is 2 steps from your door, on the same level as the kitchen and main living room. True ski in/out off your porch. Every detail is carefully thought out to ensure maximum comfort and convenience. One of the most impressive experiences was how accommodating the staff was. We had a little trouble figuring out how to use the TV and the gas fireplace, and they had someone, Chris (a lifesaver!), at the door within 15 minutes! He was so friendly, replaced the batteries in the remote, walked us through how everything worked, and made sure we were completely set up. They even followed up later to apologize for the “inconvenience,” though honestly, it barely felt like one at all, especially given how quickly they helped us out! If you’re looking for a place where luxury meets genuine hospitality, this is it. I could not say enough to compliment how fantastic the condo, location, and AvantStay was. Thank you for going above and beyond to make our stay unforgettable!”
Charming, cozy, and warm (in a good way), Norfolk Escape is your home tucked away in Park City’s Old Town. With its welcoming feeling, it makes it a perfect spot for a mountain getaway with family or friends any time of year! This place is designed for comfort and relaxation after a day on the hill, with inviting spaces you’ll look forward to coming home to. Its location is fantastic and super easy to explore all the shops, restaurants, and slopes!
Top Amenities: 5-minute walk to the Town Lift and Main Street for shops and best restaurants in the area, hot tub, washer/dryer, fully stocked kitchen, card and board games, pack n’ play and high chair available.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
Great location: a 5 minute walk down the street gets you on Town Lift and on the slopes. And a 5-10 min walk gets you to the heart of Old Town Park City with all the best restaurants and bars! Very Spacious and Homey: Plenty of comfortable seating in the family room for our group to spread out and watch TV or play games after a day on the slopes! The primary bed room and bunk room are large rooms with plenty of space. The queen bedroom is on the small size , just enough room for the bed, and could use a TV. Kitchen is large and well stocked with serving ware and equipment. We would highly recommend this home!!
A truly luxurious and modern home perched high on a bluff where breathtaking views and comfortable design blend perfectly for a fantastic escape any time of year. Mountain Lover is set up for your group to easily enjoy the adventure and tranquility from inside and out. With stylish spaces to relax after exploring the outdoors or the town, its location also provides super convenient access to the reservoir for summer fun.
Top Amenities: Views of Wears Valley and Jordanelle Reservoir, bedrooms with fireplaces, balcony access, work and office area. Private at-home fitness studio, home theater with projector screen, pool table, foosball table, wet bar, airy deck, private hot tub, BBQ grill.
What Our Recent Guest Said:
“Recently stayed in this property with our extended family and had a wonderful time. There was plenty of room for everybody, the home is immaculately clean, and views are spectacular! It snowed during our stay and we were grateful that the neighborhood was promptly plowed and the driveway was heated, which made getting in and out a breeze. AvantStay was easy to work with, regularly communicated with us to make sure that check-in and check-out were seamless, and was responsive to all of our needs throughout our stay.Anybody staying here should be aware that the neighborhood is still under construction (which the listing makes clear), but we didn’t find it obtrusive and wouldn’t hesitate to stay again.”
You might know Park City is best for its amazing ski slopes in the winter, but honestly? This town is a total blast all year round. So, the answer is no.
If you’re thinking about booking one of these awesome Airbnbs and you might be wondering what there is to do when there’s no snow on the ground. Get ready to be surprised!
Aside from the best things to do in Park City, when spring arrives and the snow melts, the mountains turn into a huge playground for hiking and mountain biking, with tons of trails opening up.
Summer brings warm, sunny days perfect for exploring even more trails, trying out water sports on nearby lakes like Jordanelle Reservoir, or enjoying outdoor concerts and festivals.
Fall is absolutely beautiful with all the leaves changing colors, making it a gorgeous time for scenic drives and crisp hikes, plus the crowds are usually smaller.
Even in the “shoulder seasons,” you can still explore the charming shops and restaurants on Historic Main Street, visit the Utah Olympic Park, or just relax and take in the stunning mountain scenery.
Make Memories No Matter What the Calendar Says
Intrigued enough to experience the magic of Park City throughout the year? Every season is prime time for making lasting memories, and finding a great place to stay that welcomes you year-round is the first step to making that happen. Book a stay today!
Imagine a vacation rental where bounce houses wait in the backyard, movie theaters hide upstairs, and themed bedrooms transport them to their favorite worlds. Your kids running through the house, discovering a new adventure around every corner, instead of whining “I’m bored” five minutes after arrival.
Finding accommodations that actually keep children entertained saves your sanity and creates those magical vacation moments families remember for years.
From indoor water slides to backyard playhouses, arcade machines to basketball courts, these fun airbnbs for kids are packed with enough fun features to make kids forget about their tablets and actually want to play outside or explore indoors.
No more desperately searching for activities because the house itself becomes the entertainment. Parents get to relax while kids burn energy safely within the property, making everyone’s vacation actually feel like a vacation.
Can accommodate up to 22 guests | 10 beds and 8 baths
At Ever After, the bedrooms are the main event. A princess suite, a Harry Potter hideaway, a Mickey Mouse room, and a Minecraft-styled space mean every kid gets to claim their own world at bedtime. Tucked into the gated Windsor Island Resort just minutes from Disney World and Universal Studios, this 10-bedroom Davenport escape practically becomes a second theme park the moment you walk in.
Why This House is Fun: The themed rooms get the gasps at check-in, but the fun keeps going from there. A second-floor Star Wars theater sets the stage for epic movie nights, the game room keeps friendly tournaments rolling with arcade games and a pool table, and the private screened-in pool means all-day splashing without a single bug bite. When the group wants even more, the resort’s community pool, basketball court, sand volleyball, and mini golf are all part of the deal — so park rest days are anything but boring.
Best Home Features:
Four themed bedrooms — a princess room, a Harry Potter room, a Mickey Mouse room, and a Minecraft room
Second-floor Star Wars home theater plus a game room with arcade games and a pool table
Private screened-in pool, covered patio with loungers, and al fresco dining
Gated Windsor Island Resort access — community pool, basketball court, sand volleyball, and mini golf, minutes from Disney and Universal
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“This home was a perfect fit for our family. Spacious, spotless, and thoughtfully set up for both kids and adults. The themed rooms, game areas and pool made downtime just as fun as park days… We’re already talking about coming back.”
Can accommodate up to 28 guests | 10 beds and 8 baths
Game Farm Villa is a 12,000-square-foot estate on 10 acres that redefines family fun with features that make kids forget their devices exist. Multiple living areas mean adults get space while children create their own entertainment universe in dedicated play zones.
Why This House is Fun: The recreation room features two full-size inflatable bounce houses with turf flooring that lets kids jump themselves into exhaustion. When they finally tire of bouncing, the game room has pool tables and arcade games.
Best Home Features:
Outdoor pool, hot tub, fire pit, and private pond with a pedal boat
Sauna room, poker table, bridge, and ramp by the pond
Located in the Catskill Mountains near hiking trails, waterfalls, and Olana State Historic Site
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“This was an awesome family vacation in a lovely location. We never left the property as there was plenty to do for all ages from 2 to 83. The yard and pool, fire pit, game room were big hits. The beds were so comfortable and rooms dark and well insulated from neighboring rooms and temperatures were individually controlled. The kitchen with 2 ovens and 2 dishwashers and lots of space was fabulous for cooking large meals. Highly recommend!”– Linna R.
Can accommodate up to 17 guests | 8 beds and 8 baths
Nestled on 25 acres along Snowmass Creek, Twin Creeks Ranch has luxury living vibes with serious kid appeal. The property spans enough land for kids to roam safely while parents maintain that coveted vacation peace of mind.
Why This House is Fun: The outdoor cabin playhouse becomes the kids’ headquarters for the entire trip, complete with enough space for imaginative adventures. Add a teepee for camping dreams, plus pickleball and basketball courts when they need to burn energy before dinner.
Best Home Features:
Private pond, hot tub, outdoor pavilion, fire pit, fireplace, sauna
Pickleball court, basketball court, pool table, outdoor gear
20 minutes from downtown Aspen and world-class ski resorts
This property is awaiting its first guest reviews. Be the first to create memories here and share your family’s experience!
Can accommodate up to 20 guests | 11 beds and 10 baths
Spanning 12 acres with three separate houses, The Pond Estate has entertainment on a scale that most families only dream about. The massive property means kids explore different zones throughout the day without ever feeling confined.
Why This House is Fun: The 3,000-square-foot converted garage game house packs wall-to-wall entertainment, including every game imaginable, plus a wet bar for parents. Kids rotate between indoor and outdoor pools, tennis courts, and multiple expansive lawns.
Best Home Features:
Indoor and outdoor pools, hot tubs, fire pit,a tennis & pickleball court, and a private lake
14-person dining table, grand piano, yoga and studio space, presentation space
Private fitness gym, movie room, outdoor kitchen, with an EV charger, helipad
10 minutes from downtown Palm Springs, Indian Canyons hiking, and championship golf courses
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Beautiful property, would definitely recommend to others and will be back again! Hosts were wonderful and ready to accommodate.”– Khloe W.
Can accommodate up to 18 guests | 7 beds and 4 baths
Located in a peaceful setting, this cozy Poconos retreat proves you don’t need massive estates to keep kids entertained during mountain getaways. The intimate size of Otter Banks actually brings families together while still offering enough activities to prevent boredom.
Why This House is Fun: The Nintendo Switch gaming console becomes the rainy day hero when mountain weather doesn’t cooperate. Kids can play their favorite games while parents enjoy the hot tub on the deck.
Best Home Features:
Hot tub, deck with outdoor seating, picnic table, fireplace, and high chair
8 amenity wristbands, an Electric guitar, with an EV charger, foosball, and a pool table
Close to restaurants, stores, nature spots, and ski resorts
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We had a really wonderful stay at this Airbnb! The house was clean, comfortable, and perfect for our family. The kids loved having space to play and the cozy setup made us feel right at home. We especially enjoyed relaxing in the hot tub in the evenings after exploring nearby attractions. The location was peaceful yet close to restaurants, stores, and beautiful nature spots. The host was friendly and responsive throughout our stay, which made everything smooth and easy. Overall, it was a great family getaway. We’d definitely love to come back again!”– Zahirul I.
Can accommodate up to 15 guests | 5 beds and 7 baths
The entertainment here at Alta Vista Estate focuses on water fun that keeps children occupied for hours. This LA property features the amenity that makes kids squeal with excitement, while the outdoor area becomes the main attraction during California’s endless sunny days.
Why This House is Fun: The pool water slide creates that resort feeling right at your private rental. Kids can spend entire afternoons racing down the slide and jumping back in for another turn.
Infinity swimming pools, 2nd swimming pool with a long water slide
Hot tub, sauna, putting green, pool table, arcade machines, piano, private gym
Basement game room with ping pong, foosball, air hockey, and shuffleboard
Near Malibu beaches, Beverly Hills, and downtown LA, and 30 minutes from Hollywood and Universal Studios
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“I gotta say this is one of the best Airbnb’s I have ever stayed at! It was clean Private And the house and everyone involved were super amazing with response time and getting things done I loved the entire stay, you will not regret booking this place. It is so amazing! If you love waterslides, it’s such a fun little waterslide and the hot tub is great There’s so many beautiful rooms Honestly, I cannot give this place more than five stars but if I could, I would!”– Bianca B.
Can accommodate up to 25 guests | 9 beds and 6 baths
Coconut Breeze is located in the Disney vacation rental capital. It is an Orlando gem with themed bedrooms that make kids’ eyes light up at bedtime. The home sits close enough to theme parks for easy access without the hotel hassle.
Why This House is Fun: Game rooms mean entertainment continues even on park rest days when everyone needs to recharge. Combined with multiple character-themed bedrooms, kids get transported into their favorite movies and stories, and get imaginative or active.
Best Home Features:
Frozen, Mickey Mouse, Star Wars, Avengers, Jurassic Park, and Harry Potter rooms
Private pool, back patio with outdoor setup, arcade machines, 14-seater dining table
Short drive to Disney World, Universal Studios, and Solara Resort
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Perfect home to share with families. Plenty of space, huge living and dining area, short drive to the parks. All of the themed rooms and game rooms were amazing. The property manager was very responsive and great to work with. Would definitely recommend this property!”– Leslie S.
Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 2 baths
A private home comfort with resort amenities that keep families entertained beyond their rental walls. Welcome to Starview at Brasada Ranch Resort, where kids enjoy activities and programs without parents planning every minute.
Why This House is Fun: Resort amenities become an extension of your rental, offering supervised activities and entertainment. Activities can include a golf course, volleyball, basketball, horse riding, fishing, extensive hiking trails, and many more. Back at the house, the game room keeps competition going with a pool table, cornhole, board games, darts, and ping pong — so the fun never stops when the sun goes down.
Best Home Features:
Resort access to pools (indoor and outdoor), spa, gym, fitness classes, and kids center
Game room with pool table, cornhole, board games, darts, and ping pong
Hot tub, fire pit, BBQ grill, and outdoor dining area with mountain views
Located near Smith Rock State Park and Central Oregon outdoor activities
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Our family had a great time. This home is fully prepped with everything you need. From kid toys, to a high chair and games, we felt like we have everything we needed for a perfect stay.” – Jason A.
Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 5 beds and 4 baths
Here at Chardonnay Charm, parents can tour wineries during the day while kids anticipate evening game tournaments back at the house. This wine country retreat proves luxury adult destinations can absolutely work for families, too.
Why This House is Fun: The collection of table games, including pool, ping pong, foosball, and a poker table, creates an entertainment center where families actually interact. The game room features classic table games that bring multiple generations together.
Best Home Features:
Swimming pool and spa, shaded al fresco dining, and BBQ area
Putting green, movie theater, and fire table available
Located in Temecula wine country, near Wilson Creek Winery and Ponte Winery
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We had a great time, relaxed, had so much fun, celebrated 2 birthdays, all of us were so happy staying here. The house is really LUX! Large, gorgeous and full of all type of games: pool, table tennis, poker table and etc. The swiming pool and spa were amazing, we had really memorable time there. Highly Recommended!!!”– Suzanna S.
Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 3 beds and 2 baths
Kids experience nature-based fun that creates different memories than typical vacation rentals offer here at Lake View Retreat. This lakeside property has natural playground features that entertain through outdoor exploration.
Why This House is Fun: Nature is integrated into the property, which lets kids climb, explore, and play using natural features and structures. The Towamensing Trails community also adds 190 acres of recreational activities beyond your rental’s boundaries.
Best Home Features:
Big yard, outdoor deck, hot tub, cozy fireplace, arcade, pool table
Community pool, lake and community amenities access
Near Big Boulder, Split Rock, Hickory Run State Park, and Hawk Falls
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“My family and I had an amazing time at this beautiful house. we felt at home very peaceful, great neighborhood, very friendly people and the hosts were fabulous, fantastic and amazing very responsive we literally had everything we needed in that house it was a great getaway my kids and parents are still talking about the house they really loved it! and we will for sure return soon! A huge thanks to AvantStay for an amazing customer service. Great job!”– Sandi S.
Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 3 beds and 3 baths
Nadelhorn is a mountain cabin that brings retro gaming nostalgia to family vacations. Lake views and mountain setting also create that classic California mountain getaway, while modern entertainment keeps everyone engaged.
Why This House is Fun: The classic arcade machines transport kids and nostalgic parents back to gaming’s golden age. Children discover games without in-app purchases or online requirements, just pure button-mashing fun.
Outdoor deck, fully stocked kitchen, BBQ grill, and comfortable beds
Gorgeous lake and San Bernardino mountain views from the balcony
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Great cabin in Arrowhead! Kitchen is fully stocked for pretty much anything you would want to cook. Game room was awesome and kids loved it! Beds were moderately comfortable, not the best mattress’s and big dips in both beds. Love the view from the patio. Gorgeous view of the lake and mountains.”– Amanda O.
Can accommodate up to 12 guests | 6 beds and 6 baths
Tucked along a Smoky Mountain ridge with forest views in every direction, Evergreen Lodge is a 4,800-square-foot retreat built for families who want resort-grade entertainment without resort-style chaos. Three sprawling levels, six bedrooms with ensuite baths, and an entertainment lineup that keeps every age engaged from breakfast to bedtime.
Why This House is Fun: The home theater is the showstopper — plush theater seating for the adults paired with beanbags sized for the kids creates a movie-night setup that actually accommodates the whole family. When the credits roll, the private indoor pool, game room with pool table and shuffleboard, and multi-level decks with hanging swings keep the energy going. The home even comes stocked with a pack n’ play travel crib and a high chair for traveling families with little ones.
Private indoor pool, hot tub, and dedicated home theater with theater seating + kid beanbags
Game room with pool table, shuffleboard, and TVs for the big game
Multi-level decks with hanging swings, rocking chairs, and BBQ grill for forest-view cookouts
Pack n’ play and high chair provided, plus 15 minutes from Pigeon Forge and Dollywood
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“The place was amazing! Filled with several activities for teenagers and kids! My family enjoyed every single bit of it. We were a total of 17 and we all had a place to sleep/ enough bathrooms and all. The pool was great for the kids! The hot tub was great for the adults! The kitchen was very well supplied. The fridge had an ice maker! The neighborhood was amazing with great views. Everything was wonderful! Thank you AvantStays!”– Yulissa M.
Can accommodate up to 12 Guests | 6 beds and 3 baths
A unique desert mansion that caters to creative families with musical interests. Joshua Tree Mansion has a rock ‘n’ roll luxury vibe that creates a special atmosphere without being stuffy. Multiple hangout areas mean kids and adults find their own spaces while staying connected.
Why This House is Fun: Real musical instruments, including a piano in the game room, let kids explore their creative side. They can try to compose songs, put on mini-concerts for the family, and discover music in a hands-free, authentic way.
Best Home Features:
Private pool, outdoor kitchen, shaded pergolas, alfresco dining table, and fire pit
Attic library, chef’s kitchen with high-end appliances, luxe soaking tub
Near Joshua Tree Coffee Company and within driving distance to Joshua Tree National Park
“I’ve stayed in Joshua Tree plenty of times, but this place really stood out. If you’re looking for something that feels like your own private resort in the desert, this is it. The moment we arrived, we just stopped to take it all in…the pool glistening in the sun, the outdoor kitchen perfectly set up for sunset dinners, and those endless desert views. Inside, the vibe is rock ‘n’ roll meets luxury: bold art, beautiful chandeliers, and thoughtful details that make it feel special without trying too hard. With six bedrooms and several hangout areas, everyone had space to relax and unwind. The hosts were friendly, responsive, and the home was spotless. One night we gathered around the piano in the game room, another by the fire pit under the stars. Everything about it feels both thoughtful and effortless. Already planning our next trip back!”– Cheryl A.
Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 2.5 baths
Desert sunshine and a backyard built for play make Sonoran Sunshine an easy win for active families. This Central Scottsdale home caters especially to families with junior golfers or kids curious about picking up the sport.
Why This House is Fun: The putting green turns kids into mini golfers, practicing their short game morning to sunset — active entertainment that’s quieter than trampolines but just as engaging. When they’ve sunk their last putt, the arcade game room, pool table, and ping pong keep the tournament rolling indoors, while the private pool handles the hottest hours of the day.
Best Home Features:
Private pool, putting green, and shaded patio with BBQ for outdoor family dinners
Arcade game room, pool table, ping pong, and fitness equipment
Dedicated office with high-speed Wi-Fi for parents balancing work and play
Close to Old Town Scottsdale attractions, golf courses, and shopping
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We really enjoyed our stay. The home looked like the pictures and the amenities were great! It was peaceful, easy to find, and I felt that my family was safe there as well. When an issue came up with the pool vacuum, AvantStay responded promptly. I’d love to stay there again next time we’re headed to AZ.”– Erin
Can accommodate up to 18 guests | 6 individual suites with private spaces
Firefly Mountain Suites is a unique property that offers suite-style accommodations with communal spaces that bring families together. The shared amenities create opportunities for kids to make vacation friends while parents socialize.
Why This House is Fun: The indoor pool means the weather never ruins plans for water fun. It can be used for year-round swimming regardless of Tennessee mountain weather. Kids can spend hours in heated water with a courtyard and a game room for more entertainment options.
Best Home Features:
Hot tub, lounge area with a pool table, arcade room
Back courtyard with outdoor fire pit, mini playhouse, playground, bocce ball
Picnic tables and a communal dining room & kitchen for family meals
“The suite we stayed in was decorated very nicely, even tho we had 5 kids and 2 adults it still felt spacious and well laid out. Having the back courtyard with things for the kids to do plus the pool and game room made it so fun and relaxing to spend lots of time there! We have never stayed at a place with a communal dining room and kitchen so that was really cool and we wished we had thought ahead more to use them. Overall I’d highly recommend for any family with kids of all ages. The towns and hiking we wanted to go to were within reasonable distance too which is always a plus!”– Seth L.
Can accommodate up to 8 Guests | 3 beds and 3 baths
Angels Camp Lodge is your Big Bear cabin for classic mountain vacation vibes with board game entertainment that brings families together. The property accommodates groups and even your furry friends comfortably while maintaining that cozy cabin atmosphere.
Why This House is Fun: The extensive board game collection in this home is amazing. It creates old-school family entertainment that builds actual memories. Kids discover games beyond their tablets while parents introduce classics from their own childhoods.
Best Home Features:
Hot tub, outdoor deck with lounge area, fire pit, BBQ
Game room with pool table, card table, and shuffleboard, piano, and fireplace
A few minutes’ drive to Bear Mountain Ski Resort and Big Bear Lake
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We had such a great stay at this cabin! The space was perfect for our group—three roomy bedrooms each with a king bed, which made it super comfortable. Our dogs loved having space to run around in a fully fenced outdoor area. The cabin came stocked with tons of amenities and games that kept us entertained all weekend. The pool table was definitely a highlight, and we loved the unique chess table too. Everything was very clean and well taken care of. The only thing to note is they were pretty firm with the check in time – which wasn’t a big issue for us – but maybe something to keep in mind. Overall, we really enjoyed our stay and would absolutely recommend this cabin!!”– Diane L.
Can accommodate up to 9 Guests | 4 beds and 2 baths
The spotless property and amazing pool here at Bella Vista create that resort experience in a private setting. Perfect for families wanting simple water-focused fun without elaborate entertainment needs.
Why This House is Fun: The spectacular swimming pool with rock waterfalls becomes the entire entertainment center during hot Arizona days. Kids can spend morning to evening swimming, playing pool games, and enjoying that vacation feeling.
Best Home Features:
Fully fenced backyard with outdoor lounging and cornhole games
Pool fence and gate, shaded back patio, side patio, al fresco dining tables, and fireplace
Close to downtown Chandler, just 5 minutes to Golfland Sunsplash Water Park
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We had the perfect staycation! The place was spotless, and the pool was incredible — we spent the whole weekend swimming and relaxing with my husband and kids. It was just what we needed to unwind and enjoy some family time without going far from home. Highly recommend!”– Rhianna F.
Can accommodate up to 16 Guests | 6 beds and 6 baths
Perched near the coast, Shoreline turns downtime into playtime with a layout built for family fun. Days revolve around the private pool and hot tub, where kids can splash for hours while adults relax nearby, and evenings shift indoors for movies, games, and group hangouts across multiple living spaces. With beaches just minutes away and plenty to do back at the house, Shoreline keeps the energy high without parents having to plan every moment.
Why This House is Fun: The pool becomes the center of everything — morning swims turn into afternoon games and sunset hot tub sessions without anyone getting bored. When it’s time to dry off, multiple indoor hang spaces make movie nights, board games, and friendly competitions easy, so kids stay entertained whether they’re outside burning energy or winding down inside.
Best Home Features:
Private pool and hot tub for all-day water fun
Multiple indoor living areas for games and movie nights
Outdoor lounge and dining spaces for family hangouts
Close proximity to beaches and coastal activities
Spacious layout designed for group stays
This property is awaiting its first guest reviews. Be the first to create memories here and share your experience with future families!
Why Kid-Friendly Amenities Matter for Family Vacations
Vacation planning with children requires different priorities than adult-only trips. The house itself needs to provide entertainment because relying solely on local attractions gets expensive and exhausting quickly.
Smart families choose properties where kids stay engaged without parents constantly planning the next activity. However, here are some more reasons why you should consider kid-friendly amenities on your next family trip:
1. Kids Get Bored Faster Than Adults: Children need stimulation and variety throughout vacation days. Downtime at the rental should feel fun instead of boring, preventing the “there’s nothing to do” complaints that ruin everyone’s mood. Properties with built-in entertainment create buffer time between outings, where kids recharge while still having fun.
2. Save Money on Outside Entertainment: Theme parks, attractions, and constant dining out drain vacation budgets quickly. Rentals with pools, game rooms, and activities mean some days stay home-based without feeling like you’re missing out. Kids get excited about house amenities, making “pool days” feel special instead of disappointing.
3. Everyone Actually Relaxes: When kids entertain themselves safely on-property, parents finally relax instead of constantly supervising or planning. You can read a book by the pool while children play, sip coffee while they bounce, or enjoy adult conversation knowing they’re engaged and secure. This balance creates actual vacation feelings for everyone.
Choosing the Right Fun House for Your Family
Beyond amenities, several factors determine whether a property works for your specific family’s needs. Age ranges, interests, and group size all influence which features matter most. Consider these elements below when browsing options.
Match Amenities to Ages
Toddlers need different entertainment than teenagers. Bounce houses and playgrounds work for younger kids, while teens want game rooms and sports courts. Properties with varied amenities accommodate mixed age groups better than those focusing on single age ranges. Check out the best vacation rentals for toddlers for age-specific guidance.
Consider Group Size Honestly
Don’t cram too many people into spaces advertised for maximum occupancy. Kids need room to spread out and play without tripping over luggage and adults constantly. Generous space allowances mean everyone stays happier throughout the trip, reducing conflicts that ruin family time.
Location Matters for Activities
Proximity to attractions balances house-based fun with exploration. Being close enough to theme parks for day trips while far enough for quiet evenings creates the best scenario. Research what’s nearby and how much time you’ll spend at the property versus out exploring.
Start Planning Your Kid-Approved Getaway
Vacation memories come from those unexpected moments: kids’ laughter echoing through game rooms, cannonballs into pools, and discovering secret hideaways around properties. These specially-designed homes create those moments naturally without parents forcing fun.
Stop settling for boring hotels where kids bounce off the walls from boredom. Choose a fun Airbnb for kids where entertainment lives in every room and outdoor space, making your accommodation part of the adventure instead of just somewhere to sleep.
Ready to book the vacation your kids will talk about all year? Browse more fun AvantStay homes and watch your family’s faces light up when they discover their temporary home is actually the coolest place they’ve ever stayed.
Need a digital detox? Asheville’s mountain cabins and tree-lined escapes offer the kind of tranquility that melts stress away—no meditation app required. For travelers looking to trade traffic noise for birdsong or Zoom calls for stargazing, these Asheville Airbnbs are made for that kind of reset.
And don’t worry if you’re craving some action after all that unwinding, you’re never far from Asheville’s charming downtown scene, packed with cozy cafés, art galleries, award-winning breweries, and live music. Nature and culture in one beautiful package.
If you’re dreaming of mountain mornings, crisp air, and a space that feels like a warm hug, Hamersmith Hollow Retreat Estate is your happy place. This cozy and lakefront condo is just the right size for unplugging from the chaos and breathing in that fresh Mars Hill air.
Step out onto your private balcony, feel the breeze, and watch the treetops sway. There’s a grill out there, too—because dinner always tastes better outdoors. Inside, things stay snug and sweet with a fireplace that makes the whole room glow, a comfy living area, and a kitchen perfect for making pancakes or popcorn.
After a long day of exploring the mountains or doing absolutely nothing (which is totally valid), curl up in the king and queen bedroom, flip on the TV, or soak in the tub. It’s a simple, quiet, peaceful place to recharge—exactly what you’re looking for when you say you want to “get away.”
✨ Why You’ll Love This House:
Balcony with mountain views and a grill for easy outdoor meals
Fireplace by the living area for cozy nights in
Large private pond and a quaint deck
Fully equipped kitchen with a breakfast nook
Additional guest cottage with full kitchen and living area
✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:
“We loved everything about our stay here! This was the perfect family gathering place. Completely tranquil, clean, and it had everything we needed, including kitchen supplies. Check in and check out we’re very easy. It is close enough to restaurants and grocery stores to be convenient while also providing a beautiful drive along the way. There were a few deer in the early evenings and bunnies throughout the day. We will treasure our time here.”
If your idea of the perfect day includes misty mountain views, coffee on the deck, and soaking in a hot tub as the stars come out, then head over to Silver Spoon. This is a hillside cabin that has a front-row seat to Asheville’s natural beauty—quiet, scenic, and perfectly set up for groups and families who want to slow down and settle in.
Wake up to rolling valley views and grill lunch on the upper balcony while you enjoy some well-earned downtime by the fireplace. Between the games downstairs and cozy chats over snacks in the sunny kitchen, this home gives you space to unwind.
Without needing to go anywhere, and located just far enough from the buzz of downtown but close enough for easy day trips, Silver Spoon is your escape to simple comforts and mountain magic.
✨ Why You’ll Love This House:
Huge deck with panoramic views and a private hot tub
Fireplace, vaulted ceilings, and a light-filled living room
Lounge area with a pool table and bar seating
Loft area with beanbags and dedicated workspace desk
Close to Asheville but surrounded by peaceful scenery
✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:
“This house was so perfect! Attention to detail in architecture and interior design. There was not one thing we needed that was not supplied by the house. The pool table room was so much fun for our family and we hot tubed on the deck with the amazing Mountain View’s every evening! There is so much space in this house so you can easily find solace if needed. Short drives to all the cool stuff around and still come home to peace and quiet. Not one negative thing about this experience!”
Want a stylish space to slow down, spread out, and sip your morning coffee in peace? Riverside Trade Retreat checks all the boxes. This boutique-style home wraps you in industrial and modern vibes, perfect for cozying up or spending the afternoon doing absolutely nothing.
It’s all curated decor, exposed brick, hardwood floors, and that just-right lighting for your next photo dump inside. A velvet sofa sets the mood for chill movie nights, and the fully equipped kitchen makes it easy to whip up snacks, brunch, or comfort food favorites.
Head out to the private terrace for a grilled dinner under the stars and have a breath of fresh air too! You’ve got extra seating on the porch—perfect for sunrise sips or golden hour unwinds.
✨ Why You’ll Love This House:
Attention-grabbing industrial aesthetic and interior
Private terrace with a grill, dining table, and outdoor lounge space
Board games and cards are available
7 minutes to downtown Asheville and the River Arts District
Pet-friendly and easy onsite parking
✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:
“We enjoyed our stay while in Asheville. The place was beautiful and comfy – especially the beds. We cooked a lot so having a large kitchen was really nice. Note: no dishwasher. There is a nice porch but, keep in mind, it is located right next to a busy road so pretty loud during the day but quiet at night. And not walkable, so you’ll need a car to get around. Otherwise, the AvantStay people were very responsive and helpful. Definitely recommend the apartment! ~Wendy”
Sometimes, all you need is a quiet place in the woods, a good book, your favorite people, and breathtaking Blue Ridge views. Among the trees and just outside central Asheville, Leyland is the perfect place to unplug, slow down, and breathe in that fresh mountain air.
Whether you’re hiking or cozying up with your crew inside, this home is all about that sweet balance of nature and comfort. The living room is great for movie nights, the kitchen has everything you need to fuel your adventures, and the 5 comfy bedrooms give everyone space to wind down.
And with Asheville just under ten minutes away, you’re close to all the buzz… but far enough to forget about it. Adventure when you want it, quiet when you need it.
✨ Why You’ll Love This House:
5-bedroom mansion layout perfect for large groups and families
Multiple deck balconies with expansive Blue Ridge Mountain views
Private hot tub & fire pit for outdoor relaxation
Large recreation room with a foosball table
Easy access to Biltmore Estate, River Arts District & outdoor adventures
✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:
“This was a fantastic place to stay! It was spacious and comfortable, the kitchen was very well stocked, the views were amazing. It’s not far from downtown Asheville, so very easy to get to town and call Ubers if needed. There were 14 of us here for a long weekend, and it was absolutely perfect!”
Need a reset? Creekside Mountain is the kind of peace you can feel. This home is all about slow mornings, quiet walks by the creek, and deep breaths you didn’t know you needed. And yeah, the sound of water bubbling nearby? That’s nature’s playlist, on loop.
Wake up, step onto the deck, and let the cool mountain air hit your face just right. Then wander down to the creek, kick off your shoes, and dip your toes in. Whether you’re here for forested hikes, fireside reads, or just to hear actual birds instead of phone notifications, Creekside is your unplug-and-unwind headquarters.
Back inside, it’s all warm hardwood floors, charming antiques, and natural light flooding through skylights. And when you’re ready to peek back into the real world, Asheville and Black Mountain are just 15 minutes away.
✨ Why You’ll Love This House:
Set on 3 private acres for full serenity
Private sauna to unwind after long hikes
A 5-minute walk to the Blue Ridge Parkway Trail
Wooded, secluded feel—yet only 15 mins to Asheville & Black Mountain
Warm, welcoming vibe with charming décor
✨Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“I had a amazing trip and it was definitely the help of this awesome home. Super comfy and plenty of room. Very close to a lot of attractions as well. Would definitely recommend 100%”
Peace and quiet had a perfect address, and it’s Mountain Gem. Perched in the Cataloochee Hills, this log cabin is where you exhale the second you arrive. Wraparound decks, starry-night hot tub dips, and a vista that’ll make your morning coffee feel like a spa treatment.
Outside, the mountains stretch out like a painting while you grill dinner or gather around the fire pit for s’mores and stories. The soaring ceilings, a cozy fireplace, and cathedral-style windows make the open living room feel just right. Whether you’re prepping a pancake breakfast in the kitchen or calling foosball shots from the loft, it’s mountain living without the fuss.
Mountain Gem gives you space to breathe—but keeps you close enough to explore when you’re ready. It’s the sweet spot between remote and reachable.
✨ Why You’ll Love This House:
20-mile Smoky Mountain views from the wraparound deck
Hot tub by the deck and fire pit with Adirondack chairs
Cozy interior, gas fireplace, and open loft for family hangouts
BBQ grill is available for guest use
35 miles to Asheville for easy day trips, art strolls, and eats
✨Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“This place was super nice and a great location! Great for a relaxed weekend or being out and about.”
Come easy at Honeycomb Hideaway. This treetop A-frame is all about chill vibes and fresh air, found between Asheville’s creative charm and the wild beauty of the Blue Ridge Mountains. Whether you’re road tripping in spring or catching golden leaves in fall, this cabin makes it easy to slow down, breathe deep, and just be.
Start your morning sipping coffee on the deck with a mountain view and end your night stargazing around the fire pit. Huge windows fill the space inside with soft light, and a spiral staircase leads you up to a loft that’s perfect for reading, journaling, or just getting cozy.
After a hike or brewery run, melt into the soaking tub or crash early in one of two queen bedrooms. From the quiet trails of Chimney Rock to Asheville’s famous food and arts scene, you’re close to everything, yet it still feels like your own secret escape in the trees.
✨ Why You’ll Love This House:
A-frame cabin with serene mountain views
Spacious deck with a fire pit courtyard for outdoor hangs
Two cozy queen bedrooms and a modern soaking tub
Close to Chimney Rock, Lake Lure & Asheville’s breweries
The perfect balance of unplugged & close to town
✨Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“My ten year old son and I stayed in this beautiful cabin to celebrate my birthday and we LOVED it! It was so cozy yet unique. I was nervous to go back down the mountain the first night staying(I drive a Subaru Impreza) since it had rained recently so the gravel path up the mountain was a little rough, but I was able to DoorDash. The driver just didn’t want to come up the driveway(the steepest part) luckily one of the avantstay hosts had come to change out the carbon monoxide detector and assisted me getting the food. This was by far the best experience through any rental service I’ve ever used. I plan on staying here again and I would highly recommend staying here to anyone/everyone.”
Just a few minutes from the famous Biltmore Estate, Magnolia Sycamore is your cup of calm nature. This sleek townhome is perfect for anyone craving easy access to adventure and a quiet place to rest afterward.
Whether you’re here for sunny spring strolls or cozy fall nights by the fire pit, this home is ready to welcome you all year round. You’ll find warm wood accents, streaming sunlight, and everything you need to kick back. The living room and rec room are perfect for slow mornings, movie nights, or just hanging out.
Light up the fire pit or toss some burgers on the grill after a day of hiking. Step onto your private deck and hear the gentle sounds of a nearby stream. There’s just something about the air here that makes everything feel a little easier.
And if you’re planning a bigger gathering, good news—this home is part of our Sycamore Collection. Bring the whole crew and stay close by with our nearby homes:
Just 6 minutes to downtown Asheville and close to Blue Ridge Parkway trails
Private deck with a stream view, gas grill, and fire pit
Enough bedrooms for everyone to get a good night’s sleep.
Streaming TVs, fast WiFi, and a fully equipped kitchen
Near other Sycamore homes for group bookings
✨Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“Great apartment. great location. There was a trick to the door lock, needed to pull the door to you to open. AvantStay was very responsive and explained, but would have liked this info up front. Honestly not sure if I was told up front, but garage was not available for use, had a kinda den area set up. Made parking right, limited. Overall pleased and enjoyed.”
Wanting a little quiet? Artist’s Palette is here for your escape. Tucked in the trees just outside Asheville, this 1-bedroom cabin is peaceful, playful, and packed with an artist’s charm. Cozy by the fire pit, soak in the hot tub, and sip your morning coffee on a balcony.
Inside, it’s light, colorful, and full of good vibes. You’ll find a bright living room for movie marathons, a kitchen with bar seating for breakfast chats, and even a little desk nook for checking in (but only if you must!).
With just the right balance of comfort and nature, this is where you come to catch your breath. Perfect for a solo reset, a romantic weekend, or a remote work getaway where the WiFi’s strong but the distractions are far, far away.
✨ Why You’ll Love This House:
Surrounded by forest views, just 30 minutes from Asheville
Private outdoor hot tub and fire pit for a magical evening
Covered deck with grill, outdoor fireplace, & comfy seating
“We had a lovely and relaxing stay. The design and layout is very thoughtful. Taking full advantage of the views and seclusion. The amenities this home has is second to none. The fireplaces, grill, huge deck, pristine hot tub and kitchen had everything you could possible need or want. The value is truly amazing. Only disappointment is not being there in the fall to see the leaves change color. We missed it by a couple weeks! We will definitely be back. Highly recommend !”
Tucked along the aptly named Elk Mountain Scenic Highway in the hills above Weaverville, Asher is a modern mountain sanctuary wrapped entirely in trees — which means come October, you’re not driving to the foliage, you’re living inside it. Floor-after-floor of balconies frame unobstructed Blue Ridge views that burn crimson and gold, two living rooms give everyone a fireside-style perch, and the steep, winding approach up the gravel drive delivers that end-of-the-road seclusion that makes the rest of the world disappear.
✨ Why You’ll Love This House:
Hot tub under the trees — the perfect crisp-evening soak as the ridgelines glow at dusk
Multiple balconies and floor-to-ceiling sightlines with unobstructed Blue Ridge panoramas
Two living rooms, a chic modern kitchen, and a ping pong table for cozy-night tournaments
Why It’s Perfect for Fall:
✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:
“The Asher house sits right on top of the mountain with beautiful views right from the pool. It is a very curvy road up to the property but only 20 minutes to downtown. There’s plenty of windows for natural light but this also keeps the home very warm with the summer heat. We used every opportunity to cool off in the pool. The kitchen was well stocked with all of the necessities and the dining area was perfect for our large group to enjoy dinner together. We would definitely book this property again.”
Some mornings are just too good to sleep through—and this mountaintop retreat proves it. At Little Pisgah Sunrise, you’ll wake up to quiet skies, misty mountain views, and that soft golden light only the Blue Ridge can deliver.
This cozy hideaway is perfect for those looking to slow things down and soak in the peace of nature. The open living space invites easy conversation and unhurried moments—whether you’re making pancakes, playing cards around the dining table, or curling up on the couch for movie night.
Step out onto the covered balcony with your glass of wine and take in the panoramic views that stretch all the way. You’ll feel like you’re worlds away, but Asheville’s restaurants, shops, and trails are just a short drive down the mountain.
✨ Why You’ll Love This House:
Big backyard with a picnic table
Peaceful mountaintop location with sweeping views
Covered balcony made for coffee sipping and sunset toasts
Open-concept living area with full kitchen and cozy vibes
Easy 15-minute drive to Asheville, Biltmore Village & trailheads
Into a quiet Asheville nook is where Silver Maple can be found, where cozy modern living collides with misty mountain mornings. Enjoy a cup of coffee on the back patio as the sun rises over the Blue Ridge.
Find chic house finishes, a sleek kitchen for cooking up your comfort food, and comfy couches. You can also settle in for movie night in the bonus lounge (yep, the garage got a glow-up). It’s the kind of space that feels good in every season—whether you’re bundled in flannel or sipping lemonade under the cotton-candy sky.
This retreat is all about laid-back luxury, and if you’re dreaming of a quiet Asheville escape where the pace slows down and the mountain views do all the talking, this is your spot to kick back and really unwind.
✨ Why You’ll Love This House:
Chic interiors and beautiful house design that just fit
Converted garage lounge for games or movies
Fully equipped kitchen and indoor dining
Backyard patio with golden hour vibes for a little quiet time
Just 7 mins to Biltmore & 12 mins to River Arts District
✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:
“We truly enjoyed our stay and AvantStay was available to help with any questions. The home was equipped with everything we needed to make our stay comfortable. Great experience!”
Tucked into a quiet cul-de-sac ten minutes from downtown, Modern Escape is what happens when a home is actually designed for switching off. Floor-to-ceiling windows pull the Blue Ridge into every room, acoustic treatments on the walls keep the quiet genuinely quiet, and blackout shades in every bedroom mean nobody’s up before they want to be.
Outside is where the days end up. A seven-person hot tub, a fire pit with mountain views for marshmallow duty, cornhole, and egg chairs to swing in while somebody else mans the grill. There’s even a climbing wall with a tunnel slide, which the kids will claim and the adults will absolutely try once.
Back inside, the open kitchen runs on granite counters, a breakfast bar, and enough cookware to actually cook — plus a bar cart and cocktail setup for the evening shift. Three bedrooms sleep twelve, including a bunk room for four, and the primary ensuite’s deep soaking tub is the last stop before bed.
✨ Why You’ll Love This House:
7-person hot tub, fire pit with mountain views, cornhole, and a climbing wall with tunnel slide
Floor-to-ceiling windows, mountain-scape mural, and acoustic-treated walls for real quiet
Thoughtful family touches — crib, baby gate, kid-sized highchairs, and a full kids’ dining set
Avocado organic beds, blackout shades, and a primary ensuite with deep soaking tub
Pet-friendly, EV charging on site, 24-hour check-in, 10 minutes to downtown Asheville
✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:
“This was the perfect spot for our girls trip! It was so close to everything in Asheville and the host was proactive in communicating and provided local recommendations in the home.”
Perched high in the hills with dreamy views of the mountain, Among the Clouds lives up to its name. As you sip your hot drink on the porch or sink the day into the hot tub, you’ll feel like you’re floating above it all.
It’s the kind of place where the fog rolls in like a movie scene—and all your worries roll out too. The cozy living room is made for chilly nights and movie marathons by the fireplace. The fully stocked kitchen and big dining table make group dinners super easy. When it’s time to crash, three bedrooms offer soft beds and plenty of space to rest up for the next day’s adventures.
And let’s talk about the outdoor space—rocking chairs paired with mountain views, a fire pit for s’mores and stories, and even wooded trails to explore. It’s pure mountain magic, with a side of peace and quiet.
✨ Why You’ll Love This House:
Stunning views of Mt. Pisgah and the Blue Ridge Parkway
Hot tub and rocking chairs on the porch for ultimate relaxation
Cozy fireplace, fully equipped kitchen, and comfy bedrooms
Fire pit, picnic table, and forest trails just outside your door
Great for year-round visits, from leaf-peeping to snowy stargazing
✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:
“We loved our stay! Remote enough to enjoy the peace and quiet but not too far from the city. The cabin looks exactly like the photos. Perfect space for 4 adults and my dog! The fire pit and hot tub were our favorite after a day of hiking. The space was so cozy we actually did less of the things we planned because we just really enjoyed staying in to relax. WiFi is spotty and you have no cell service which was not an issue for us but something to consider if you’re traveling and that’s a big deal for you. I would absolutely recommend this stay and hope to come back again in the future.”
Say hello to Idyllic Mountain, your peaceful hideaway in a quiet mountain cove. This charming farmhouse has it all: views for days, a cozy interior, and outdoor spots that feel like they were made for unplugging.
Wake up to horses grazing nearby and mountain views out every window. Grab your coffee and head to one of two big covered decks for a slow morning with the sunrise. Vaulted ceilings and huge windows let in tons of sunlight in the house. In the evening, cozy up by the fire pit with a warm drink and some good conversation.
A kind of place where you can gather as a group or sneak away for some solo quiet time, whether you’re hiking, biking, or just kicking back in the rocking chairs, Idyllic Mountain is all about relaxing at your own pace.
✨ Why You’ll Love It:
Secluded yet just 15 minutes from Asheville
Mountain and horse farm views from almost every window
Covered decks and a fire pit for the perfect chill zone
Bright, open floor plan with vaulted ceilings and a fireplace
Great for families or small groups looking to unwind in nature
✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:
“This is the perfect combination of getting to enjoy the tranquility of Asheville’s natural beauty, views of the mountains and a peaceful retreat, while being minutes away from conveniences of stores and access to everything downtown. Outside is plenty of space, an abundance of wildlife to enjoy, decks to relax on, a fire pit to cozy up to and gorgeous views. Inside is a beautiful, wonderfully-appointed, easy, welcoming floor plan for a family or friends to enjoy. Comfy reading nooks, ample natural light, a great, working kitchen and comfortable bedrooms with luxurious linens made us feel right at home. We wished we could stay longer and will be back next time we visit!”
When it comes to true relaxation, Asheville delivers on every level. Tucked into the heart of the Blue Ridge Mountains, this peaceful paradise invites you to slow down, breathe deep, and soak in the quiet magic of the outdoors.
Whether you’re sipping a hot cocoa on a misty porch, strolling through a local farmers market, or hiking along the Blue Ridge Parkway, the pace here is calm, the people are kind, and the views? Always breathtaking.
Here are 5 reasons why Asheville is the ultimate unplug-and-unwind destination:
Experience Blue Ridge Magic: Wake up to misty mountain views, golden hour hikes, and trails that lead straight to waterfall wonderlands. It’s nature therapy at its finest.
Have Peaceful, Secluded Stays: From A-frames in the woods to cabins with panoramic decks, Asheville Airbnbs are built for privacy, serenity, and quiet mornings with coffee and birdsong.
Try the Creative Soul & Local Flavor: Art studios, farmer’s markets, indie bookstores, and some of the best bakeries you’ll ever find—downtown Asheville is calm, cool, and full of character.
A CompleteWellness Central: This is spa country. From hot tub soaks to forest bathing, yoga on the deck to mineral springs day trips, relaxation is practically a sport here.
The All-Season Beauty: Come for cozy winter cabin vibes, dreamy spring blooms, sunny summer trails, or fall foliage so good it looks photoshopped. Asheville is stunning year-round!
You don’t need a flight across the globe to find calm—you just need the right porch, a cozy blanket, and a cabin in Asheville. From spring blooms to snowy mornings, this mountain town is your go-to for all-season peace.
Our homes are chosen for comfort, designed for connection, and managed with care—so you can focus on doing nothing, beautifully, while you disconnect from the buzz of the world.
Considering yourself a heavy dink-er? 2025 proved that you either like pickleball or you’re wrong. With the addition of pickleball courts in our homes, we figured it was time we gave these courts their shining moment… since we already gave our vacation rentals with tennis courts theirs.
Pickleball has taken the world by storm, and for good reason; it’s fun, social, and perfect for players of all ages and skill levels. If you’re a fan of this fast-growing sport or simply looking for a unique vacation experience, you’re in luck!
We’ve rounded up 15 incredible vacation rentals that feature private or shared pickleball courts, along with luxurious amenities to make your stay unforgettable.
Best Vacation Homes with a Pickleball Court
Whether you’re planning to “dink” the days away or simply relax in a beautiful setting, these vacation rentals offer the perfect blend of activity and leisure.
Find inspiration for your next group getaway, family vacation, or even a corporate retreat.
The Reserve is our newest addition to the Polo Villas neighborhood in Coachella Valley. The Reserve #15 and The Reserve #18 have their very own pickleball court, pool, and fire pit, which we think makes this already conveniently located home that much better for festival season. If you’d rather have a bocce ball instead of a pickleball court, you might be on the wrong blog, but also The Reserve homes #12 and #16 have those.
★ Best House Features:
Pickleball courts, putting greens, bocce ball courts, and outdoor kitchens across 7 villas with pools and spas
Each villa features 4,000 sq ft with open-concept living, fireplaces, BBQ grills, and grass lawns for events
One mile from Empire Polo Fields, near La Quinta golf courses, desert hiking trails, and Palm Springs attractions
“Perfect house for our annual girl’s retreat! Every bedroom has it’s own ensuite. Space to gather, connect and relax. And of course the pickleball court added to the fun!” – Holly G.
If your group has a designated dinker, we think they’ll be pleased with this property. Buena Vista is a Coachella Valley estate with a tennis court that doubles as a pickleball court, a 60-foot pool, a freshwater lake with a paddle boat, paddle boards, and kayaks, billiards, shuffleboard, a fire pit, an actual saloon, a soccer field, and so much more.
★ Best House Features:
40+ acres of lush desert ground perfect for events and outdoor dining
Private pool, hot tub, and an expansive freshwater lake with paddle boat, paddle boards, and kayaks
Private soccer field, bocce ball, tennis, volleyball, and pickleball courts
Rodeo-style saloon-style wet bar, bonfire-style fire pit
Only 10 minutes from the polo fields and near Coachella Valley attractions
“Everything about this place made it the best weekend ever. The property manager made the initial process of getting into the place as seamless as possible, allowing me to order ahead groceries to be delivered before we got there. The place is as described – absolute massive grounds with plenty of activities to keep us busy the entire time, without ever feeling the need to leave. Would 1000% come back.” -Kevin S.
Game, set, match at Mesquite38. This 3.9-acre estate in Coachella Valley has our favorite pickleball court. Partially because it doubles as a tennis court and because of its cerulean blue color surrounded by contrastingly pink flora (can you say “gorg?”)…but also because of the unparalleled amenities this property provides.
★ Best House Features:
Large yard, private pool with Baja shelf, hot tub, and sunken built-in fireplace
2 bocce ball & pickleball courts and a tennis court, a billiard and poker table
Multiple living areas, al fresco dining, gourmet & outdoor kitchen, gym with Peloton
Minutes from Palm Desert attractions, El Paseo shopping, and desert golf courses
“WOW! Incredible estate. Very family friendly. Pool, hot tub, tennis, pickleball, volleyball, golf, soccer, biking, weight lifting… All on the property. Management was very responsive to any questions. Easy five stars!”
Serve, dink, repeat — then jump in your private pool. Bravo by AvantStay is a collection of 16 ultra-luxury villas in an exclusive gated enclave beside La Quinta, and nearly every villa comes with its own private pickleball court. Set directly across from the world-renowned Madison Club and Hideaway Golf Club, these architecturally striking homes were built for groups who refuse to compromise: 16-foot ceilings, walls of glass, en-suite bedrooms, imported Spanish tile, and resort-style backyards designed for competition and celebration in equal measure.
★ Best House Features:
Private pickleball courts across the villa collection, plus pools, hot tubs, and fire pits
4 to 9 en-suite bedrooms per villa, sleeping groups from 14 to 26+
16-foot ceilings, disappearing Fleetwood glass doors, and designer finishes throughout
Minutes from Coachella and Stagecoach festival grounds, Madison Club golf, and El Paseo shopping
Full buyout available for weddings, retreats, and large-scale celebrations
The Riesling Retreat: Where day dinking meets day drinking. This Temecula getaway was aptly named a retreat with its plethora of activities. Spend days playing pickleball, volleyball, basketball, or even putt-putt. Hang inside in the game room with a pool table, ping pong table, and foosball. Head back outside for the pool, fire pit, and alfresco dining.
★ Best House Features:
Resort-style pool, hot tub, and a putt-putt golf
Game room, outdoor kitchen, fire pit, and spacious lawn
Near Temecula wineries, Old Town Temecula, and Wilson Creek Winery
“Absolutely wonderful property inside and out! Great for families or anyone looking to enjoy their own private resort vacation. We carefully selected a property that could have our out of town relatives enjoying Temecula Wine country and multiple rec areas such as pool BBQ, firepit, pickle ball, basketball, volleyball, quality gameroom setup. All throughout the property there were plenty of sitting spaces tastefully put together. The inside of the home had EVERYTHING you could need to enjoy a carefree stay. It was very clean, beds so comfy, well stocked, decorated tastefully, and felt larger than we imagined. The kitchen was stocked with almost everything you would use to prep meals & host. Can’t say enough about this place. Multiple shopping centers were only about 15 mins away. We also used Doordash for a delivery & had no issues with locating the home.Our host was excellent throughout our stay which makes this property worth every penny. Thank you!” -Armando R.
Dink in the Rockies. Twin Creeks Ranch is a $40-million, 25-acre alpine estate where pickleball matches happen with snow-capped peaks as your backdrop, then everyone retreats to the hot tub while elk wander through the property. With a private lake, basketball court, hiking trails, and ample game-room time on offer, this Snowmass Creek hideaway is the ultimate active-group escape — minus the desert, plus the Rockies.
★ Best House Features:
Private pickleball and basketball courts, plus a private lake and hiking trails
Hot tub, outdoor pavilion with fire feature, game rooms, board games, and darts
8,200-square-foot main house + guest house with 8 ensuite bedrooms across 25 acres
Winter sports right on the property — snowshoeing, cross-country skiing, and tubing
20 minutes from downtown Aspen and world-class ski resorts
This Scottsdale vacation home? A certified dink dynasty. Fairway Oasis is Scottsdale’s ultimate private playground, where the sports court serves up both pickleball and basketball, the putting green and golf practice cage handle your short game, and the resort-style pool and hot tub handle everything else. Inside, the speakeasy game room — poker table, shuffleboard, arcade games, and a full sports-bar setup — keeps the tournament running long after sunset. There are even two massage chairs for the morning-after recovery session.
★ Best House Features:
Sports court with pickleball and basketball, putting green, and a golf practice cage
Resort-style pool, hot tub, fire pit, bocce, cornhole, and life-sized cup pong
Speakeasy game room with poker, shuffleboard, arcade games, and a sports bar — sleeps 17 across 5 bedrooms
Minutes from Kierland Commons, TPC Scottsdale, and North Scottsdale’s best golf
👀 Looking for things to do during your week-to-month-long stay? Read out our updated list of 49 things to do in Scottsdale.
★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“We had a great time staying here for a golf trip. There were plenty of things to do when we were at the house and our group slept comfortably here. The hosts were very responsive. Highly recommend.” -Zachary
Ballin’ on the pickleball court! This Joshua Tree property embodies a southeastern California sunset with a private pool, al fresco dining setup, and fire pit. When you’re all tuckered out, soak in the pool loungers, perfect for those summer reads. At night, gather around the sunken fire pit and cheer to the good life that is Harmony House.
★ Best House Features:
Desert oasis with pool, hot tub, and outdoor shower
Fenced yard with an outdoor fire pit, pickleball court, and hammock
Minutes from Joshua Tree National Park entrance, hiking trails, and stargazing spots
👀 Staying in the high desert of California, you will probably want to cool off from the heat. Check out our Joshua Tree Airbnbs with private pools for options!
★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“Believe it or not, this place totally undersells itself on photos and description. We were a party of 10 with dog and there was HEAPS of space. The living/dining/kitchen fit all of us easily with loads of seating with the record player on in the background while we played one of there many board games or cards- picture perfect. Outside was Heaven! We only came in between 4-6 when the sun was at a particular angle in our eyes. Other than that, we lived out there. It gets hot in the day so we took a group walk every morning and night. Pickle ball in the morning.This does not even bring up how thoughtfully stocked the entire house was. Seasonings, oil, tea, coffee, sugar. Incredibly well thought out stock of kitchen goods- meat thermometer, loads of storage for food/containers, etc. Bedrooms were great. One massive master where we put our 2 kids on the foam matresses on the floor (15yo took over the closet:-) and the other three rooms each with queen size bed all the same size and perfectly sized. We literally cannot say enough good things! We are a very well traveled group that came from Tahoe, San Diego, New Zealand to gather. We could not be happier with the space given to us to reconnect!FYI- there are heaps of grocery stores, etc just 5-10 minutes from the house. Cacti were blooming!” -Gemma O’K.
Double trouble – Slice of Heaven has a pickleball and basketball court in one. On top of that, it also features stunning views of Lake Skinner, rolling hills, and mesmerizing sunsets. So TBH, we think you’ll be just fine staying at this Temecula property.
★ Best House Features:
Wine country retreat with a hot tub, swing, and stunning vineyard views
Outdoor entertaining spaces, fire pit, grand brick fireplace
Fully stocked kitchen, a piano, a game room with a pool table, arcade games, 110″ screen with a projector, and a selfie photo station
Close to Temecula wineries, hot air balloon rides, and wine country dining
“WOW! WOW! WOW!This home was amazing. The views are absolutely breath taking. The house was spotless clean. It was well stocked with high end equipment and supplies. Bedding, linens and furniture were all very comfortable. There are multiple options for entertainment; hot tub, pickle ball court, ping pong, foosball, pool table, and even a fog and laser machine and karaoke for your own dance club ! Or just relax and take in the spectacular view.Despite the easy drive to wineries and old Town Temecula, we found ourselves spending more time at the home than planned. We even cancelled two of our meal reservations and chose to cook at home just so we could enjoy more time together in this true “slice of heaven.”We are so happy we found this rental. It helped to make our trip an unforgettable one. If you are looking for a private oasis in wine county, this is the one ! Look no further.” -Dan R.
A full day of pickleball calls for a home where the fun can keep going long after the final point. Lion Manor is a modern Lake Norman estate set among mature trees, with a private pickleball court, expansive outdoor spaces, and plenty of room for groups to spread out and reconnect. Challenge friends to a match, unwind in the hot tub, or settle in for a movie night after a day exploring the lake.
★ Best House Features:
Private pickleball court, hot tub, fire pit, and spacious deck overlooking wooded views
Game room with a pool table and multiple TVs, plus a dedicated movie room
Chef’s kitchen, dining space for 12, grand piano, and flexible gathering spaces for groups
Seven bedrooms, four bathrooms, and accommodations for up to 22 guests
Minutes from Lake Norman marinas, waterfront dining, boating, outdoor recreation, and Charlotte attractions
★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“Incredible views, exceptionally clean, and super spacious! We loved being right on the water, and there were endless activities to keep us entertained throughout our entire stay. Everything was smooth from check-in to check-out. Highly recommend!” -Desirae
Welcome to Olivano Ranch, your private Palm Desert oasis designed for the perfect group getaway. Break a sweat on the private pickleball court with views of the desert mountains. Roast s’mores at the firepit lounge. Show who’s boss around the ping pong table and arcade game machine. Celebrate a bachelorette or say “screw it, I’m on vacation” and opt for wasting the day away on a pool float. Whatever works.
★ Best House Features:
Sports court with basketball and pickleball, game garage with arcade games and ping-pong
Pool, hot tub, fire pit, outdoor kitchen with BBQ, and large lawn
Near Palm Desert shops, the El Paseo art district, and desert hiking trails
“This house is magical! 8 of us stayed here – 3 teens, 5 adults. Everyone had their own room. The house has 5 rooms and 3 bathrooms and the pool house is its own suite with a king bed, kitchen and bathroom. It’s attached to the garage with the ping pong table and games. Our 2 teen boys stayed in the pool house and loved it! Our crew spent a lot of time in the pool and on the pickleball court. It was too hot for us (mid October) for the hot tub but the kids tried it one night. We didn’t need to heat the pool as the temps were still 25-30+ C!!We would definitely stay here again and really appreciated the helpful crew who responded at AvantStay when we had questions, etc.” -Jenny H.
Azalea Retreat is another Lake Norman home serving looks, activities, and lake views. What more could you ask for? Enjoy private access to your very own pickleball court, private pool, shuffleboard, expansive deck, arcade game, and room for (drumroll, please) 34 guests.
★ Best House Features:
Lakefront location with private dock, boat access, and water views
Shared pool, large yard, pickleball court, corn hole, and a fully equipped kitchen
Minutes from Lake Norman beaches, Birkdale Village shopping, and Charlotte Motor Speedway
👀 6 of our Lake Norman homes have been AvantStay awards finalists. Read more about 2025’s Best of the Best.
★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“Lake Avant was in my opinion 2nd to none. My family of 30 and I enjoyed the experience of the lodge and cottage. They were both top notch clean and had everything that we needed in the kitchen. The youth enjoyed playing pickle ball and the other games on the grounds and inside. The weather was nice for first coupe days so the younger children enjoyed the outside. The older men enjoyed kayaking and we also appreciated how both homes were decorated so beautifully. This made our Christmas exceptionally special.We are really thinking about visiting when weather gets warmer.” -Jeanette P.
Great minds dink alike. Grand Timber is a 5-bedroom cabin with all you and the crew need for a trip to the Poconos. Engage in some friendly competition on the pickleball and basketball courts, cool off by the pool, or soak in the hot tub after a day of exploring.
★ Best House Features:
Indoor private pool, hot tub, fire pit, spacious yard, and forest views
“Beautifully designed home. Great for a large group. The pickle ball/ basketball area was a big hit as well as the golf simulator. The basement was very impressive with high ceiling and fun games like pool, shuffle board and hockey foosball. Hot tub was a 10/10. I would say this was a great Airbnb one of the best I have ever stayed at.” -Daniel C.
The game is so on at Chateau Syrah in Temecula. This home has both a pickleball and basketball court, a private pool, an outdoor kitchen and grill, a fireplace with cozy seats, tons of outdoor seating around the property, a billiards table, foosball, and a ping pong table. So yeah, we’ll meet you there.
★ Best House Features:
Wine country estate with pool, hot tub, firepit, and vineyard surroundings
Basketball, pickleball court, game room, outdoor kitchen, and multiple patios
Proximity to wineries, near Old Town Temecula, and wine tasting rooms
“The stay at Chateau Syrah was excellent!!! It was the perfect place for a relaxing family getaway. We especially enjoyed spending time together in the pool, jacuzzi, the pool table was a great bonus, and the pickleball court was a hit with everyone. The property is beautifully maintained, with charming sitting areas scattered throughout, which made it easy to unwind with the wine we got from near by wineries and take in the peaceful surroundings. Sunset was magical—our favorite time to sit outside and enjoy the view. Highly recommend for anyone looking for a serene and memorable escape in Temecula!” -Aida M.
15. Rise N Beach, Beach Please!, & Pura Vida – Port Aransas, TX
Welcome to Rise N Beach, Beach Please!, and Pura Vida. A beachfront getaway in 3 stunning Island Retreat condos that are perfect for family vacations or groups! Each beautifully renovated condo is the ideal spot to relax as it offers breathtaking views of the Gulf, amenities like pools, pickleball courts, and easy access to the vibrant Port A scene.
★ Best House Features:
Three beachfront homes with a communal pool, hot tub, and direct beach access
Shared basketball, tennis, and pickleball court, outdoor living spaces, decks with ocean views, and coastal amenities
Steps from Port Aransas beaches, fishing, water sports, and coastal dining
“These condos were perfect for our needs. I did wish the one that was farther away was in the same building as the other 2, but I know it isn’t always possible to make that happen. The condos were exactly like the picture, the community was nice, and it was an easy walk to the beach.” -Rebecca G.
Pickleball is widely loved for being one of the most inclusive and easygoing sports out there, making vacation rentals with pickleball courts a fantastic pick for travelers of all ages and abilities. Here’s why it’s such a great option:
1. Easy to Learn: Pickleball is super simple to pick up! With easy-to-follow rules and a smaller court than tennis, it’s perfect for beginners. But don’t worry, experienced players can still get their competitive fix!
2. Fun for All Ages: This game really brings everyone together. Kids, adults, and seniors all love it! Its slower pace means it’s great for older players, while the exciting gameplay keeps younger folks having a blast. So if you’re planning a family trip or a getaway with all generations, vacation rentals with pickleball courts are just the ticket.
3. Great for Socializing: Pickleball is all about having fun with friends! Most games are played in doubles, which makes for some team spirit and plenty of interaction. It’s a perfect way for groups staying at vacation rentals to bond and enjoy each other’s company.
4. Has Inclusive Options: What’s even better is that many pickleball courts can be adapted for players with disabilities. Rentals offering accessible courts or adaptive equipment are truly thoughtful choices, making it easy for everyone to join in on the fun!
Even More Amenities
If pickleball isn’t enough, hundreds of our vacation rentals come equipped with other sports courts for basketball, tennis, and volleyball, plus classic games like billiards, shuffleboard, ping pong, and more. And we have so much more to offer when it comes to extraordinary amenities.
Check out these other posts where we get into more of what makes AvantStay a cut above the rest:
The exploration doesn’t stop here. Apart from its seamless group travel experience and a plentiful selection of luxury in-app upgrades, AvantStay homes offer the ideal setting for fun, relaxation, and unforgettable memories.
With our stunning vacation rentals with private pickleball courts and luxurious amenities, your next adventure is just a click away. Book your stay today and we’ll see you soon!
If Malibu isn’t on your summer wishlist yet, it should be! With dreamy beaches, jaw-dropping ocean views, and breezy luxury that screams “California cool,” it’s no wonder this star-studded beach town is a must-visit.
To help you book the best waterfront home, we’ve rounded up five of our incredible Malibu Airbnbs with front-row ocean views, top-tier amenities, and locations so good, you’ll want to gatekeep them.
These are the summer stays you’ll be thinking about long after the tan lines fade. Let’s dive in! 🌊
Pacific View Malibu
Sleeps 8 guests with 4 bedrooms & 4 beds
default
Perched on a dramatic bluff above the coastline, Pacific View Malibu is what happens when a home is built entirely around one idea: the view. Floor-to-ceiling windows pull the Pacific straight into the living room, vaulted ceilings keep everything light and airy, and the private pool sits right at the bluff’s edge—so your sunset swim comes with a horizon that goes on forever.
Top Amenities:
Private pool at the edge of the bluff with the Pacific stretching beyond, plus a hot tub for glowing-coastline evenings
Floor-to-ceiling windows, vaulted ceilings, chef-ready kitchen with barstool seating, primary suite with fireplace and private balcony
Easy reach of Zuma Beach, Point Dume, Malibu Pier, and PCH dining
Why You’ll Love Pacific View Malibu:
Morning coffee, afternoon swims, and golden-hour soaks all share the same endless blue backdrop—it’s the Malibu view you came for, from every angle.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Beautiful views!! Spacious Malibu home with a pool and hot tub. Peaceful, close to beaches, incredible stargazing. My family had a wonderful time.”
This beachfront beauty brings the name to life—Malibu Bliss Beach House is where waves crash just outside your door, and sunset skies become your nightly show. With ocean views from every room, this house is summer in a snapshot. Whether you’re flipping pancakes in the chef’s kitchen or flipping through playlists on the deck, it’s pure coastal perfection.
Top Amenities:
Rooftop balcony with hot tub and panoramic ocean views, paired with sunrise or sunset
Oceanfront decks with lounge chairs and alfresco table, chef’s kitchen, built-in grill
Private beach access via staircase, dedicated work space desk
Why You’ll Love Malibu Bliss Beach House:
Waking up with the ocean at your feet and winding down in a rooftop hot tub? Yes, please. Just one of the reasons why you’ll love staying here!
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Absolutely stunning house!!! You literally cannot beat these views, everything about this house is amazing. Spacious, right on the beach, private access to the beach, beautiful balcony view, close by to the pier and restaurants and stores. This place had it all and we were beyond happy to have spent my mother’s retirement trip here and we are already trying to plan another trip back. Host was very responsive and quick to reply, check in was easy, they even went out of their way to give my mom a special welcome gift on her retirement. It was very much appreciated. Highly recommend this house to any family that is looking for a beach getaway.”
Matador is your cliffside Malibu fantasy come to life, but only better. Perched above the Pacific, this sleek stunner delivers unreal ocean views from floor-to-ceiling windows and a rooftop patio made for golden hour hangs. Its modern design and open concept layout for every floor will make you book when you want to impress and unwind in equal measure.
Top Amenities:
Rooftop patio with panoramic ocean views, alfresco dining, BBQ grill,
Floor-to-ceiling windows, balcony, fireplace, wet bar, outdoor lounge seats, sturdy house
Right off the Pacific Coast Highway, 10 minutes to the beaches
Why You’ll Love Matador:
This is the Malibu mood board in real life—modern, dramatic, and ocean-soaked in every direction. So, don’t miss it.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“The place was absolutely stunning and exactly as shown in the pictures! The host was super responsive with any questions and I highly recommend staying there….definitely want to go back!”
“This home was amazing! Would definitely book again. The home looked even better in person. Being Oceanside was so peaceful and exactly what was needed.”
“This is the nicest house we’ve stayed at in Malibu, out of ten or so. It’s huge compared to most of the beach properties, the decor is outstanding, and the managers are friendly and responsive and flexible. Thank you!”
A sunlit Malibu retreat where beach days and backhand swings go hand in hand. Just five minutes from Big Dume Beach, Dume Point is a breezy getaway that comes with its own private set of fun amenities and all the space your crew needs to spread out. Chase waves or sunset matches, it’s the kind of spot where memories practically make themselves.
Top Amenities:
Private outdoor pool and tennis court with tennis rackets, balls, and a volleyball net
Al fresco table set up by the yard, fireplaces, BBQ grill, and sand toys available
Walkable to Big Dume Beach and Westward Beaches
Why You’ll Love Dume Point:
With a beach just down the street and a tennis court in the backyard, this Malibu stay is the perfect mix of chill and thrill that you’re looking for.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“My friend’s and I had the absolute best time during our stay. There were 12 of us there for my friend’s bachelorette party. There was plenty of space inside and outside, a vineyard 10 minutes away, a hiking trail nearby, restaurants a 15 minute uber away, and STUNNING views. The hosts were always quick to respond. I would highly recommend this airbnb! 10/10”
“Our family had a great day, the home was large and comfortable for everyone. Check in instructions were very clear, and the house was very clean. We really enjoyed using the yard and tennis court for the kids to enjoy. Easy walk to beautiful Malibu cliffs. Exactly as described”
Floating above the coast, Stardust feels like a Malibu dream come to life. Perched on a hillside just minutes from the PCH, this is the Malibu spot where you’ll want to stay long after check-out. Just two minutes off the PCH, this hillside hideaway gives you total privacy without missing a moment of Malibu’s summer magic.
Top Amenities:
Mountaintop hot tub and back patio with dining setup for the unbeatable ocean views
Lounge areas with fire pit, indoor fireplace, treadmill, chef’s kitchen
2 minutes from Pacific Coast Highway and close to beaches
Why You’ll Love Stardust:
It’s the ultimate hilltop escape—private, peaceful, and perfectly positioned for sunsets and starry skies.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“This home was the perfect place for our family to stay while we were in town for our daughter’s Pepperdine graduation! It’s in a great location, close to Zuma Beach as well as a local grocery store and restaurants. AvantStay was quick to respond when we had questions. We would stay here again for future trips.”
“The home had everything we needed and more. We spent a good amount of our time enjoying the ocean view from the backyard. The pool table and hot tub was a nice touch. Thank you AvantStay for sharing your beautiful home!”
Whether you’re planning your first Malibu escape or returning for another sun-soaked stay, knowing how to make the most of this beachside gem can take your vacation from good to unforgettable.
Looking for the best things to do in Malibu? Below are the most iconic things to see and how to experience Malibu like a local.
1. Zuma Beach
One of Malibu’s most spacious beaches with lifeguards, bathrooms, and food stands—Zuma Beach is perfect for families. Arrive before 10 am on weekends to grab parking and beat the crowds.
2. Surfrider Beach
Right next to the Malibu Pier, Surfider Beach is a hot spot for surfers and photographers. Not a surfer? Grab a smoothie at Malibu Farm Cafe and stroll the pier for great views.
3. Solstice Canyon Trail
Solstice Canyon Trail is a peaceful hike featuring ruins, a small waterfall, and ocean views. Bring water and wear sturdy shoes—the trail gets rocky near the end.
4. Malibu Pier
Sunset is the best time for photos and fewer crowds. Snap oceanfront photos, then dine over the water at Malibu Farm Restaurant at Malibu Pier.
5. Malibu Country Mart
A stylish open-air mall with boutiques, wellness studios, and celebrity sightings. Malibu Country Mart is where you can try Sunlife Organics for smoothies and poke around the art galleries nearby.
6. Malibu Seafood
Malibu Seafood is an iconic, no-frills seafood shack across from the beach. Go early, though, as it’s walk-up only and lines get long!
7. Nobu Malibu
High-end sushi with panoramic views of the Pacific is what you can expect at Nobu Malibu. Reservations are booked weeks in advance, so plan ahead.
8. Rosenthal Wine Bar & Patio
Experience wine tasting just steps from the ocean, often with live music on weekends. Check their event calendar—some nights at Rosenthal Wine Bar & Patio feature food trucks and DJs.
9. Malibu Creek State Park
Great for hiking, rock climbing, or exploring historic filming locations. Malibu Creek State Park will make you pack sunscreen and layers, as shade is very limited on the hiking trails.
10. El Matador Beach
A hidden cove with dramatic cliffs and sea caves, but El Matador Beach is best explored at low tide. Wear sturdy shoes—it’s a steep walk down.
✨ Pro Tip: Malibu stretches 27 miles along the coast, so renting a car (or having Uber/Lyft handy) is the easiest way to hop between beaches, hikes, and restaurants. Cell service can be spotty in the canyons, so download maps in advance!
Sea You in Malibu
Craving lazy mornings on the deck with a coffee in hand or golden hour dips in your private hot tub? Malibu is where beachfront dreams come true.
Crashing waves, dreamy views, and luxe homes with room for the whole crew. Book your perfect Malibu Airbnb today with AvantStay and start packing for sunsets, surf, and serious relaxation!
The City of Angels sprawls across 500 square miles where mountains meet the Pacific, movie studios produce dreams, and tacos taste better than anywhere else.
Los Angeles isn’t one city but dozens of distinct neighborhoods from glitzy Beverly Hills to artsy Downtown, beachy Santa Monica to hipster Silver Lake.
Each area maintains its own character while contributing to LA’s reputation as America’s entertainment capital.
From Hollywood’s star-studded sidewalks to Malibu’s surf breaks, the city offers adventures for every visitor type.
This guide breaks down the perfect Los Angeles itinerary, whether for a quick weekend escape or a full week exploring Southern California’s biggest city.
Planning your trip? Check out our guide on the best time to visit Los Angeles for ideal weather and events before building your itinerary.
2 Days in Los Angeles: 48 Hours in the City of Angels
This fast-paced itinerary works for travelers passing through California or business visitors extending their trip. You’ll experience LA’s most iconic moments without spreading yourself thin. Perfect for photographers and movie fans wanting maximum star power packed into one power weekend.
Day 1: Hollywood and Entertainment
Morning: Start at the Hollywood Walk of Fame before 9 AM to avoid crowds. Find your favorite stars’ names among 2,700+ embedded in the sidewalk along Hollywood Boulevard. Walk to the TCL Chinese Theatre for handprints and footprints of movie legends. The ornate architecture alone warrants photos.
Afternoon: Drive up to Griffith Observatory for panoramic LA views, including the Hollywood Sign. The free museum inside explains astronomy and Los Angeles history. Hike behind the observatory for closer Hollywood Sign views if energy permits. The moderate trail takes 30-45 minutes one way.
Lunch: Grab tacos at Leo’s Tacos Truck on La Brea near Hollywood or head to Grand Central Market downtown for diverse food stall options.
Evening: Universal Studios Hollywood stays open until 9 PM many nights. Tour the working studio backlot, seeing actual film sets, then experience themed rides including Wizarding World of Harry Potter and Jurassic World. CityWalk outside the park offers dinner and entertainment. Alternatively, explore Sunset Strip’s legendary music venues and restaurants.
Day 2: Beaches and Culture
Morning: Breakfast at Eggslut in Grand Central Market for their famous breakfast sandwiches. Walk across the street to Angels Flight, the historic funicular railway. Browse the Bradbury Building’s Victorian ironwork featured in Blade Runner. Continue to The Broad museum for contemporary art, including Yayoi Kusama’s Infinity Mirrors (advance reservations required).
Afternoon: Drive to Santa Monica Pier for the classic SoCal beach experience. The Ferris wheel, arcade games, and street performers create a carnival atmosphere. Walk or bike the beachfront path south to Venice Beach. The Venice Boardwalk’s street performers, Muscle Beach, and skateboard park deliver quintessential LA people-watching.
Lunch: Grab fish tacos or burgers at one of Venice Beach’s casual beachfront restaurants.
Evening: Sunset at Santa Monica Beach, watching the sun sink into the Pacific. Dinner at The Ivy on Robertson Boulevard if you want celebrity spotting potential, or keep it casual at In-N-Out Burger for cult-favorite California burgers. End with drinks at a West Hollywood rooftop bar.
3 Days in Los Angeles: The Essential Hollywood Weekend
Three days capture LA’s essence perfectly for first-time visitors or groups celebrating special occasions. This itinerary balances entertainment industry tourism with beach time, making it ideal for bachelorette parties, milestone birthdays, or friend reunions. You’ll experience the city’s diverse character from downtown culture to coastal beauty.
Day 1: Hollywood Immersion
Morning: Tour Warner Bros. or Paramount Studios for behind-the-scenes studio experiences. The WB tour shows actual production areas and backlot streets. Tours run 2-3 hours and require advance booking. Alternatively, visit the Academy Museum of Motion Pictures, exploring film history through interactive exhibits.
Lunch: Pink’s Hot Dogs on La Brea serves famous chili dogs and celebrity-named specialties since 1939. The line moves despite its length.
Afternoon: Drive through Beverly Hills, spotting mansions on Rodeo Drive’s luxury shopping district. Continue to West Hollywood for shopping and gallery browsing. The Sunset Strip’s legendary rock clubs and billboards capture LA’s music history.
Evening: Catch sunset from Runyon Canyon’s hiking trails with Hollywood Sign and city views. The moderate 3-mile loop attracts locals and tourists. Dinner at Republique for French-California cuisine in a historic building, or try trendy restaurants along Melrose Avenue. End with comedy at The Comedy Store or Largo at the Coronet.
Day 2: Beach Cities and Coastal Culture
Morning: Breakfast at Gjusta in Venice for outstanding pastries and coffee. Walk the Venice Canals, exploring this quiet neighborhood mimicking Venice, Italy. The pedestrian bridges and canal-front homes create surprising serenity blocks from the beach chaos.
Afternoon: Head to Malibu via Pacific Coast Highway. Stop at El Matador State Beach for dramatic sea caves and rock formations. Continue to Malibu Pier and Surfrider Beach, where modern surfing culture began. The Getty Villa in Pacific Palisades showcases ancient Greek and Roman art in a recreated Roman villa (free but requires timed-entry reservations).
Lunch: Malibu Farm on the pier serves farm-to-table California cuisine overlooking the ocean.
Evening: Return to Santa Monica for Third Street Promenade’s pedestrian shopping and street performers. Dinner at The Lobster overlooking Santa Monica Pier, or grab upscale Mexican at Border Grill. Watch the sunset from Palisades Park’s bluffs before heading back.
Day 3: Downtown Arts and Culture
Morning: Start at Grand Central Market for breakfast from multiple vendors. Tour the nearby Bradbury Building’s Victorian architecture and ride Angels Flight funicular. Walk to The Broad museum for contemporary art, then explore Downtown’s Arts District with street art murals and galleries.
Lunch: Bestia in the Arts District serves innovative Italian cuisine in an industrial-chic space. Reservations essential.
Afternoon: Visit LACMA (Los Angeles County Museum of Art) for extensive art collections and the famous Urban Light installation. The adjacent La Brea Tar Pits reveal Ice Age fossils still being excavated. Continue to The Grove shopping complex and Original Farmers Market for browsing and snacking.
Evening: Final sunset from Griffith Observatory if you missed it earlier. Farewell dinner at Perch rooftop in Downtown for French bistro fare with skyline views. The rooftop atmosphere suits celebrations. End with cocktails in Downtown’s speakeasy bars or Arts District breweries.
Best Homes to Stay for a 3-Day Los Angeles Weekend:
Four days lets you dig deeper into LA’s distinct areas while hitting major attractions. This works perfectly for families with kids or groups wanting both theme park thrills and cultural experiences. You’ll balance famous spots with local neighborhoods that Angelenos actually frequent.
Day 1: Theme Park Magic
Morning: Early arrival at Universal Studios Hollywood beats crowds. The Studio Tour reveals working backlot and special effects demonstrations. Harry Potter’s Wizarding World attracts massive crowds, so hit this first. Other themed areas include Jurassic World and Transformers rides.
Afternoon: Continue exploring Universal Studios. The park requires a full day for a complete experience. CityWalk outside offers dining and entertainment if you finish early.
Lunch: Multiple restaurants inside Universal Studios and CityWalk offer casual dining from burgers to sushi.
Evening: Exit the park and drive to Burbank for dinner at Porto’s Bakery and Cafe. Their Cuban pastries, potato balls, and sandwiches deliver authentic flavors at affordable prices. The line moves quickly despite appearing long. Alternatively, explore Burbank’s restaurants near the studios.
Day 2: Museum Mile and Beverly Hills
Morning: Breakfast at The Griddle Cafe in Hollywood for massive pancakes and creative morning fare. Drive to Museum Row on Wilshire Boulevard. Choose between LACMA for broad art collections, the Petersen Automotive Museum for car enthusiasts, or the Academy Museum for film lovers. Each requires 2-3 hours minimum.
Afternoon: Continue to Beverly Hills for window shopping on Rodeo Drive. Even if luxury retail isn’t your thing, the people-watching and architecture entertain. Walk residential streets near Rodeo, spotting impressive homes. Continue to West Hollywood for The Grove and Original Farmers Market complex.
Lunch: The Original Farmers Market offers dozens of food stalls serving everything from Louisiana gumbo to Brazilian grilled meat. The historic market opened in 1934.
Evening: Sunset from West Hollywood’s rooftop bars like EP & LP or Laurel Hardware. Dinner at Catch LA for seafood and celebrity spotting, or keep it casual at Jon & Vinny’s for Italian comfort food. End with live music on Sunset Strip at Whisky a Go Go or The Roxy.
Day 3: Beach Day and Coastal Culture
Morning: Drive to Manhattan Beach for a small-town beach atmosphere. The Manhattan Beach Pier and surrounding sand offer excellent swimming and people-watching. Local surfers catch waves while volleyball players compete on courts. Breakfast at Uncle Bill’s Pancake House for classic diner fare.
Afternoon: Continue south to Palos Verdes Peninsula for coastal drives along stunning cliffs. Stop at Point Vicente Lighthouse and Terranea Resort’s coastal trail. Whale watching is possible from November through April. Return north through Redondo Beach’s harbor area.
Lunch: Grab seafood at one of Redondo Beach Pier’s restaurants overlooking the marina.
Evening: Head to Abbot Kinney Boulevard in Venice for trendy boutiques, galleries, and restaurants. This mile-long street captures LA’s creative spirit. Dinner at Gjelina for California-Mediterranean sharing plates. Their roasted squash and lamb neck ragout earns raves. End with drinks at The Bungalow in Santa Monica.
Day 4: Hidden LA
Morning: Breakfast at Republique for pastries and French-inspired brunch. Explore Los Feliz and Silver Lake neighborhoods with vintage shops, coffee roasters, and local character. Visit Griffith Park’s Autry Museum of the American West or explore hiking trails. The park offers 4,300 acres of recreation space.
Lunch: Alimento in Silver Lake serves Italian-California cuisine in a casual neighborhood setting. Or try HomeState for Texas-style breakfast tacos served all day.
Afternoon: Drive to Pasadena for the Huntington Library, Art Museum, and Botanical Gardens. The 120-acre estate showcases rare books, British and American art, and themed gardens, including Japanese and desert collections. Allow 3+ hours for thorough exploring. Or visit the Norton Simon Museum for European art.
Evening: Dinner in Old Town Pasadena’s pedestrian district with dozens of restaurants. The Raymond 1886 offers upscale California cuisine in a historic Craftsman cottage. Return to LA via the 110 freeway for nighttime city light views.
5 Days in Los Angeles: The Complete First-Timer’s Journey
Five days reveal Los Angeles beyond the postcard scenes and give time to appreciate why people accept traffic for the lifestyle. Perfect for families planning vacations or couples wanting a thorough exploration without rushing. This pace lets you experience the city’s full range from urban Downtown to mountain trails.
Day 1: Downtown Deep Dive
Morning: Start at Grand Central Market for breakfast. Tour the historic Bradbury Building’s Victorian architecture has been featured in countless films. Ride Angels Flight funicular up Bunker Hill. Visit The Broad museum for contemporary art, including Jeff Koons and Yayoi Kusama (reserve Infinity Mirrors ahead).
Lunch: Eat at one of Grand Central Market’s many vendors. Villa’s Tacos holds a Michelin Bib Gourmand for its exceptional tacos.
Afternoon: Walk through the Arts District, exploring street art murals and galleries. Hauser & Wirth gallery offers free admission in a converted flour mill. Continue to Little Tokyo for Japanese shops, gardens, and cultural experiences. The Japanese American National Museum explains immigration history.
Evening: Dinner at Bestia for innovative Italian or Otium next to The Broad for California cuisine. End at rooftop bars like Perch or Spire 73 for skyline views and cocktails.
Day 2: Hollywood and Griffith Park
Morning: Early arrival at Griffith Observatory before crowds. Hike to the Hollywood Sign via the Mount Hollywood Trail (6 miles round trip) or the Brush Canyon Trail (3 miles). The exposed trails require sun protection and plenty of water but deliver iconic LA views.
Lunch: Griffith Observatory’s cafe offers basic fare, or pack picnic supplies to eat with views.
Afternoon: Tour Warner Bros. or Paramount Studios for behind-the-scenes access. The working studio tours last 2-3 hours, showing real production areas. Book well ahead as tours fill quickly. Or visit the Hollywood Museum in the historic Max Factor Building for film memorabilia.
Evening: Walk the Hollywood Walk of Fame and TCL Chinese Theatre after sunset when temperatures cool. Dinner at Musso & Frank Grill, Hollywood’s oldest restaurant since 1919. Their martinis and old-school steakhouse atmosphere capture Hollywood’s golden era. End with live music at Hotel Cafe or shows at Hollywood Bowl if the season aligns.
Day 3: Coastal Highway
Morning: Drive Pacific Coast Highway north to Malibu. Stop at El Matador State Beach for dramatic rock formations and photo opportunities. Continue to Malibu Pier and Surfrider Beach, where modern surfing culture developed. The Getty Villa requires free timed-entry tickets but showcases ancient Greek and Roman art in a spectacular hilltop setting.
Lunch: Malibu Farm or Neptune’s Net for casual seafood with ocean views.
Afternoon: Continue north to Zuma Beach for swimming and sunbathing, or Point Dume State Beach for tide pools and sea lion viewing from the promontory. The scenic drive along PCH delivers endless Pacific views with dramatic cliffs and hidden beaches.
Evening: Return south, stopping at the Santa Monica Pier for sunset. Walk the Third Street Promenade before dinner at The Lobster overlooking the pier. The seafood restaurant balances special occasion elegance with beach proximity. End with drinks at rooftop bars in Santa Monica.
Day 4: Theme Parks or Studios
Morning: Full day at either Universal Studios Hollywood, Disneyland in Anaheim, or Knott’s Berry Farm. Each theme park requires a full day for thorough exploration. Universal’s backlot tour and movie-themed rides capture LA’s entertainment industry. Disneyland offers classic Disney magic 45 minutes south in Anaheim.
Afternoon: Continue at your chosen park. Most stay open until evening with night shows and fireworks.
Lunch: Theme parks offer numerous dining options from quick service to sit-down restaurants.
Evening: Exit the park exhausted but exhilarated. A simple dinner near your accommodation or delivery lets you recover. If energy remains, explore your neighborhood’s local restaurants and bars.
Day 5: Neighborhood Favorites
Morning: Brunch at The Butcher, The Baker, The Cappuccino Maker in West Hollywood for modern takes on breakfast classics. Explore West Hollywood’s design district and Santa Monica Boulevard. Continue to Beverly Hills for architecture tours of historic homes.
Afternoon: Visit LACMA for art collections and the Urban Light installation of 202 restored street lamps. The adjacent La Brea Tar Pits preserve Ice Age fossils with ongoing excavations. Or tour the Getty Center in Brentwood for European art and stunning architecture. The hilltop museum offers free admission but charges for parking.
Lunch: The Getty Center’s restaurant serves California cuisine with views, or grab food trucks near LACMA.
Evening: Final sunset from Baldwin Hills Scenic Overlook for 360-degree LA views from mountains to ocean. The 282 steps to the top workout but a reward. Farewell dinner at Providence for Michelin-starred seafood tasting menus, or Republique for more approachable upscale dining. Toast five days exploring the City of Angels.
Best Homes to Stay for a 5-Day Los Angeles Adventure:
7 Days in Los Angeles: Entertainment Capital Like a Local
A full week lets you settle into LA’s rhythm, discovering why creative types choose this sprawling city despite traffic and costs. This itinerary works for remote workers, extended families, or entertainment industry enthusiasts wanting complete immersion. You’ll have time to revisit favorite spots and venture into neighborhoods tourists skip.
Days 1-5: Follow the 5-Day Itinerary
Start with the comprehensive five-day plan covering Downtown, Hollywood, beaches, and theme parks. This foundation ensures you experience LA’s essential character before exploring deeper.
Day 6: South Bay and Beach Cities
Morning: Breakfast at Uncle Bill’s Pancake House in Manhattan Beach. Walk the Manhattan Beach Pier and the surrounding sand, watching surfers. This beach town maintains a small-community vibe despite LA proximity. Rent bikes and cruise The Strand beachfront path connecting beach cities.
Afternoon: Continue to Hermosa Beach for lunch at one of the pier restaurants. Walk the beach and check out surf shops. Drive to Palos Verdes Peninsula for dramatic coastal cliffs and hiking. The Point Vicente Lighthouse and adjacent trails offer whale watching from December through April.
Evening: Return via Torrance for dinner at one of the area’s many Asian restaurants. The South Bay hosts large Asian communities with authentic Japanese, Korean, and Vietnamese dining. Alternatively, sunset dinner at Terranea Resort’s Nelson’s restaurant overlooks the Pacific from a clifftop perch.
Day 7: Your Choice Day
Morning: Sleep in and enjoy a leisurely breakfast at a favorite spot discovered during the week. Maybe return to Grand Central Market or try a new neighborhood cafe. Final morning hike at Runyon Canyon, Temescal Canyon, or Griffith Park, enjoying LA’s surprising nature access.
Afternoon: Options abound for the final day. Revisit a favorite museum, explore neighborhoods you haven’t fully seen, or simply relax poolside. Shopping on Melrose, Abbot Kinney, or Robertson Boulevard makes a great last-day activity. Venice Beach boardwalk people-watching never gets old.
Lunch: In-N-Out Burger for the final California burger fix. The cult chain appears throughout LA, making it convenient.
Evening: Final sunset from your favorite spot. Maybe it’s Santa Monica Pier, Griffith Observatory, or a beach you discovered. Splurge on dinner at Providence, n/naka, or Vespertine for Michelin-starred tasting menus. Or keep it casual at Gjelina, Jon & Vinny’s, or your personal favorite. Toast seven days knowing you’ve experienced LA beyond tourism.
Best Homes to Stay for a 7-Day Los Angeles Experience:
10 Days in Los Angeles: Total Southern California Immersion
Ten days transform Los Angeles from a destination to a temporary home. This extended stay suits digital nomads, sabbatical travelers, or anyone craving complete SoCal immersion. You’ll establish routines, discover secret hiking trails, and venture across Southern California exploring the broader region.
Days 1-7: Follow the 7-Day Itinerary
Complete the week-long plan, ensuring comprehensive LA coverage from Downtown to the beaches. By day seven, you’ll know your favorite neighborhoods and coffee shops.
Day 8: Orange County Day Trip
Morning: Drive south to Laguna Beach for art galleries and pristine coves. This seaside town features 30+ galleries and monthly art walks. The beaches nestled between cliffs create intimate swimming spots. Walk the coastal trail between Heisler Park and Main Beach.
Afternoon: Continue to Newport Beach for Balboa Island exploring. The tiny island accessed by bridge features charming shops and famous frozen bananas. Rent bikes or simply walk the waterfront path. The Balboa Fun Zone offers vintage amusement attractions.
Lunch: Ruby’s Diner on Balboa Pier serves classic American diner food with ocean views.
Evening: Return to LA via Pacific Coast Highway, stopping at Huntington Beach if time permits. “Surf City USA” lives up to its nickname with consistent waves and beach culture. Dinner back in LA at a neighborhood favorite or simple takeout after a full day.
Day 9: Day Trip Options
Morning: Choose your adventure: Santa Barbara (90 minutes north) for wine tasting and Spanish architecture, Joshua Tree National Park (2.5 hours east) for desert hiking and rock formations, or San Diego (2.5 hours south) for beaches and attractions. Each destination deserves an overnight stay, but day trips work for quick tastes.
Afternoon: Continue exploring the chosen destination. Santa Barbara’s State Street pedestrian area offers shopping and dining. Joshua Tree’s alien landscape and rock climbing attract outdoor enthusiasts. San Diego’s Gaslamp Quarter and beaches deliver a beach city vibe.
Lunch: Each destination offers numerous dining options from casual to upscale.
Evening: Return to LA exhausted but enriched. Long driving days mean a simple dinner near the rental. Reflect on how the ten days revealed California’s diversity beyond LA proper.
Day 10: Favorite Spots and Farewell
Morning: Return to a favorite breakfast spot from the week. Final morning activity at your preferred spot. Maybe it’s beach time, hiking, or simply sitting at a cafe, people-watching. Last-minute shopping at Rose Bowl Flea Market (second Sunday monthly) or Melrose Trading Post (Sunday) if timing works.
Lunch: Final meal at In-N-Out or favorite taco spot. You’ve earned opinions about LA food by now.
Afternoon: Last-minute exploring or souvenir shopping. The Hollywood & Highland complex offers tourist gifts. Abbot Kinney and Silver Lake boutiques provide more unique local products. Or simply drive through favorite neighborhoods, appreciating the vibe.
Evening: Sunset from Griffith Observatory, Santa Monica Pier, or your personal favorite spot. Farewell dinner at Michelin-starred Providence, innovative Vespertine, or your discovered gem. Toast ten days well spent in the City of Angels, knowing you’ve experienced LA beyond Hollywood stereotypes.
Best Homes to Stay for a 10-Day Los Angeles Immersion:
Disneyland Resort: The Anaheim theme park deserves a full day or an overnight stay. Both Disneyland and California Adventure parks offer classic Disney entertainment with themed lands and attractions.
Santa Catalina Island: Ferry from Long Beach or San Pedro reaches this Mediterranean-like island in an hour. Avalon’s harbor town and island interior offer hiking, diving, and escape from mainland bustle.
Temecula Wine Country: 90 minutes south, this inland wine region produces quality wines with a Mediterranean climate. Over 40 wineries offer tastings amid rolling hills and vineyard views.
Hidden LA Gems
The Last Bookstore: This multi-story bookstore in Downtown features new and used books in a former bank building. The tunnel of books and art installations creates Instagram-worthy shopping.
Sunken City: This landslide area in San Pedro reveals abandoned streets and foundations sliding into the Pacific. Technically closed but accessible with caution. The ruins and coastal views attract urban explorers.
Self-Realization Fellowship Lake Shrine: This peaceful temple and garden in Pacific Palisades offers meditation areas, koi ponds, and a spiritual atmosphere. Free admission provides escape from LA chaos.
Not sure where to stay? Check out our curated lists of top Airbnbs in Los Angeles for neighborhood-specific recommendations.
Getting Around Los Angeles
Los Angeles sprawls across 500 square miles with limited public transportation. The city’s car-centric design means rental vehicles provide the most flexibility. Understanding traffic patterns and parking challenges helps maximize sightseeing time while minimizing frustration.
Rental Cars: Essential for comprehensive LA exploring. Book ahead as prices fluctuate wildly during peak seasons. Expect $50-100 daily, depending on vehicle type. LA traffic gets heavy during rush hours (6-10 AM and 3-7 PM). Google Maps provides real-time traffic routing. Parking downtown costs $10-30 daily, while beach areas offer metered street parking.
Public Transportation: Metro rail and bus systems connect some areas, but remain impractical for tourists. The Expo Line links Downtown to Santa Monica. Red and Purple lines serve Hollywood and Universal City. However, reaching attractions requires multiple transfers, making rental cars more efficient.
Rideshare: Uber and Lyft operate throughout LA with good availability except during peak hours. Expect $20-40 for cross-town trips, $50-70 from LAX to beach areas. Surge pricing affects popular areas during events and evenings. Budget-conscious travelers can combine rideshare with Metro rail for a hybrid approach.
Biking: Some neighborhoods like Santa Monica, Manhattan Beach, and Venice offer bike-friendly paths. Metro Bikes provides bike-share throughout the city. However, LA’s sprawl and car culture make cycling challenging for tourists trying to cover multiple areas.
Walking: Individual neighborhoods stay walkable, but distances between areas require transportation. Downtown’s Arts District, Venice Beach, and Third Street Promenade allow pedestrian exploration. However, LA wasn’t built for walking, and sidewalks disappear in many areas.
Where to Stay in Los Angeles
Choosing the right home base shapes your entire LA experience. AvantStay offers premium vacation rentals across Los Angeles’ best neighborhoods.
From Hollywood Hills homes to beach condos, our curated collection positions you perfectly for exploring the entertainment capital.
Why Choose AvantStay
Unlike traditional vacation rentals, AvantStay properties are professionally managed with consistent quality standards. Every home features thoughtful design, high-end furnishings, and modern amenities, making your stay comfortable and memorable.
Our Los Angeles homes span from central Hollywood to coastal Santa Monica, ensuring you’re positioned for whatever LA experience you’re seeking.
Concierge Services and Upgrades
AvantStay’s personal concierge service elevates your vacation beyond simple accommodation. We handle the details so you can focus on experiencing LA’s entertainment and culture.
Mid-Stay Cleaning: Keep your space fresh during extended stays, so you can relax without worrying about upkeep during your LA adventure.
Bring Your Pets: AvantStay encourages time spent with loved ones, and pets are no exception. We offer pet-friendly properties where your furry family members are welcome.
Private Chef: Elevate your dining experience with a personal chef creating California-inspired cuisine without restaurant reservations.
Stocked Fridge: Skip the grocery store hassle and let us handle the shopping. Send us your list or select from our curated packages.
Transportation: Need a ride to studios, theme parks, or beaches? We arrange reliable transportation throughout your stay, exploring LA stress-free.
Find Local Child Care: Traveling with kids but want adults-only studio tours? We help you find and hire local sitters with detailed profiles, references, and reviews.
In-Home Massage: Perfect after theme park days and hiking, indulge in ultimate relaxation without leaving your rental.
Rent Baby Gear: Traveling with a baby doesn’t mean packing your entire nursery. Rent cribs, strollers, car seats, and more.
For other requests, rentals, or special occasion setups, our concierge team handles whatever makes your Los Angeles vacation exceptional.
Book Through the AvantStay App
Download the AvantStay app to browse properties, manage bookings, and access concierge services all in one place. The app provides 24/7 support, check-in details, local recommendations, and direct messaging with our team.
Before you cruise the PCH and hike to the Hollywood Sign, a little preparation goes a long way. These essential travel tips will help you feel at ease while having the best LA experience.
Getting To and From LAX
Los Angeles International Airport (LAX) serves as one of America’s busiest airports, with terminals scattered across two miles. The sprawling layout can confuse first-time visitors, but shuttle buses connect all terminals.
Airport Transportation: Rideshare pickup moved to the LAX-it lot, requiring shuttle from terminals. The consolidated pickup area reduces terminal congestion but adds 10-15 minutes. Expect $35-60 to Hollywood, $25-45 to Santa Monica, $60-80 to Pasadena. The FlyAway bus connects LAX to Union Station downtown for $10. Rental cars require a shuttle to the consolidated facility off-airport.
Alternative Airports: Burbank Airport (BUR) serves the Valley and Pasadena with easier access and less congestion. Long Beach Airport (LGB) and John Wayne Airport (SNA) in Orange County offer additional options depending on your destination.
Rental Cars: All major companies operate from LAX’s consolidated facility. Book ahead for better rates. Expect $40-100 daily, depending on vehicle and season. Navigation apps are essential for LA driving. Download offline maps in case cell service drops.
Packing for Los Angeles
Year-Round Essentials: Sunglasses, sunscreen, layers for temperature variations between neighborhoods, comfortable walking shoes, and a light jacket for evening coastal fog. LA’s Mediterranean climate means pleasant weather year-round, but mornings can be cool.
Spring/Summer (April-September): Perfect beach weather with 70-85°F temperatures. Pack swimsuit, beach gear, and sun protection. June Gloom brings morning fog to the coast, burning off by afternoon. Concerts and festivals fill the summer calendar, so book ahead.
Fall/Winter (October-March): Mild temperatures 60-75°F with occasional rain, November through March. Pack a light jacket and layers. Santa Ana winds bring hot, dry conditions randomly. Winter is actually LA’s wet season, though rain remains infrequent compared to other cities.
Practical Los Angeles Preparation
Traffic Reality: LA traffic is legendary for good reason. Plan extra time for everything. Rush hours extend from 6-10 AM and 3-7 PM, but congestion persists throughout the day. Fridays are the worst for beach-bound traffic. Use Google Maps or Waze for real-time routing.
Parking Challenges: Read parking signs carefully as restrictions vary block by block. Street sweeping tickets cost $73+. Valet parking is common at restaurants and hotels. Beach parking fills early summer weekends. Downtown parking garages charge $10-30 daily.
Costs: LA isn’t cheap. Expect $15-30 for casual meals, $50-100 for nice dinners, $7-10 for craft beers, and $12-18 for cocktails. Theme park tickets cost $100-150+. Activities range from free museum days to $200+ studio tours.
Reservations: Book popular restaurants weeks ahead, especially for weekend dinners. The Broad Museum’s Infinity Mirrors require advance reservations. Studio tours sell out during peak seasons. Theme parks offer cheaper tickets purchased online ahead of the visit.
Neighborhood Distances: LA’s size deceives. Santa Monica to Pasadena takes 60-90 minutes despite being just 25 miles. Downtown to Malibu requires 45-75 minutes. Plan fewer activities per day than you think possible. The journey between spots eats time.
More Questions About Your Los Angeles Trip?
Planning an LA adventure involves countless details, and we’re here to help. Whether you need recommendations for group-friendly properties, locations near beaches or studios, or homes with specific amenities, our team can answer questions and guide your booking process.
Contact us via:
Email: experience@avantstay.com
Phone: (833) 442-8268
Your Hollywood Story Starts Here
Palm trees silhouetted against pink sunsets, the Hollywood Sign glowing white on the hillside, waves crashing at Malibu’s El Matador Beach.
Studio backlots where movie magic happens, street tacos that taste better than any restaurant, endless sunshine warming your skin while ocean breezes cool the air.
The memories you create here will absolutely become the stories you’ll tell for years. Los Angeles is the perfect place for movie fans, beach lovers, families, and adventurers seeking California dreaming at its finest.
Winter is coming to Park City! This world-famous ski destination has become the go-to spot for amazing powder, incredible mountain views, and unforgettable ski vacations.
Wake up to fresh snow outside your window, grab your skis, and be on the slopes in just minutes. That’s what makes Park City so special – you can spend more time skiing and less time traveling to the mountain.
Here’s some exciting news – you can book these amazing homes right now for the upcoming winter and holiday season this December! While most people wait until the last minute, booking early means you get the best homes at the best prices.
Ready for the ultimate ski vacation? We’ve picked 8 fantastic VRBO Park City homes that put you close to the action with easy ski access to Park City Mountain Resort and Deer Valley Resort.
Best Ski-In/Ski-Out VRBO Park City Homes
These homes aren’t just places to crash before or after skiing, but they’re your mountain headquarters where every morning starts with excitement and every evening ends with cozy fireside or hot tub relaxation.
Can accommodate up to 14 Guests | 5 beds and 5 baths
Silver Sun puts you right in the heart of Deer Valley’s action with easy access to some of Utah’s best skiing. After a day on the slopes, you can relax and enjoy stunning mountain views from your own private space.
Best House Features:
Easy walk to Deer Valley’s Northside lift for quick mountain access
Spacious layout with two living spaces, a workstation, a private hot tub, and a fire pit
Just a two-minute drive from the spas and restaurants at Montage
Why You’ll Love Silver Sun: The location is convenient and comfortable, letting you enjoy world-class skiing without the hassle of long commutes to the mountain.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Big gorgeous home fully stacked with the amenities. Ski out location was across the street up ~30 steps and then you could ski to the lift (mostly flat). Skiing back required some uphill pushing but nothing that wasn’t easily doable by any skier. The Avant team was highly responsive to every request, including getting the driveway cleared quickly when the heaters didn’t melt the fresh snow. We would be happy to return on another trip! The owners had a Peloton available for guest use, but our group would have loved more of a workout area with other equipment.”– Gregory G.
Can accommodate up to 15 Guests | 5 beds and 5 baths
Sitting in the heart of Canyons Village, The Ridge at Canyons Village offers the perfect home base for your Park City Mountain adventure. This spacious retreat puts you within walking distance of lifts and all the mountain action, making it a haven for skiing and snowboarding.
Best House Features:
Ski In, Ski Out to Red Pine Gondola and Orange Bubble Express
Private hot tub, ski boot, glove dryer, fireplace, and small desk area available
Easy access to Canyons Village Connect shuttle and year-round activities
Why You’ll Love The Ridge at Canyons Village: The home’s layout is ideal for friend groups or multiple families who want to spread out and relax after epic powder days.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“This house was incredible and a short walk to the canyon side of park city. We were able to extend our stay an extra day which was great for our group. We will definitely stay here again if it’s available.”– Jennifer F.
Can accommodate up to 8 Guests | 4 beds and 4 baths
Located in Canyons Village at Park City Mountain Resort, Slopewatch lives up to its name by putting you right where all the ski action happens. It’s perfect for families and groups who want convenience without the premium price of true ski-in/ski-out properties.
Key Features:
Ski runs that go directly from the back door, and a free ride-share service
Arcade machine, private hot tub, 2 fireplaces, a BBQ grill, and a balcony
Part of Apex Residences and has access to the community pool and hot tub
Why You’ll Love Slopewatch: This 3-story townhome features high vaulted ceilings and big windows while being conveniently located at the Canyons Village base.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Our stay with AvantStay in Park City was great. We were a family of 8 and our dog. The townhome is beautiful and had plenty of room for all of us. The kitchen was great for cooking and had all the essentials we needed. The place was super clean and the welcome treats were very nice. We will be staying again!”– Kristine K.
Can accommodate up to 11 Guests | 4 beds and 4 baths
If you’re coming with more people in your crew, head to Silverado. A bigger home that makes your ski vacation feel extra special. This beautiful 3-story condominium is a ski-in/ski-out offering premium amenities for après-ski relaxation.
Best House Features:
Access to Apex Clubhouse amenities such as the pool and hot tub
Mud room on the ski access entryway & garage, private hot tub, 2 fireplaces
Easy access to Canyons Village lifts via free shuttle service
Why You’ll Love Silverado: The Park City Transit app promotes easy transportation, as its bus does come directly to this building.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“We enjoyed our stay immensely. The home was at a beautiful location with an amazing view. It was very easy to ski out of and was well appointed for our party of six people. We used the Jacuzzi daily and that was awesome. The entertainment equipment in each room was fantastic. The kitchen is well appointed and comes with all the seasonings you need to cook. We will definitely stay again. Over all we enjoyed how spacious it was. Having two sets of washer and dryer wash great. It really was excellent.”– Kristine K.
Can accommodate up to 6 Guests | 3 beds and 2 baths
A charming, remodeled historic home on Woodside Avenue, Woodside Getaway is the cozy mountain hideaway Park City daydreams are made of. You’re a short walk from both the base of Park City Mountain Resort and Main Street, so slopes, shops, and dinner never require the car keys.
Best House Features:
Vaulted ceilings, flood of natural light, and a fireplace made for post-slope movie nights
Private hot tub on the back patio, plus a four-poster king primary suite with walkout balcony
Newly updated chef’s kitchen with stainless steel appliances; pack n’ play and high chair available
Why You’ll Love Woodside Getaway: It delivers slopes-and-downtown convenience with genuine historic Old Town character — the kind of cozy that modern builds can’t fake.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
”We’ve stayed at this house twice now and both times were great! The pictures matched the house and getting into the house was very easy. Quick walk into town. AvantStay was very repsonsive when we had a question. The kitchen was well stocked. As others mentioned, the upstaris bedroom gets warm, even in the cooler months, we slept comfortably with the windows open. – Marissa
Can accommodate up to 7 Guests | 3 beds and 3 baths
Juniper Landing 3 Bedroom provides all of the touches that make for the perfect mountain getaway. Located in the Canyons Village at Park City Mountain Resort, this home offers ski convenience, family and group-friendly amenities, and easy shuttle access to the lifts.
Best House Features:
Community access includes a lap pool, hot tub, fire pits, and a fully equipped gym
Fireplace, gas grill, board games, pack n play & high chair available upon request
Within walking distance of the Frostwood Gondola
Why You’ll Love Juniper Landing: Adults and kids can have fun and adventure with the home’s access to lots of community amenities.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“The home was perfect for our family spring break ski trip. Canyons has always been one of our favorite places. This home made it even more special. The ski rack, boot dryer, and bench in the garage were a nice touch. Having the pool and hot tub directly across the street was very convenient. The kitchen was equipped with everything we would ever need. The crockpot was a nice surprise! When we return to the Canyons we will definitely stay here again! Thank you!”– Ramil C.
Located at the base of Park City Mountain Resort, Resort Plaza has some of the best shops, restaurants, and activities that your whole group will enjoy. Depending on which room you choose, our homey mountain condos are available on VRBO as follows:
There are elevators available for use, and balconies to unwind
Access to the community pool and hot tub at The Lodge in the Mountain Village building
Within 50 yards of the Payday lift, a high-speed quad lift
Why You’ll Love Resort Plaza: The unbeatable activities, either for summer or winter, make this ideal for those who want to spend as much time as possible on the incredible terrains.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Great ski-out ski-in location with amazing views on both sides. It was great watching the lift start in the morning as we had our coffee, knowing we’d be out there soon. The condo was well appointed and had everything we needed for cooking, eating, socializing, and taking advantage of the pool and hot tub (pool towels!). Steps from the slopes and an easy walk to town. Ski rentals in the building. The mix of bed combinations (queens, full, singles,…) across the rooms was perfect for our family vacation. We had a wonderful time.”– Geoffroy DC.
Located in the exclusive Silver Lake Village,Mont Cervin condos are included in the Coopers Collection, where each unit features the best amenities and views. It is ski-in/ski-out at Deer Valley Resort and has easy ski access to some of Utah’s most famous skiing slopes.
Depending on which unit you choose, our luxury condos are available on VRBO as follows:
Short walk to Upper Deer Valley lifts through beautiful Silver Lake Village
Private outdoor hot tub with complimentary heating and fireplaces
Operational elevator and wheelchair accessible, ski storage is also available
Why You’ll Love Mont Cervin: You can take advantage of the easy transportation to the Old Town Transit Hub on Main Street with the free #4 Orange Bus.
What Our Past Guests Are Saying:
“Awesome spot with easy access to the lifts and Silver Lake Lodge. Unit is slightly dated but very well maintained and perfectly clean. Functional kitchen, decently stocked. Would definitely stay again if skiing at Deer Valley.”– Jordyn B.
You may also book multiple Mont Cervin condos, as a 2-unit, 4-unit, or full buyout. For more information, call us via our guest support line at (833) 442-8268 or send us an email to experience@avantstay.com.
Pick the Right Location and Plan Your Perfect Trip
Mountain Village and Canyons Village put you at the base of Park City Mountain Resort, while Silver Lake Village gives you direct access to Deer Valley. Some homes offer true ski-in/ski-out access, while others provide easy shuttle or walking access to lifts.
Book early for winter 2025 to 2026. Deer Valley’s expansion project adds significant new terrain, and with limited lodging, early booking means better selection and lower prices. Holiday weeks fill up first, too, followed by January weekends during Sundance.
Experience Utah’s famous powder snow this holiday season and start planning the mountain vacation you’ve been dreaming about. If you need more activity ideas to add to your itinerary, our 35 best things to do in Park City cover everything from outdoor adventures to cultural attractions year-round.
About Park City, Utah
Park City sits at 7,000 feet in Utah’s Wasatch Mountains and gets over 300 inches of snow each year. Two major resorts call this place home. Park City Mountain Resort covers over 7,300 acres with 348 trails, while Deer Valley Resort focuses on luxury groomed runs and limits daily skiers so you never feel crowded.
When to Visit and What to Expect
The ski season runs from late November through April, with January and February bringing the deepest powder. Historic Main Street offers dozens of restaurants, bars, and shops within walking distance of the resorts. Summer brings mountain biking, hiking, zip lining, and the alpine slide when ski lifts turn into scenic rides. For timing your visit perfectly, check out our guide on the best time to visit Park City.
Getting Around the Ski Town
Park City runs free shuttle buses connecting the resorts, downtown, and many neighborhoods. The town gets busy during ski season (especially holidays and the Sundance Film Festival in January), while summer offers a more relaxed pace. Take note that most restaurants close between 2-5 PM, and altitude can affect people differently, so drink lots of water on your first day.
Why Park City Should Be Your Next Destination
Park City stands out among mountain destinations for good reasons. Especially with the fact that this Utah town is just 30 minutes from a major airport. If you’re planning a winter ski trip or summer mountain adventure, here’s what makes Park City worth your time:
Amazing Skiing and Snowboarding: Park City is home to top ski resorts like Deer Valley and Park City Mountain. It offers many runs for all skill levels.
Fun Summer Activities: In summer, enjoy hiking, mountain biking, alpine coasters, zip lines, and scenic chairlift rides.
Charming Main Street: Stroll down Historic Main Street to find unique shops, art galleries, restaurants, and lively nightlife.
Exciting Events: Don’t miss the Sundance Film Festival, concerts, and Utah Olympic Park for great cultural experiences.
Easy to Reach: Just 30 minutes from Salt Lake City International Airport, Park City is easy to access for any trip.
Beautiful Mountain Scenery: The town is surrounded by stunning mountains, making it a perfect mix of adventure and natural beauty.
Don’t wait until the snow starts falling to book your Park City ski vacation. These VRBO homes with easy ski access offer everything you need for an unforgettable winter getaway.
With Park City’s ski season typically running from late November through April, you have months of incredible skiing ahead. Your perfect ski home is waiting, and all you need to do is choose your favorite and start counting down the days until you’re carving fresh tracks on Park City’s world-famous slopes.
Secure your ski paradise and book your dream VRBO Park City home today with AvantStay!
The Smoky Mountains have plenty to offer – from gorgeous hikes in Gatlinburg to sightseeing in Pigeon Forge, from sampling Tennessee moonshine to, of course, experiencing Dollywood. In this article, we’ll cover the best vacation homes to book for an IG-worthy photoshoot without even leaving the house. We do understand that you’ve got lots to explore while you’re there, too, so we also included cute local spots and hikes to check out when you’re looking for a change of scenery.
Pine Rise
Pine Rise is a four-story tall cabin in Sevierville complete with 10 rooms, two kitchens, two hot tubs, and decks on each level. This home also has its own movie theater, but when you’re looking to explore more of the outdoors, we recommend making the short drive to Anakeesta. This outdoor theme park has activities for the whole crew: including a rollercoaster, treetop skywalk, restaurants, ziplining, and plenty of photo ops along the way.
Buckskin
Buckskin is an absolute beast — 12 bedrooms, room for 36, and the ability to fit the entire group chat with seats to spare. The money shot here is the great room: soaring wood-beamed ceilings, expansive windows framing the mountains, and a stone fireplace doing half the styling work for you. Go wide on the indoor pool, or catch golden hour from the porch swing with the peaks behind you and a hot tub soak waiting. For a “phone eats first” moment, head for good ole’ country cooking at Five Oaks Farm Kitchen.
Duval
Came for Duval’s outdoor seating, and stayed for the heated indoor pool with beach entry. We recommend posing under the pool’s waterfall – dim the lights to let the pool’s LEDs really shine for an ambiance like no other. For a different angle, check out the Gatlinburg Space Needle located in the downtown strip.
Chestnut
Going nuts for the views at Chestnut. Our favorite photo-op in this house has to be in the living room. Post up on the cozy couch where the panoramic views of the mountains behind you are sure to shine on your IG feed. Reach new heights in your photo game with a trip to the Gatlinburg SkyBridge, where you’ll experience the world’s longest pedestrian bridge (on top of great shots)!
Little Sparrow
Come to Little Sparrow for a traditional cabin charm with a modern twist. This stay has all you need for a shoot with its pool, hot tub, and elevated views that make for a great backdrop. Fancy a shot in the standing tub? Go off. For a daytime adventure, head to NC to hike the (half-mile) highest point along the Appalachian Trail, Clingman’s Dome.
Wilder
This Smoky Mountain retreat is a winner with its indoor pool, hot tub overlooking the Smokies, and large deck perfect for finding the ideal lighting. Wilderis a home that not only delivers in amenities but also puts you in a prime location for a trip to Pigeon Forge, where you can visit The Old Mill for pics by the waterfall and grist mill.
Foxview
Become one with nature at Foxview – a Sevierville stay where the photo-ops are endless. Post up by the deck with stunning views of the forest around you. Put your comfiest clothes on and get a shot sipping hot cocoa by the indoor fireplace. If you’re looking for a new backdrop, head to Crave Golf Cluband pose by their candy-infused mural.
Overlook Lodge
Glass, light, and one seriously scroll-stopping plunge pool — Overlook Lodge is the Smokies’ most photogenic new build. Set your golden-hour shot at the lower deck’s plunge pool, where the water seems to spill straight into the ridgeline behind you. Inside, the floor-to-ceiling windows turn every corner of the great room into soft-light heaven, and the primary suite’s soaking tub is begging for a steamy self-care post. Cap the night with a firepit frame under the stars, and grab a bottle from Sugarlands Distilling Company down the mountain for a proper moonshine cheers on the upper deck.
Copperhead
Say hello to your new favorite getaway home. Copperheadis a modern Smoky Mountain stay complete with this incredible pool, hot tub, and great natural light for all the pics you’re about to take. Cozy up by the fireplace, or have an amusement-filled day at Dollywood.
Hickory Ridge
Here’s where to stay in the Smokies if you’ve got a drone. Hickory Ridge is nestled in the trees of Gatlinburg and comes with three large balconies, incomparable views, two hot tubs, and all the porch-sitting you can handle. When you’re ready to put your hiking boots on, head to Porters Creek Trail for beautiful waterfalls, a historic cemetery (if that’s your vibe), and a historic farm site.
The thrill of a perfect three-pointer on the basketball court and the cheers echoing under the sun. End the day by grilling on the BBQ and enjoy dinner al fresco with your family or loved ones, guaranteed to get your head in the game – vacation and all.
One thing about us: we’re firm believers that you should never have to leave your hobbies at home. That’s why we created this MVP roundup of vacation homes with private basketball courts – perfect for players who like to consider themselves sharpshooters, fanatics, and everything in between even during a trip.
From spacious estates perfect for large groups to cozy getaways ideal for family fun, in this blog, we have compiled a list of our vacation homes with basketball courts. Explore your options and book your stay today!
1. Malvasia – Sonoma
From the pool to the hot tub, the basketball court to the billiards, Malvasia got it going. Lucky for you, this stay’s located in sunny Sonoma, CA, where sunshine graces the valley. When you’ve soaked up all the sun you can handle, hang out by the rooftop that overlooks the surrounding countryside. This unique 5-bedroom retreat offers a luxurious escape just 20 minutes from Sonoma Valley’s finest wineries and vineyards, making it the perfect base for wine enthusiasts.
Aside from the wineries in Sonoma, there are still a lot of activities to do while you’re around. Check out our guide on the best things to do in Sonoma County.
2. Desert Splash – Scottsdale
He shoots, and he scores (with this home). Desert Splash is a 5-bedroom stay in Scottsdale, AZ with room for up to 14 guests. Get your head in the game with all this outdoor oasis has to offer: a newly painted basketball court, fire pit, and an oh-so-inviting pool. Challenge your friends to a ping pong match, fire up the built-in BBQ for a championship feast, and gather around the fire pit to recount the day’s victories.
Swish you were here! Set on four acres of Temecula vineyards down a long, palm tree-lined driveway, Grapevine is a private wine country estate where the games don’t stop when you step off the basketball court. Shoot hoops on the property, hustle around the pool table, or challenge your crew to corn hole and rope swing shenanigans under the California sun. When you’ve worked up an appetite, fire up the stone and marble summer kitchen — complete with a bar and grill — and toast to a day well played with a glass of local Temecula wine. The high ceilings, sophisticated interiors, and vineyard views make it just as tempting to stay in as to venture out.
Game on. Villa Verdot is a 6-bedroom Temecula stay complete with a basketball court, spacious lawn, patio, wet bar, swimming pool, hot tub, and tennis court. Relax the hammock after a game or two then make your way to the outdoor kitchen where you can show everyone who the grill master is around here. Enjoy a meal al fresco or head inside to the expansive dining table and cheers to a vacay well done.
Odds are, if you’re taking a trip to Central Oregon, you’ve got a thing for it. Next time you find yourself in, stay at Pioneer, a vacation home we have at Brasada Ranch Resort, enjoy a round of golf, engage in friendly competition on the volleyball or basketball courts, explore scenic trails on horseback, or try out the indoor gym. This expansive 4-bedroom estate has room for up to 10 guests and has all the amenities you would need, thanks to the Brasada Ranch community.
Embrace the pure life at this inviting ground-floor condo in Port Aransas, nestled within the Island Retreat complex. With direct boardwalk access to the beach and stunning sand dune views, Pura Vida is just steps away from the Gulf’s soothing waves. This 3-bedroom, 2-bathroom retreat comes with a community pool, basketball hoop, tennis court, and pickleball court.
Staying with a big group? You can rent our other Island Retreat homes through a buyout!
Welcome to Hygge Home! This Poconos paradise awaits within Brier Crest Woods, where you can gather around, enjoy the warmth of a fire pit, and have fun in the community park by the lake. This 3-bedroom home offers a perfect base for exploring the Poconos, with easy access to skiing, waterparks, hiking, boating, fishing, and dining. During summer months, you get to enjoy lake/beach access with provided wristbands
Coachella Valley is home to this stunner of a stay complete with a pool for lounging during the day, a fire pit for gathering around with friends, and string lights overhead for when the sun sets and the party comes alive. For extraordinary experiences, perfect for work retreats, wellness getaways, brand activations, and any event where you want to create lasting memories, Villa Verbena scores as the winner of your next vacation home.
Other Coachella Valley homes with a basketball ring:
Skylight is the game-winning buzzer-beater, an Oregon mountain pad that’s basically a pass to awesome. Designed for your squad to run the floor and drop dimes of unforgettable memories, this 7-bedroom house can cater to 16 guests where you and your crew can chill in sprawling lounge zones, laugh till your sides hurt over an alfresco meal, and generally have the kind of good time in the hot tub under the stars.
If you are interested in venturing to more places aside from having indoor fun, here are our best suggestions on what to do in Central Oregon.
10. Olivano Ranch – Palm Desert, CA
Ready to run the court? Olivano Ranch brings the energy with a private basketball setup that’s perfect for everything from casual shootarounds to full-on tournaments with your crew. When you’re not calling fouls, rotate over to the pool, fire up the grill, or keep the competition going inside the game garage. With wide-open space and a layout designed for groups, this desert stay turns every day into a highlight reel.
Even More Amenities
We have so much more to offer when it comes to extraordinary amenities. Check out these other posts where we dive into more of what makes AvantStay a cut above the rest:
Ideas for Organizing Epic-Friendly Tournaments or Competitions
Bracket-Style Tournament: Participants are organized into a bracket, typically resembling a tree diagram. Participants are paired off, and the winner of each match advances to the next round, while the loser is eliminated. This continues until only one winner remains. It’s a single-elimination system, creating a clear path to the championship.
How It Works:
Draw up a visual bracket (whiteboard, poster, or even a digital bracket on a shared screen).
Teams are randomly seeded or pre-seeded based on skill (if you know your group).
Single-elimination: One loss, and you’re out! This creates high-stakes and intense matches.
Consider a “consolation bracket” for teams eliminated early, giving them more playing time.
Round Robin Tournament: Each participant plays every other participant a predetermined number of times. Everyone competes against each other and the winner is typically determined by the participant with the most wins or the best overall record.
How it Works:
Every team plays every other team once. This ensures maximum playing time and fairness.
Track wins, losses, and point differentials to determine the final standings.
Perfect for groups where everyone wants to play a lot.
Themed Tournaments: Incorporate a specific theme to enhance the experience beyond just the standard gameplay. This could involve costumes, music, decorations, or specific rules, all tied to the chosen theme. The purpose is to create a more immersive, entertaining, and memorable event, adding a layer of fun and creativity to the competition.
Theme Examples:
“90s NBA Night”: Dress in retro jerseys, play 90s hip-hop, and try to replicate classic NBA moves.
“Trick Shot Challenge”: Focus on creative and ridiculous shots.
“Around the World Championship”: See who can master every shooting spot.
“Celebrity Look-Alike”: Each player acts like a famous basketball player.
When traveling to the beautiful Hilton Head Island, relaxation and fun are on the menu. This lovely seaside town has something for everyone, including restaurants for every palate. While seafood is prevalent here since you’re right by the ocean, they have plenty of other options too.
We love planning ahead and researching the best restaurants before your trip, so you can get right to eating when your group is hungry. Here are some of the best restaurants in Hilton Head, South Carolina.
The Crazy Crab
The Crazy Crab is such a popular restaurant in Hilton Head that there are two locations for you to dine at: one is in Harbor Town and the other is in Jarvis Creek. Both offer the same fun casual atmosphere and delicious food.
The huge menu of options at The Crazy Crab is one thing people love about the place. You’re certain to find something for everyone in your group and end the meal full and happy. As for our favorites, their shrimp and crab boils, as well as their steamed seafood, are some of the best in the area.
Skull Creek Boathouse
Skull Creek Boathouse is an award-winning bistro in Hilton Head. It offers excellent indoor seating, but its outdoor patio is the perfect spot to enjoy the sunset. You’ll love the shaded outdoor seating where you can sip refreshing tropical cocktails and local beer while the sun sets.
It’s no surprise that a waterfront restaurant has plenty of seafood dishes. They’re known for their ceviche, where you can choose your seafood and sauce. If you want a little change of pace, they also have steak, pasta, and more. Most notably, their shrimp and grits are some of the best around.
WiseGuys
WiseGuys is a popular steakhouse when your crew has something to celebrate or simply want an elegant dining experience. They serve classic American dishes with an elevated twist. You can’t go wrong with their veal chop or lobster tail.
For those who love a cocktail or beverage with their meal, you have to try their house cocktail, The Ultimate Wise Guy. They also have a great selection of wine, craft beer, and classic mixed drinks.
Sage Room
There are plenty of casual dining restaurants in Hilton Head, but if you’re looking to treat yourself or celebrate a special occasion, the Sage Room is the fine dining experience you need with mood lighting, white tablecloths, and an extensive wine list that will impress anyone you invite to join you.
The menu has a little bit of everything. Enjoy their salads, soups, steaks, lamb, and a restaurant favorite, their champagne-poached scallops. If you want international cuisine done with elegance that you can see, the Sage Room is the optimal choice.
Sea Shack
Sea Shack features bright blue walls and a counter where you’ll place your order. Despite being very busy, their service is fast and the food is consistently high-quality. They offer indoor seating and have large picnic tables for outdoor seating. They also accept take-out orders and, conveniently, there are quite a few great vacation rentals near Sea Shack.
The menu features everything from catfish and flounder to alligator. And while everything is tasty, they’re most famous for their lobster rolls. In addition, they always have Blackboard Specials with the catch of the day, so it’s worth keeping an eye on those.
Pomodori Italian Eatery
Sometimes, pasta is the only thing that will hit the spot. For some of the best pasta in town, head to Pomodori Italian Eatery. It has a fairly casual atmosphere and is family-friendly for travelers of all ages. They have plenty of kid-approved options for those traveling with little ones.
They have all your Italian favorites like spaghetti and meatballs, fettuccine alfredo, bruschetta, and seafood linguine. Whatever you order, save room for one of their mouthwatering desserts. The espresso brownie is a hit with everyone.
Hudson’s Seafood House on the Docks
Restaurants with waterfront views in Hilton Head aren’t uncommon, but Hudson’s Seafood House on the Docks is unique. It sits on the Port Royal Sound, and you’ll have a great view regardless of where you’re seated in the restaurant.
You’re getting some of the freshest seafood here since one of the two fishing fleets in town operates on their dock. You can enjoy local shrimp, shrimp po-boys, and other fresh catches at any time of the day. Their brunch service is top-rated on weekends, and all their dishes pair great with a bloody Mary or mimosa.
Santa Fe Cafe
Hilton Head doesn’t only have southern and seafood restaurants. You’ll find Santa Fe Cafe nestled near some of the best golf courses on the island. Walking inside, you’ll feel like you’ve teleported to New Mexico in this stunning space. It’s beautifully decorated with bright colors and cacti.
People love the rooftop terrace where you can enjoy a great drink with lovely views. The menu here features a broad range of dishes, from grill to seafood and Mexican dishes, including tacos, burritos, fajitas, and more. They also serve an ample selection of beverages catering to different tastes.
A Lowcountry Backyard Restaurant
You can’t visit Hilton Head without stopping at A Lowcountry Backyard Restaurant. This charming American restaurant features a quaint little garden with outdoor seating when the weather’s nice. It’s heated in the winter and has a casual atmosphere.
The menu here features classic American dishes and, of course, southern cuisine. You’ll love trying their fried green tomatoes and burgers and finishing your meal with the best banana pudding in town. Don’t forget to try the local moonshine if you’re over 21!
Skillets Cafe & Grill
They say breakfast is the most important meal of the day, and there’s no better breakfast on Hilton Head Island than Skillets Cafe and Grill. Even if breakfast isn’t your favorite, they’re open for lunch and dinner too.
You’ll be able to feast on French toast, a variety of omelets, and other breakfast favorites until three pm every day. If you’re popping in for lunch or dinner, their fried seafood, crab cakes, pimento cheese dip, and other mouthwatering southern items will satisfy you.
Salty Dog Cafe
Salty Dog Cafe is an excellent choice for those looking for a great waterfront restaurant but a casual vibe. They’re known for their classic beach and nautical decor, amazing atmosphere, and delicious food.
This seafood restaurant offers excellent views while you dine on some of the tastiest foods Hilton Head offers. The Salty Dog Cafe is the perfect way to experience authentic southern cuisine. You can’t miss trying their gator bites, crab cakes, pimento cheese dip, and local spirits from the Hilton Head Distillery.
Old Oyster Factory Restaurant
The Old Oyster Factory Restaurant is the epitome of a waterfront fine dining experience. For more than 30 years, it’s been a favorite for locals and tourists who want a nice meal on the water. If you’re craving oysters, you’ll have plenty to choose from here.
This restaurant is known for fresh seafood and its charcuterie board. It’s a great dining experience for people of all ages with a menu that has something everyone will enjoy. Even if you’re not in the mood for seafood, they have salads, steak, and chicken entrees.
Bullies BBQ
You can’t miss trying Bullies BBQ when all you want is traditional southern barbeque. This old-school joint isn’t one you’ll get all dressed up for, but after a long day on the beach or golfing, it hits the spot.
Bullies BBQ has everything you could want in a barbecue joint. There’s a variety of smoked and grilled meats and excellent side dishes, and you get to choose which sauce you want on your meat. The Carolina vinegar BBQ sauce is a must-try!
Ready to create a five-star guest experience and increase the return on your vacation rental investment? A great starting point is by adding experiential elements and sought-after amenities to your home. Vacation rental amenities help create an exceptional guest experience, drive more positive reviews, and ultimately increase your rental income. This article is the first of a series breaking down popular amenities and the advantages they create, by market type. Keep reading to discover our top amenity picks for desert vacation rentals.
The importance of vacation rental amenities
In competitive markets, like Joshua Tree and Coachella Valley, the vacation rentals that are going to get more bookings and drive strong returns are the one-of-a-kind and exciting homes that stand out from the rest. If you have unique amenities, like a yoga deck or bocce ball court, showcase these in some of the first photos on your listing page to grab guests’ attention. Before we reveal what the top desert vacation rental amenities are, let’s cover the benefits of investing in interior design and luxury amenities.
Attract more guests
58% of millennials make their booking decision based on the first five photos of the home. Professionally designed properties with new furnishings, stylish decor, and top-of-the-line amenities attract guests who appreciate and respect the elements that make your home unique.
Earn higher ratings
Homes with thoughtfully designed interiors and amenities are directly linked to higher ratings and referrals from guests. An appealing and comfortable home where guests can gather and entertain has a proven positive effect on the guest experience.
Increase your revenue
Helping homeowners choose and install the right amenities is just one part of how AvantStay maximizes your property’s value and increases your profit by up to 20-30%. You’ll notice a surge in bookings as guests prefer to stay at properties with professionally designed interiors and experiential amenities for the whole group to enjoy.
Best vacation rental amenities for desert homes
Vacation rental amenities can make the difference between a four and five-star review. But which amenities are guests looking for? We dove into our data to discover what amenities drive the greatest returns in our desert vacation rentals.
Pools & spas
Allow guests to soak up the sun or comfortably stargaze on chilly desert nights with a pool and hot tub. Adding a pool and hot tub to your property is the #1 investment you can make. While cowboy tubs are great for Instagram pics, new build pool and spa assets drive greater returns for our Joshua Tree homeowners. Below are our findings for Joshua Tree homes over a 12-month period:
New build pool and spa assets generate 30% higher RevPAU (revenue per available unit) compared to standard pool and spa assets and cowboy tubs
Homes with both a pool and spa see 112% higher ADRs and 179% higher RevPAU than homes with neither
Homes with both a pool and spa see 12% higher ADRs and 17% higher RevPAU than homes with just a pool
Outdoor sport courts
Guests will love to engage in some friendly competition with an outdoor sport court. Bocce ball, horseshoes, shuffleboard, cornhole, and pickleball courts are great options for desert vacation rentals. According to our research, Joshua Tree vacation rentals with an outdoor sport court drive 14% higher ADRs and 15% greater RevPAU than homes without.
Fire pits, yoga decks, and outdoor sculptures
Commit to the zen but funky vibe of Joshua Tree with outdoor elements like a fire pit, yoga deck, and “Instagrammable” sculptures. These amenities are typically a low-lift to install and offer a minor impact on ADRs. However, according to market research, homes with some of these experiential elements (in addition to a pool and spa), see higher RevPAU than homes with more bedrooms and only a pool and spa.
Indoor game room
Joshua Tree homes in our portfolio with an indoor game room only see 12% higher RevPAU than homes without. Guests visiting desert markets are usually looking to spend time outside. If you’re thinking about adding a game room to your short-term rental, consider investing in a pool and hot tub, or one of the other outdoor amenities listed above instead.
Level up your vacation rental with AvantStay
Only AvantStay homeowners have access to our award-winning Interior Design team that elevates homes in under nine days, instantly increasing your home’s equity and maximizing your ROI. We believe the best accommodations are designed to enhance every aspect of a guest’s travels, which is why we transform beautiful homes into incredible experiences that foster unforgettable memories.
We help procure high-quality, durable furniture and upscale amenities, and coordinate delivery and installation on your behalf so you don’t have to lift a finger. Our thoughtfully designed spaces encourage gathering and allow guests to make the most of their time at your home—leaving them recharged and ready to write a five-star review!
Are you looking to upgrade your vacation rental design and amenities? Our interior designers can create a custom, locally inspired space that guests will love. If you’re interested in learning more about AvantStay’s design, procurement, and vacation rental management services, our team of experts is ready to help. Get started today!
Christmas magic happens when you trade ordinary celebrations for extraordinary destinations. It is where holiday lights sparkle against mountain peaks or historic streets decorated for the season.
From snow-covered mountain towns where skiing and hot cocoa become daily traditions to mild coastal cities where you stroll historic districts without freezing: America’s best Christmas destinations offer something for every family’s vision of the perfect holiday.
These handpicked destinations showcase the most festive cities and towns in the USA. It’s where Christmas spirit fills the air from Thanksgiving through New Year’s..
Best Christmas Getaway Destinations
Whether you’re seeking guaranteed snow for white Christmas dreams or warm weather escapes from winter cold, these locations feature vacation rentals ready to host your holiday celebration.
The Blue Ridge Mountains create the perfect backdrop for Christmas celebrations, where historic downtown streets glow with thousands of holiday lights.
The Biltmore Estate transforms into a winter wonderland with dozens of Christmas trees, elaborate decorations throughout its 250 rooms, and Candlelight Christmas Evenings featuring live music and dimmed romantic lighting.
Downtown Asheville’s independent shops sell handcrafted gifts from regional artists while local breweries serve seasonal beers perfect for après-hiking celebrations.
Grove Arcade’s holiday market brings local artisans together, selling unique gifts you won’t find at any mall. The Blue Ridge Parkway stays open for scenic winter drives when snow dusts the mountains, creating postcard views at every overlook.
Christmas concerts at the Diana Wortham Theatre and holiday productions at local venues keep the entertainment calendar full throughout December.
Asheville cabin rentals put you close to both downtown festivities and mountain peace. Properties range from romantic two-person retreats with hot tubs overlooking misty valleys to large family cabins sleeping 10+ guests with game rooms and spacious decks.
Many rentals feature fireplaces, fully equipped kitchens for holiday cooking, and proximity to hiking trails when families need outdoor time between celebrations.
This historic mining town transforms into a real-life snow globe every December, where over 250,000 LED lights illuminate Main Street starting the first weekend of the month.
The Race of the Santas kicks off the season with hundreds of people dressed as Santa running down Main Street in one of Colorado’s most beloved holiday traditions.
Ullr Fest in mid-December honors the Norse god of snow with parades, the world’s longest shot-ski attempt, and a massive bonfire burning last year’s Christmas trees.
World-class skiing across five peaks satisfies everyone from first-timers to experts, while the Victorian downtown maintains that authentic small-town feel where shop owners greet you by name after just one visit.
Horse-drawn sleigh rides through snow-covered valleys, dog sledding adventures, and ice skating under twinkling lights create those Christmas moments families remember forever. New Year’s Eve also brings a torchlight parade down the mountain that caps off the holiday season spectacularly.
Breckenridge vacation rentals range from ski-in/ski-out condos steps from lifts to spacious mountain homes with hot tubs and views of the Ten Mile Range.
Properties sleep anywhere from 4 to 20+ guests, making them perfect for family reunions or friend group celebrations.
Many rentals also include heated garage parking, boot dryers, and fully stocked kitchens that make extended stays comfortable.
Music City’s Christmas celebrations blend Southern hospitality with world-class entertainment, where honky-tonks deck their bars with lights and tinsel.
The Gaylord Opryland Resort’s ICE! exhibit features over 2 million pounds of hand-carved ice sculptures in a winter wonderland kept at 9 degrees.
Downtown’s Honky Tonk Christmas brings live music to every corner while the Grand Ole Opry hosts special holiday shows featuring country music legends and rising stars.
The Nashville Christmas Parade down Broadway showcases marching bands, elaborate floats, and performances that draw thousands to the streets.
Christmas markets pop up around the city selling local crafts, hot chocolate, and Southern treats like bourbon balls and pralines.
The Bluebird Cafe hosts intimate acoustic Christmas shows while larger venues feature full-production holiday concerts that showcase Nashville’s musical talent.
Nashville vacation rentals put you within walking distance of downtown’s festivities while providing quiet retreats after long days of exploring.
Properties range from modern condos in The Gulch to spacious homes in East Nashville’s artsy neighborhoods.
And many rentals feature rooftop decks with city views, full kitchens, and multiple bedrooms, perfect for groups wanting space to spread out.
North America’s largest alpine lake creates scenery that takes your breath away, even when you’ve seen photos a hundred times.
Multiple villages around the lake host tree lighting ceremonies, holiday markets, and Christmas concerts throughout December.
Heavenly’s gondola lifts you to observation decks where views stretch across the entire basin, creating those “wow” moments that justify the ticket price even without skiing.
South Shore brings casino entertainment and Heavenly Village’s ice skating rink, while North Shore maintains quieter vibes in towns like Tahoe City and Truckee.
Snowshoeing through forest trails, sledding down resort hills, and warming up in lakefront restaurants with hot toddies fill days between skiing sessions.
The region’s Mediterranean-like climate means more sunshine than typical ski destinations, making even cold days feel pleasant for outdoor activities.
Lake Tahoe cabin rentals accommodate groups from intimate couples to extended families needing 8+ bedrooms.
Lakefront properties offer private beach access and boat docks (for summer visits) while mountain homes provide ski access and hot tubs with forest views.
Many rentals feature gourmet kitchens, multiple living areas, and outdoor fire pits perfect for s’mores under starry skies.
The Great Smoky Mountains National Park provides a stunning backdrop for Christmas celebrations, where Gatlinburg and Pigeon Forge go all-out with millions of lights illuminating every surface.
Dollywood’s Smoky Mountain Christmas brings the theme park alive with incredible light displays, holiday shows, and seasonal treats that create magical evenings for all ages.
The Gatlinburg Winter Magic Trolley Ride of Lights takes you through town viewing elaborate decorations from heated trolleys.
Pigeon Forge’s Winterfest extends the celebration through February with light displays that transform the parkway into a glowing wonderland.
Christmas parades, holiday concerts, and special performances at dinner theaters keep entertainment options plentiful throughout the season.
The mild winter weather means hiking trails stay accessible most days, allowing you to explore waterfalls and mountain vistas without summer’s crowds.
Smoky Mountains cabin rentals range from romantic two-person hideaways to massive lodges sleeping 20+ guests with game rooms, movie theaters, and multiple hot tubs.
Properties in Wears Valley offer peaceful seclusion, while Gatlinburg locations put you within walking distance of downtown festivities.
Many cabins feature floor-to-ceiling windows showcasing mountain views, stone fireplaces, and fully equipped kitchens.
Charleston’s historic district transforms for Christmas, where gas lamps and magnolia wreaths create that classic Southern holiday atmosphere.
The Festival of Lights at James Island County Park features over 2 million lights creating 650+ displays you drive through while Christmas music plays on your car radio.
Marion Square hosts the Holiday Market of Charleston, where local artisans sell handcrafted gifts, specialty foods, and holiday decorations unique to the Lowcountry.
Historic home tours showcase how Charleston’s elite celebrated Christmas in centuries past with elaborate decorations, carolers in period costumes, and hot cider served in centuries-old mansions.
The mild winter weather means you stroll the historic district comfortably, shopping King Street boutiques and dining at award-winning restaurants without freezing.
Christmas boat parades light up Charleston Harbor while horse-drawn carriage tours through decorated streets create romantic evening activities.
Coastal Charleston vacation rentals include historic downtown properties within walking distance of festivities and beach houses on nearby islands for those wanting coastal views.
Properties range from Rainbow Row cottages to large estates sleeping extended families. Many rentals feature Southern porches perfect for morning coffee, updated kitchens, and access to Charleston’s famous beaches just minutes away.
This eclectic city celebrates Christmas with its unique, weird-and-wonderful style where traditional meets unconventional.
The Trail of Lights in Zilker Park features over 2 million lights, local food vendors, and live music performances, creating a free holiday experience beloved by locals and visitors.
Blue Genie Art Bazaar showcases work from over 175 artists selling handmade gifts in an old airplane hangar transformed into a festive marketplace.
Sixth Street bars deck themselves out with lights and decorations while maintaining that live music scene Austin’s famous for year-round.
The Armadillo Christmas Bazaar brings hundreds of artists together, selling everything from jewelry to sculptures, making gift shopping feel like an art gallery visit.
Food trucks serve everything from traditional tamales to fusion creations, while craft breweries offer seasonal beers perfect for Texas’s mild December weather.
Austin vacation rentals put you close to downtown festivities while providing modern amenities and the space families need.
Properties range from trendy East Austin bungalows to spacious South Congress homes with pools and outdoor entertaining areas.
Many rentals feature open floor plans, chef-worthy kitchens, and proximity to hiking trails when you need nature time between holiday activities.
The 2002 Winter Olympics put this mountain town, Park City, on the global map, where two major ski resorts and historic Main Street create the perfect Christmas combination.
The town’s Victorian-era buildings, decorated with lights, maintain an authentic Old West character while Olympic Park offers bobsled rides and tours of facilities where athletes trained.
Big Bear, CA
Big Bear is Southern California’s closest reliable snow destination that sits just two hours from Los Angeles. This is where two ski resorts and a charming village create mountain Christmas magic.
The Christmas Boat Parade lights up the lake with decorated vessels while village shops and restaurants cater to weekend warriors escaping coastal cities.
Hudson Valley, NY
Rolling mountains and historic towns create New England charm where white-steepled churches frame snow-covered hills here at Hudson Valley.
Christmas markets, holiday train rides through Victorian-decorated Jim Thorpe, and farm-to-table restaurants serving seasonal menus showcase the region’s character throughout December.
Palm Springs, CA
The desert sunshine of Palm Springs provides warm-weather Christmas escapes where mid-century modern architecture and mountain views create that California cool vibe.
While it won’t snow, the sunny 70-degree days mean hiking, golfing, and poolside lounging replace traditional winter activities.
Scottsdale, AZ
Scottsdale is a desert destination offers golf, hiking, and outdoor adventures without freezing temperatures, where luxury resorts and spas create upscale holiday experiences.
The mild weather means you can explore Sonoran Desert trails, visit art galleries, and dine on patios throughout December.
Sedona, AZ
Red rock formations dusted with occasional snow create stunning contrasts here at Sedona. It is where spiritual energy and natural beauty attract visitors seeking peaceful holiday retreats.
The artsy town hosts holiday markets, while hiking trails through Oak Creek Canyon provide outdoor adventures without the bitter cold.
Explore More Christmas Experiences
Planning the perfect Christmas vacation requires understanding each destination’s unique offerings and finding accommodations that match your family’s needs.
Best Christmas Vacation Spots in USA
Discover detailed guides to America’s top Christmas vacation spots featuring insider tips on holiday events, local traditions, and the best vacation rentals for experiencing each location’s festive magic. From mountain ski towns to coastal cities, find the places and properties that put you in the heart of Christmas celebrations.
Best Christmas Towns in USA
Small towns often deliver the most authentic Christmas experiences where entire communities participate in tree lightings, parades, and holiday markets.
Explore our guides to America’s most festive towns featuring places and vacation homes that let you live like a local during the season’s most wonderful time.
Best Christmas Markets in USA
Holiday markets bring communities together, selling handcrafted gifts, seasonal treats, and local specialties you won’t find at any mall.
Our guides highlight America’s best Christmas markets with nearby vacation rentals that make shopping, eating, and celebrating stress-free and memorable.
Stay with AvantStay for the Best Christmas Memory
Vacation rentals transform holiday travel from stressful hotel stays into cozy gatherings where families cook traditional meals, exchange gifts by crackling fireplaces, and create memories that outlast any store-bought present.
By staying at a vacation home, it provides the space, privacy, and authentic local experience that hotels simply can’t match during the season when togetherness matters most.
Twinkling lights reflecting off fresh snow, families gathered around fireplaces exchanging gifts, and the smell of cookies baking in vacation rental kitchens.
These moments don’t happen scrolling through phones at home during another ordinary December, stuck in the same routine you follow every year.
From snow-covered mountain towns to mild coastal cities, these destinations are where your family creates holiday traditions worth repeating for years to come.
Ready to book your Christmas escape? Browse AvantStay’s holiday-ready vacation rentals across America’s most festive destinations and start planning the Christmas your family will remember forever.
These properties book quickly during the holiday season, so reserve your spot now before the best homes disappear. Book now!
Vacation rental amenities can turn a great guest experience into an unforgettable one. Happy guests leave positive reviews which drive more bookings, repeat guests, and ultimately more revenue.
If you know someone with a short-term vacation rental, or maybe you want to treat yourself, consider gifting them one of these vacation rental amenities to elevate the guest experience and maximize their home’s value. From birthdays to Mother’s or Father’s Day, check out our top 12 gift ideas for vacation rental homeowners.
The Mega Four in a Row set is perfect for poolside lounging or cozy family game nights by the fire. This stylish take on a popular classic comes with a hand-painted pine playing board and 42 wooden chips. Standing at 18.75 inches tall and 23.5 inches wide, the Mega Four in a Row set is larger than the original but can easily be moved around your short-term vacation rental for impromptu game sessions.
The Mega Jumbling Tower is another great addition for vacation rental backyard hangs. Fun for all ages, this natural timber stacker includes 45 gold and white hand-painted blocks. At the start of gameplay, the tower stands at two feet tall, so be sure to give your guests plenty of space for stacking and the inevitable tumbling.
Add some friendly competition to any backyard barbecue with these mahogany cornhole boards. This two-by-four-foot regulation cornhole board set features a premium-grade plywood deck with a solid mahogany frame. These boards are lightweight and portable with built-in carrying handles, so guests can easily set up or move the game throughout the space.
Raise the stakes of game nights at your short-term rental with a poker table. Guests will appreciate the rustic yet modern design of this mahogany table, doubling as a statement piece post-game. With built-in beverage holders and the option to complete the set with matching chairs, the only things missing are your deck of cards and poker chips.
Bring the arcade to your short-term vacation rental with a sleek, modern foosball table. At nearly five feet in length, this fast-paced game can easily fit in a dedicated game room, covered patio, or main living space. The table is made from burl wood and stainless steel and can accommodate two to four players at one time.
Shuffleboard is an old-time favorite and a great addition to your vacation rental amenities. At nine feet in length, this table is on the smaller end of shuffleboard tables so you don’t have to worry about it taking up too much space. There’s also a handy storage cabinet built into one of the pedestal legs to keep extra pucks and sand out of sight.
Maximize your short-term rental living space with a multi-use ping pong table. Guests can go from ping pong tournaments to dining al fresco in seconds with this convertible indoor/outdoor table by simply removing the steel net. When ping pong isn’t in play, this table can be used as a dining or conference table, comfortably seating 10 to 12 people.
A pool table is an essential piece for any short-term rental game room. This pool table from West Elm is built-to-last and withstand guest use, crafted from solid wood, leather drop pockets, and spill-resistant felt. Complete with a rack and accessories kit, this table comes ready for pool sharks and rookie players alike.
Give guests the option to move the fun from the pool to the ping pong table (and everywhere in between) with a rolling patio cooler. This stylish, steel cooler can hold 80 quarts, equivalent to 100 12-ounce cans plus ice. Your vacation rental guests won’t have to pause the party with this convenient cart, equipped with a bottle opener, cap catcher, and insulated basin that keeps drinks cold for up to 36 hours.
Bikes are a great vacation rental amenity that gives guests the freedom to explore nearby attractions. The Around the Block bike by Sixthreezero is a low-maintenance bike built for comfort—perfect to have ready for guests who want to cruise to the beach, check out the local farmers’ market, and more. These bikes are available in multiple speeds and are ideal for casual to up-tempo rides.
From deserts to mountains to beaches, a fire pit is a must-have for any short-term vacation rental outdoor space. This luxurious centerpiece is perfect for outdoor lounging, wine nights by the fire, and family s’more sessions. The fiber-reinforced concrete frame is covered in a weather-resistant sealant to withstand all elements. Powered by propane, the fire pit will instantly warm up your space with a simple push-button spark ignition.
If you’re looking for that wow factor for your short-term rental, look no further than this revamped arcade-classic basketball game. Featuring black genuine leather, brass backboard, and black nylon chording, this deluxe basketball game is so luxurious you won’t want to miss a shot—baskets or photo ops.
Unwrap a first-class guest experience
Furnishing a short-term rental and selecting the best vacation rental amenities for your guests can be hard work. Luckily, when you partner with AvantStay, you get access to our award-winning interior design and procurement services. Our designers review every home added to the portfolio and create memorable and inspiring designs that transform spaces and maximize value.
We help procure and install furniture and arrange bedrooms and common spaces to maximize occupancy. Our designers also curate experiential elements like those listed above so guests get the most out of their stay, driving positive reviews, more bookings, and increased revenue.
If you’re interested in learning more about our vacation rental management and design services, our team is ready to help. Get started today!
Panama City Beach has become one of the best vacation spots in Florida, and we have tons of rental homes with private pools waiting for you.
Think about it: clear blue water, bright white sand, and your own private pool right outside your door. That’s what makes Panama City Beach so special – every day feels like the perfect beach day.
Here’s some great news – while most beach places are completely full during the summer season, we still have awesome homes you can book for August and later!
Want the best beach vacation ever? We picked 10 amazing VRBO Panama City Beach homes that have everything you need for an incredible summer trip.
These aren’t just places to sleep but they’re your own little piece of paradise where every morning starts with excitement and every evening ends with total relaxation.
Southfields Duplex
Sleeps 15 guests with 6 bedrooms and 11 beds
Southfields Duplex bring everyone together! Best for big group trips, this 2-unit house layout gives everyone in your trip their own space while creating lots of chances to hang out and celebrate together. The big outdoor areas also become the heart of your vacation.
Best House Features:
Large private pool with an outdoor kitchen and bar
Multiple spaces to dine and relax together
Short 5-minute walk to the beach, shops, and local eats
Why Groups Pick This Place: The duplex design means everyone gets privacy when they want it and togetherness when they need it, making this perfect for reunions and celebrations.
What Our Guests Say:
“We enjoyed staying in the house. We rented both duplexes and had plenty of room for all of us. The pool was enjoyable and only a 5 minute walk to the beach.”
“Amazing home. Felt right at home, they were super quick to respond. I definitely recommend. I will be coming back soon!!”
If you’re looking for chill beach vibes, then Tipsea Turtle should be your choice. Every day happens at your own pace here with the real spirit of relaxed feel and comfortable amenities. Here, your only biggest decision is whether to start your day in the pool or on the beach.
Best House Features:
Private swimming pool at a backyard full of other things to do
2 adult bicycles and 1 golf cart is available
Walking distance to beach access, local bars and restaurants
Why Beach Lovers Pick This Place: The great location of this home create the perfect environment for people wanting real beach relaxation without any stress.
What Our Guests Say:
“This home is not only in a perfect location it is truly pristine. Very nicely done. fits multiple families east. would recommend to anyone looking in the area.”
“Amazing place! I will definitely be booking with AvantStay again. Everything was clean the ladies were on top of everything that was needed. Thank you so much for making my birthday weekend rememberable.”
👉 Book on VRBO | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)
Joyful Sound
Sleeps 20 guests with 6 bedrooms and 10 beds
Lasting memories are created here at Joyful Sound, where laughter fills the rooms and every corner invites togetherness. This welcoming home brings in families, friends, and lovers closer than ever after a few nights stay.
Best House Features:
Big private pool area perfect for water fun
Board and card games, alfresco dining setup
Less than a 30 second walk to the beach
Why Families Love Making Memories Here: From pool parties to family game nights, every moment here becomes a treasured memory.
What Our Guests Say:
“The location was perfect. All the restaurants and places of activities are near by. The neighborhood is safe to run my daily routine.”
“The house had a great location, as well as easy beach access! We loved the area, and the parades that took place on the fourth! The house itself was perfect for the amount of people we had, the kids loved the bunk room!”
Perfect for romantic trips, The Coastal Cottage feels like your own little beach hideaway where you can relax and forget about everything else. This cozy place has everything you need for a perfect beach vacation. You can drink your morning coffee outside to start your best trip yet.
Best House Features:
Your own inflatable pool by the private backyard
Indoor fireplace, outdoor grill for cooking, and patio for alfresco dining
Really close to beach acess and good restaurants
Why You’ll Love About The Coastal Cottage: This place is perfect for couples or small families who want a quiet, romantic spot that still has everything they need.
What Our Guests Say:
“Steps away from the beach, the place was super clean and had everything we needed. My family enjoyed our stay and if ever we make another trip to PCB, this will deff be a house we would book again.”
“My friends and I enjoyed our whole stay and had so much fun! Super short walk to the beach access and easy to find! We absolutely love this place and would book again!”
Chic Shack is where the cool beach and families who love style combine. This trendy place looks amazing and has all the modern stuff you could want. Everything flows perfectly from inside to outside, making it perfect for couples who want both style and relaxation.
Best House Features:
Beautiful private pool with a pool pergola
Fancy kitchen with modern appliances and outdoor BBQ grill
Easy walk to beach access, trendy restaurants, and nightlife
Why You’ll Love About Chic Shack: Every part of this home looks amazing and creates perfect moments, whether you’re swimming at sunrise or having dinner under the stars.
👀We also have another home nearby this one, check out Enclave at Lyndell Lane!
What Our Guests Say:
“Everything was perfect, check in was smooth, photos matched the description and the hosts were super friendly with quick responses! Also I had my 7 month old with me & the Airbnb had amenities for me to use for my baby which was really helpful during my stay of keeping my baby calm and happy. Would stay here again!”
“It’s a great place to stay! I would recommend it as it is not far from the beach, restaurants, and shopping. It’s also a great sapce for a larger group!”
👉 Book on VRBO | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)
Sanctuary on Sands
Sleeps 14 guests with 4 bedrooms and 8 beds
Treat yourself to luxury at Sanctuary on Sands. Perfect for fancy beach getaways, every detail of this home makes your beach vacation feel extra special. This fancy place feels sophisticated from the moment you walk in. You’ll feel like you’re staying at your own private resort.
Best House Features:
Resort-style private pool and outdoor patio for dining alfresco
Beach chairs, carts, and backyard amenities
400 yards to the Gulf Coast access
Why You’ll Love This Place: Everything here is designed to be better than you expected, making every moment feel special and memorable.
What Our Guests Say:
“The house was beautiful, clean, and very comfortable. Great location right by the beach on a quiet street. We’ve stayed in PCB nearly every year for the last 15 years and this has been our favorite location thus far. There was a few hiccups with the AC but the host was incredibly responsive and had an AC tech out immediately! My family was very happy with our stay, I don’t doubt we will rent again in the future!”
“We definitely enjoyed this!! It was actually way better in person & plenty of room for everyone! The walk to the beach was also short & close!”
👉 Book on VRBO | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)
Wanderlust
Sleeps 12 guests with 4 bedrooms and 9 beds
Feed your love for adventure at Wanderlust. Great for families who love adventures, every day here brings new chances to explore Panama City Beach’s natural beauty. This fun home is the perfect base for the energy that makes everyone want to try something new.
Best House Features:
Cool private pool perfect for relaxing after adventures
2 adult bicycles available for use
Few minutes walk to public beach access
Why Adventure Families Love This Place: The location puts you right in the middle of Panama City Beach’s most exciting activities while giving you a comfortable place to rest.
What Our Guests Say:
“The house was exactly as pictured and had everything we needed. We loved the large pool and it was very clean. The beach is just a short walk from the house. Thank you for hosting us!”
“We really enjoyed staying here. The house itself is gorgeous with a great layout, especially for extended families or 2 families. There are 2 masters with ensuites, and 2 other bedrooms with a variety of beds. 4 full baths is a huge bonus in a big house. The kitchen was equipped extremely well with lots of utensils, pots, pans etc. You could easily cook whatever you wanted here. Plenty of plates, cups, glasses, and silverware too. The pool is enormous in comparison to other vacation homes. I have stayed in hotels with smaller pools. We also enjoyed the extra touches- pool toys, beach toys, carts to roll everything to the beach, starter kits of basic bathroom needs, and even plenty of dishwasher and laundry pods. Overall, a great experience and would definitely recommend this location and this company”
Let ocean waves be your background music at G By The Sea. This beach home captures the feel of seaside living with every room with natural light and ocean breezes. It also offers direct access to some of Panama City Beach’s most beautiful shoreline.
Best House Features:
Private pool and a fire pit to gather around
2 adult bikes available to use for free
Direct beach access just 7 minutes away
Why Ocean Lovers Pick This Place: Having both a private pool and immediate beach access means you get the best of both worlds without ever leaving your vacation paradise.
What Our Guests Say:
“5 out of 5 stars Our trip was wonderful! The house was very clean, comfortable, and looked exactly like the pictures. It had everything we needed, so we didn’t have to reach out for anything during our stay. Beach access was close and easy. If we’re ever back in the area, we would definitely stay again!”
“Great place and a very good host. We had a very peaceful time. Easy access to the beach. Would highly recommend staying here.”
A distinguished home that offers an elevated beach experience with premium amenities and tasteful décor throughout. Experience refined coastal elegance at Montoute. Every furniture and amenity has been chosen to create the atmosphere of luxury and timeless style.
Best House Features:
Elegant private pool with multiple sun loungers
Gourmet kitchen and dining spaces by the balconiy and patio
Beach access is just a 3-minute walk from the home
Why Discerning Guests Pick This Place: The refined atmosphere and attention to detail in this home makes it perfect for classy beach living.
What Our Guests Say:
“Beautiful home and just as described. The backyard / pool area was perfect. Home is very close to the beach. Short walk and easy to do with kids. The home was fully stocked with everything you need to cook with. We will definitely be back!”
“Beautiful home in a quiet but great location. The neighbors were friendly. The home was as described and seemed to be fairly new. The beach is a short walk across the street.”
Aqua Horizon is a really cool beach house that’s perfect for groups who want something traditional yet special. This place has the classic coastal home vibe with tons of space so everyone can hang out together or find their own quiet spot.
Best House Features:
Private backyard and pool with a fire pit
Modern kitchen with premium appliances and elegant entertaining areas
Minutes from Panama City Beach’s most popular attractions and dining
Why Luxury Groups Pick This Place: It’s the kind of place that makes your group vacation feel extra without being stuffy.
What Our Guests Say:
“I love it – I liked: Great place, From the moment we arrived, we felt welcomed, the house was clean, neat, great rooms we did have the space for our group of 12, close to the beach. we enjoyed. I definitely recommend.and For sure I will come back!!!”
👉 Book on VRBO | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)
Experience the Best of Panama City Beach
Panama City Beach offers more than just beautiful shores. It’s a place where every type of traveler finds their perfect rhythm. Whether you want family fun at places like state parks and pier sunsets, or prefer quiet moments watching dolphins play in the water, your VRBO home becomes the center of your vacation story.
Make the Most of Your Beach Days
Start mornings with coffee by your private pool, then head to the famous white sand beaches that make Panama City Beach special. Spend afternoons exploring local favorites like Shell Island or trying water sports like parasailing and jet skiing. When evening comes, your private pool becomes the perfect spot for sunset drinks and family time.
Discover Local Food and Hidden Gems
Panama City Beach’s restaurant scene goes from casual beachside grills to fancy seafood restaurants. Many of our homes put you within walking distance of local favorites, while others offer full kitchens perfect for cooking fresh Gulf seafood. Don’t miss trying the local specialties like Gulf shrimp and fresh grouper.
Get the Best VRBO Rates
While busy season usually runs from June to August, we still have incredible availability for August and the upcoming fall months. This means you can enjoy all the summer fun with better availability and often better prices than the height of peak season.
👀 Here’s the secret to saving money on your Panama City Beach vacation – book for August or fall instead of peak summer! Most people book June and July, which drives prices way up. But if you’re flexible with your dates, you can score these amazing VRBO homes at much better rates. Plus, you’ll have way more choices since fewer people are competing for the same properties.
Summer Still Has Space for You
Don’t let another summer go by without treating yourself to the ultimate beach vacation. Now is the perfect time to secure your slice of paradise. These VRBO Panama City Beach homes with private pools offer everything you need for an unforgettable getaway, from intimate couple retreats to spacious family adventures.
Your perfect beach house is waiting – all you need to do is pick your favorite and start counting down the days until your toes are in the sand and you’re floating in your own private pool. Each home offers its own unique charm and amenities, but they all share one thing in common: the power to transform your vacation from ordinary to extraordinary.
Ready to make this summer unforgettable? Book your dream VRBO home in Panama City Beach today with AvantStay!
Sunshine and good times are calling! 30a Florida’s Emerald Coast has quietly become one of the most buzzed-about vacation spots in the country and it’s easy to see why.
What has gone from a hidden gem to the place everyone’s raving about, and honestly, what’s not to love?
Powdery white sand that squeaks under your toes, water so aquagreen that it looks like a movie, and the cutest little beach towns strung along scenic 30A. All in for chill vibes and Southern charm for a vacation that feels like pure bliss.
And the secret to an unforgettable stay starts with the perfect Airbnb. We’ve rounded up 15 30A Florida Airbnbs that are turning heads for all the right reasons.
Halcyon Dayz – Best for peaceful family reunions near the water
Step into the calm of Halcyon Dayz, a modern beach retreat where every day feels like summer vacation. Tucked in the quiet coastal community of Inlet Beach, this home is perfect for big family getaways or friend group trips thanks to its spacious layout and stylish setup.
Top Highlights:
Community saltwater pool, lake access for kayaking and paddleboarding
Outdoor gas grill, smart TVs, chef’s kitchen, washer/dryer
5 minutes to Inlet Beach Access, near 30A shops, sushi spots, and cafes
Why You’ll Love Halcyon Dayz:
The dedicated dining area surrounded by windows makes it the best place to gather with your family, friends, and loved ones. Plus, if you’re coming in bigger groups, we have Beauty and the Beach and 30A Coastal Canopy house nearby that you can also book.
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“Great private community. Friendly neighbors and safe surroundings. Very spacious with luxury in all areas. Each bedroom has its own full bathroom with plenty of space to allow all to have some personal space. Spacious main area to entertain and make memories. Big table for 8 ppl. Quick drive to South Walton Beach just across the 98. Overall a very nice new quality place to make great memories. Big Beds, BBQ grill and pool are also a plus. Would definitely come back again.”
After mornings at the beach, wind down on the back porch with a cold drink and soak in the quiet vibes of Emerald Paradise. With quick access to local eats and scenic nature spots, your 30a escape starts here.
Top Highlights:
Community pool access, 4 complimentary bikes available for use
Just 2 blocks away from Blue Mountain Beach, walkable to tacos, ice cream, and yoga
Why You’ll Love Emerald Paradise:
The rooftop terrace is the crown jewel of this home, which makes it ideal for sunset happy hours, morning yoga, or simply lounging under the stars. We also have other houses nearby that you may want to check out: Our 30A Sandcastle, Hello 30A!, 30A Kinda Day.
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“We loved our stay at the condo on Santa Rosa Beach! The location was perfect, just a short walk to the beach, an ice cream shop, a bakery, and great local restaurants. The space was ideal for our family of 9, with plenty of room for everyone to relax comfortably. Would definitely stay here again!”
Best for laid-back beach vacations with the whole crew
Bed & Bath: 7 beds, 3 bathrooms
Guest Count: 10 guests
Set inside the private Village of Blue Mountain Beach, Jessa Blu is your go-to for easygoing days and family-filled nights. This breezy beach house has the perfect space to unwind, cook together, and soak up the sun. You’re also just steps away from the fun and the sand, or ice cream and tacos!
Top Highlights:
Olympic-sized pool, 2 complimentary bikes available for use
BBQ grill, outdoor shower, full kitchen, washer, and dryer
Nearby Blue Mountain Regional Beach Access
Why You’ll Love Jessa Blu:
There is a balcony overlooking the pool, which hits the right spot for morning coffee. From backyard cornhole matches to sunset strolls, this home nails that slow, simple, 30a Florida lifestyle.
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“We love Jessa Blu! Very well appointed with comfy couches and beds. The upstairs hang out room was nice to have so everyone could watch their shows and just relax. Being so close to the coffee shop and Mimmos was an added bonus!”
Laid-back and light-filled, Sandy Smiles makes beach life easy for the whole family. Set in the heart of Seagrove, this two-story retreat has space to have slow mornings or winding down after a day in the sun, and a big area for home-cooked meals
Top Highlights:
Beach access and grove access, community pool, 4 complimentary bikes available
4-min walk to One Seagrove Public Beach & 3-min drive to Bramble Grove
Why You’ll Love Sandy Smiles:
The open-concept layout makes it easy to cook, eat, and relax together, while still giving everyone their own space to recharge. You’ll be just a short walk from two beach access points and minutes from local favorites.
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“We really enjoyed our stay at the beach house! The location was excellent, and we enjoyed easy beach access, the nearby pool and several restaurants within a few minutes walk. The home itself was also lovely with plenty of room to spread out. Thank you!”
Best for big group vacations with room to spread out
Bed & Bath: 13 beds, 5 bathrooms
Guest Count: 18 guests
With enough space and porches to pick a new hangout spot every hour, Totally Beachin is your coastal gem made for epic beach getaways. Located between Alys and Rosemary Beach, your crew will have all it needs to truly unwind and just be totally at ease.
Top Highlights:
Amenity access to Seacrest Beach with private beach access, 4 bikes free for use
Large deck, porches, and patios, outdoor grills, two full kitchens, washer and dryer
12,000 sq ft lagoon-style pool, minutes to Rosemary Beach and local shops/cafes
Why You’ll Love Totally Beachin:
It’s like two beach homes in one, perfect for large groups or multiple families. Everyone gets their own slice of comfort while never feeling cramped here. Plus, there is a lot of outdoor seating for everyone to gather!
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“Our group had an incredible stay in Rosemary Beach! The house was gorgeous, comfortable, and spacious. We were more than equipped with everything we needed. Plus the beds were super comfy! Even with our large group, we had plenty of common area to enjoy. Everything was fantastic, we can’t recommend this place enough! Thank you so much for everything!!”
With its cozy charm and breezy outdoor living spaces, Teal Dreams is your beach home that makes slowing down feel easy. Just three blocks to the beach, this Craftsman-style gem is tucked into the laid-back neighborhood of Cottages at Santa Rosa Beach.
Top Highlights:
6-seater golf cart and 2 bikes are available to use for free, a dedicated workspace area
Front porch swing, fully equipped kitchen, back patio with BBQ grill and seating
2-min drive to Ed Walline Beach Access, 5-min drive to Dune Allen Beach
Why You’ll Love Teal Dreams:
Whether you’re grabbing coffee in Gulf Place or riding the golf cart to Shunk Gulley for sunset oysters, this home is all about location and livability. Everything about this house is designed for effortless family fun and makes it your perfect home base for exploring 30A.
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“This was a spring trip for my 16yr old daughter and her friends. Loved the location, walking distance to the beach. Host was very responsive and provided detailed information. Communication their app was good. Extended the day for 1 extra day without any issues. Would recommend”
Best for big group getaways with a splash of luxury
Bed & Bath: 9 beds, 5 bathrooms
Guest Count: 18 guests
With a name as fun as the vibe inside, Juan Fine Day is a luxury retreat designed for making memories. This spacious Seagrove Beach home is just north of 30A and comes loaded with everything you need for a stylish, comfortable group and pet-friendly getaway.
Top Highlights:
Private pool with sun loungers, fire pit, 4 adult bikes, golf cart included
Pet-friendly, balcony and porch with outdoor seating, laundry room, shuffleboard table
Walking distance to beach access such as San Juan and Santa Clara
Why You’ll Love Juan Fine Day:
With serious group-travel perks (including your pups!), there’s tons of hangout space indoors and out. You can cook together, lounge by the pool, bike to Seaside, or walk to some of the best restaurants in Seagrove’s Pelayo and Barcelona streets.
💡 Traveling with a larger group? You’re in luck! We have another home just down the street called 30A Good Times, perfect for additional friends or family who want to stay close by!
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“We had a couple issues with the door code and the pool not being heated. But they took care of those issues quickly. They were very responsive and great to work with. We loved the space and location and are trying to book it again for next year. Plenty of room for bigger groups.”
Welcome to 30A Grayt’n Greatful, where time slows down and beach life feels exactly how it should—relaxed, sunny, and full of charm. Tucked into the heart of historic Grayton Beach, this beautifully designed home blends with the Old Florida soul for a simple, nostalgic nod to the beach.
Top Highlights:
Carriage studio house, 2 adult bikes included, pet friendly with a fee
Porch with a bed swing, BBQ grill, fully equipped kitchen, washer and dryer
4-min walk to Grayton Dunes beach access and 3-min walk to the iconic Red Bar
Why You’ll Love 30A Grayt’n Greatful:
Built by a descendant of Grayton Beach’s founding family, this home oozes local history and thoughtful detail. The beach is also just a short stroll away, where you’ll find unspoiled dunes, winding trails, and one of the most serene beach experiences along 30A.
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“We loved the house. Perfect location. It had everything that you would need. Te really enjoyed the front porch and the yard. The beds were very comfortable”
Looking for a stylish beach home that’s located on a quiet cul-de-sac in Seagrove? 30A Stars & Stripes is your thoughtfully remodeled and professionally decorated home. This bright and welcoming retreat is just a short stroll from the sugar-white sands of the Emerald Coast.
Top Highlights:
Access to 2 community pools, communal tennis court, 4 bikes provided
Covered patio, BBQ grill, bonus bunk room, full kitchen with bar seating
10-min walk to the One Seagrove Place, 13-min walk to Beachwood Villas Access
Why You’ll Love 30A Stars & Stripes:
Let every day bring a new favorite memory with this home that lets you gather around, or wind down the day, or stroll to local staples like Café Thirty-A, Seagrove Village Market, and state parks. Indeed, Seagrove Beach at its finest—laid-back, leafy, and walkable.
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“We had a great stay! The home was stylish, clean, and very comfortable. Loved the style and design!! The neighborhood is quiet and walkable, and the kitchen was well stocked. It’s a bit further from Seaside than we’re used to, but still a great location. We were close to shops and restaurants. The pool is on the smaller side, and the driveway was a tight fit for our Suburban. Still-a non issue !!! Overall, a lovely home that felt very welcoming!!!”
Best peaceful hideaway between lake life & gulf breezes
Bed & Bath: 7 beds, 3 bathrooms
Guest Count: 9 guests
Tucked between Seagrove Beach and serene Eastern Lake, 30A Seaclusion is a three-story hideaway made for slow mornings, salty breezes, and afternoon bike rides. With multiple things to do and gather, the peaceful setting makes this a perfect family escape.
Top Highlights:
2 community pool access with lounge chairs, 2 adult bikes provided
Multiple porches and balconies with seating, BBQ grill, outdoor dining
4-minute walk to Eastern Lake Beach Access
Why You’ll Love 30A Seaclusion:
Between the calm waters of the lake and the beach, you’ll have rare access to these. Whether you’re exploring the scenic Timpoochee Trail or taking a short drive to the 30A seaside gems, this home gives you the best of both lake and salt life.
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“Best vacation rental we have had. House was as advertised or better. Questions were answered quickly if we had one. The neighborhood was private and very close to the beach. The house had everything we needed and was clean. We would stay here again in a heartbeat. Thank you”
Imagine arriving at Bluewater Bliss just as the golden hour lights up the coastal sky, the scent of salt air mixing with the aroma of freshly grilled seafood wafting from the backyard porch. Tucked into the serene landscape of Blue Mountain Beach, this retreat immediately feels like home.
Top Highlights:
6-seater golf cart and 4 adult bikes included
Living rooms, arcade machine, porch, balcony with outdoor seating and dining, BBQ grill
Just 5-min drive to Blue Mountain Beach Access and Spooky Lane Public Beach Access
Why You’ll Love Bluewater Bliss:
This home hits the sweet spot between comfort, convenience, and fun for all ages. You can start your morning with a coffee and cinnamon roll from nearby Blue Mountain Bakery, bike to the beach, then cruise over to Blue Mountain Creamery for a scoop (or two).
You can also book Seeley by the Sea, another AvantStay home, just down the street, if you’re escaping with other families!
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“Beautiful home! It is very spacious and has many amenities. It was kid friendly with bunk beds and an arcade machine. We brought the grand parents with us so the double master suites were a huge plus. The balconies and the back porch were quiet and peaceful. The location is fantastic as you are a short walk from coffee and ice cream shops. The host was also quick to respond to messages and very helpful.”
Just one block from the sugar-white sands of 30a, Ocean Oasis has the cozy cottage charm with unbeatable beach access. This inviting two-bedroom home offers everything you need to relax and recharge.
Top Highlights:
Just a few minutes walk to Laguna Beach and Bay County Public Beach Access
Private backyard with fire pit and BBQ gas grill, pet-friendly with 3 parking spots
Nearby Gulf and Lake Powell, the SkyWheel at Pier Park
Why You’ll Love Ocean Oasis:
This laid-back escape lets you pack your days with adventure or keep it simple and serene. From a shady resting area to a space for evening relaxation, you have everything you need for a stress-free stay on 30A.
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“The home is just like the pictures. We travel with our dog and the fenced in back yard was perfect for her and us. Comfortable beds and furniture. In a nice location that is peaceful and quiet. It’s a short walk to the beach. We requested early check in the day of check in because we were traveling from WV and were arriving earlier then expected. Check out was at 10 but day of check out we requested late check out and it was approved for free until 1. We travel a few times a year and this had been the most accommodating home we’ve ever stayed in. It was the first time we ever requested early or late check out. And it was nice to be able to do it all from the App. I would definitely stay here again. We actually came across it when the home we had rented was suddenly canceled because it was pulled off renting. It was a pleasant surprise to find such a nice home a little bit later and closer to our trip. Highly recommend this home!!”
Wake up to sea breezes and gather on breezy porches that wrap around nearly every room. Set in the heart of Seacrest Beach, Amour La Mer is your grand Florida Cottage, perfect for large families or friend groups looking to savor every moment along scenic 30A.
Top Highlights:
Amenity access to community pool, tram, and private beach, 4 LDV bikes
Porches on every floor, wet bar with wine fridge and ice maker
Nearby Seacrest Beach, Alys Beach, and Rosemary Beach
Why You’ll Love Amour La Mer:
This home lets you entertain and have a feast, all in comfort and convenience. And for extra fun, you’ll find our sister property, No Shady Beaches, just around the corner, perfect for multiple families vacationing together.
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“We absolutely loved staying at this place. Will definitely be going back. The community and surrounding area was so fun. The house was very spacious.”
Where sleek design and salt-kissed breezes are, Aqua Horizon is your stylish and serene beach vacation house just steps away from the beach. This updated coastal cottage is designed for sunny days and starry nights, where you can have everything you love about Florida beach life.
Top Highlights:
Private pool with sun lounge chairs, outdoor BBQ grill, fire pit
Balcony with Adirondack chairs, full kitchen, laundry room
Beach access and lagoon is just steps from the driveway
Why You’ll Love Aqua Horizon:
A unique two-story setup that is bright and welcoming will surely get you. It is perfect for family gatherings, friend getaways, or multi-group travel with enough spaces to gather and unbeatable location in a quiet subdivision near the east end of Panama City Beach.
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“Wonderful, gracious, and responsive host! As for the home, it was perfect for us as it was clean and conveniently located within walking distance of the beach. Also, the home was great in having the ability to comfortably sleep our entire party of 13! As a result, we enjoyed fabulous family time together.”
Best for outside lounging with a tree-filled backdrop
Bed & Bath: 7 beds, 3 bathrooms
Guest Count: 12 guests
Let your worries drift away at Coconut Cove, where beach days are made easy. Located in the sought-after Prominence neighborhood on 30A, this coastal escape is designed to make every guest feel like a happy little coconut.
Top Highlights:
Trex deck with outdoor seating and loungers, private Jacuzzi tub, fire pit, & Saber grill
2 bikes, community access to pools with cabanas, grills, and a fitness center
Beach access options to Deer Lake State Park, Walton Dunes, and Santa Clara
Why You’ll Love Coconut Cove:
Natural light, crisp white linens, and cheerful coastal décor fill this spacious home, making it perfect for families and friends to unwind peacefully and comfortably. You can also choose three nearby beach access points, so you’ll never run out of things to do.
Hear From Our Recent Guests:
“Beautiful home and loved the locations will rent this home again”
“House and location are great. Our 2nd year on 30A and this house provides a spacious interior and great deck with lots of space and hot tub. Extra bikes in garage, beach chairs and toys were bonuses. Walk 2 minutes to the Big Chill- super family/dog friendly and quick walk to Large heated community pool. Easy bike ride or rent golf cart to go to several beaches.”
🐚 Hidden Gems and Local Tips to Explore 30A, Florida
The Emerald Coast, or known as 30a Florida, is more than just pristine beaches and turquoise waters, but it’s a way of life. Whether you’re seeking family fun, foodie favorites, or romantic coastal hideaways, this 20-mile stretch of magic along Florida’s Gulf Coast offers something for every type of traveler.
And with an incredible lineup of private vacation homes, you’re never far from the action or the serenity.
Wake Up to Adventure
Start your morning with a beach walk along Seagrove Beach, just minutes from Pura Vida, our home perfectly positioned for sunrise serenity. Want to sleep in? No problem. Homes like Southern Shores and Enclave at Lyndell Lane offer tranquil patios and cozy nooks for slow starts and coffee sipping.
Where to Eat Like a Local
Skip the chains and head straight to spots like Gypsea Crepes, Finn’s Island Style Grub, and The Big Chill 30A. Staying at Barefoot Paradise or 30A Good Vibes Only puts you within walking distance of some of the area’s most loved eats. And if you’re a grill-master at heart, many homes like Nacho Beach House or Driftwood Dreams come with outdoor BBQ areas to whip up your own seafood feast.
Fun Spots for the Whole Crew
For family adventures, head to Pier Park, Shipwreck Island Waterpark, or book a dolphin cruise out of St. Andrews Bay. Our homes, like Modern 30A, Matarangi, and 30A Serenity Sands make it easy to explore with large group accommodations and easy access to all the kid-friendly fun.
✨ Insider Tip:
Booking your stay on 30a means more than just a place to sleep. It’s about finding a home that enhances your vacation. With our thoughtfully curated properties, you’ll enjoy designer interiors, outdoor living spaces, and proximity to the beach, all wrapped in the laid-back elegance 30A is known for.
Stay Somewhere Worth Staying In
If unwinding is your top priority, consider Katydid Beach Bungalow or Emerald Gem. Two stays designed for chill vibes and peaceful settings. Whether you’re a sun-chaser, a foodie, or a bookworm on break, your dream coastal escape is waiting. Now all that’s left to do is pick your perfect home base.
Act fast. These homes are booking up! Book these 30a homes today for your last-minute summer escape and lock in your dates before they’re gone.
Most vacation rental problems start the same way: you assume everything works, skip the walkthrough, and find the broken dishwasher or missing bath towels when it’s too late to do anything about it. The first 30 minutes after arrival are your window to catch issues, test systems, and document conditions while you can still get things fixed. We’re breaking down the exact checklist that keeps small problems from becoming trip-ruining disasters, so you can spend your vacation enjoying the property instead of fighting with your host over who broke what.
TLDR:
Test your entry code and smart lock within the first 5 minutes to avoid lockout delays.
Document pre-existing damage with timestamped photos to protect your security deposit.
Verify Wi-Fi, HVAC, and hot water work immediately so hosts can fix issues fast.
Review house rules and save 24/7 support contact before unpacking or settling in.
AvantStay properties include 100-point inspections and instant app-based support.
Timeframe
Action Item
Why It Matters
Minutes 0-5
Test entry code and smart lock access before unloading luggage
Prevents lockout situations and gives you time to get help immediately if access fails
Minutes 5-10
Locate smoke detectors, carbon monoxide alarms, fire extinguisher, and two exits
Prepares your group for emergencies and identifies low-battery alarms that need reporting
Minutes 10-15
Compare property to listing photos and verify bedroom count, amenities, and cleanliness
Sets the baseline condition while you can still document and report discrepancies
Minutes 15-20
Test Wi-Fi connection, HVAC system, hot water, stove, and refrigerator
Gives hosts time to send repair help before broken systems disrupt your vacation plans
Minutes 20-25
Photograph pre-existing damage to walls, furniture, countertops, and high-value items
Protects your security deposit with timestamped proof of condition upon arrival
Minutes 25-30
Review house rules, save 24/7 support contact, and assign bedrooms to your group
Prevents rule violations and makes sure everyone knows who to call for emergencies
Locate and Test Your Entry Access
Before you unload your bags or gather your group, take a minute to walk through your entry process from start to finish. The most common arrival hiccup is fumbling with access codes or finding the wrong entrance, and it’s easy to avoid with a quick test run.
Your check-in instructions become available three days before arrival. Pull them up as soon as you park and review the exact entry method. Most vacation rentals use smart locks with numeric codes, but some properties have lockboxes, garage entry, or gate codes you’ll need first. Take note of any special directions like “use the side door” or “enter through the courtyard.”
Once you’ve read the instructions, test the access method right away while the information is fresh. Enter the code slowly and double-check you’re at the right door. If you’re traveling with a group, have one person successfully enter and unlock from the inside before everyone starts hauling luggage. If something doesn’t work, you’ll have time to contact support before you’re standing outside with arms full of groceries.
Verify All Safety Features and Equipment
Once you’re inside, spend five minutes locating the property’s safety equipment. Start with smoke detectors and carbon monoxide alarms. A quick visual scan of each floor will show you where they’re mounted. If you hear any chirping that signals a low battery, report it to your host right away; properties on Lake Norman and other waterfront locations often have specific safety requirements you should verify.
Next, find at least one fire extinguisher. Most rentals keep them in the kitchen, garage, or near fireplaces. Check the pressure gauge to confirm it’s in the green zone. While you’re at it, walk through and identify two exits from the property. In an emergency, you want to know your options without thinking.
Over 90% of vacation rental guests never review safety information before their stay. Taking three minutes to do this now sets you apart and gives everyone in your group peace of mind about where everything is. If the property has a pool, hot tub, or gas grill, locate any shutoff valves or safety controls during your walkthrough.
Confirm the Property Matches the Listing
While everything is still fresh, walk through the property with your phone and the original listing open. Compare what you see to the photos and amenity list. Check that bedroom counts, bathroom locations, and major features like pools or hot tubs match what was advertised.
Count the beds and verify the sleeping arrangements. If the listing promised a king bed in the primary suite, confirm that’s what you received. Open closets and drawers to verify there’s adequate storage and that previous guests didn’t leave belongings behind. Check the kitchen for the appliances and cookware mentioned in the listing; properties like The Madison include detailed amenity lists you can cross-reference during your walkthrough.
If you spot discrepancies, take timestamped photos immediately and message your host through the app or booking channel. Missing amenities, broken furniture, or cleanliness issues are much easier to resolve when you report them within the first hour. Waiting until checkout opens the door to disputes about whether the damage was pre-existing or something your group caused.
Test Key Systems and Appliances
After confirming the property layout, run a quick systems check while you still have time to report problems. Start by connecting to the Wi-Fi network. The password should be in your check-in instructions or posted somewhere visible. Open a browser and stream a short video to test speed. Poor internet connections were reported by 39% of short-term rental guests.
Next, adjust the thermostat up or down a few degrees and listen for the HVAC system to kick on. Run the kitchen and bathroom faucets until the water turns hot. This confirms the water heater is functioning and gives you a sense of how long it takes.
Test at least one burner on the stove and check that the refrigerator is cold. If you’re planning to use the dishwasher, washer, or dryer during your stay, open them to confirm they’re empty and appear functional. Catching issues now means your host can send someone to fix them before they disrupt your plans.
Document the Property Condition Upon Arrival
Take five minutes to photograph any pre-existing wear and tear you notice during your walkthrough. Focus on areas that typically show damage: walls near light switches, furniture corners, countertops, floors near entrances, and upholstery on sofas and chairs. Capture any stains, scratches, chips, or scuffs you find.
Your phone automatically timestamps these photos, creating a record that proves the damage existed before your arrival. Send them to your host through the booking app or save them in a dedicated folder. Most vacation rental companies collect a refundable security deposit at booking. Hosts review the property after you leave and compare its condition to how it looked at check-in. Without your own documentation, you’re relying entirely on the host’s pre-arrival photos, which may not capture every detail.
Pay extra attention to high-value items like TVs, artwork, and appliances. If you notice anything broken or malfunctioning, photograph it and report it immediately.
Review House Rules and Local Contact Information
Open the property guidebook or house manual right away. Most properties send a digital version through email or the booking app, while others leave a physical binder in the kitchen or living room. This document contains everything you need to know about the specific property’s rules and quirks.
Pay close attention to quiet hours, which typically run from 10 PM to 8 AM but vary by neighborhood and local ordinances. Note any parking restrictions, guest limits, and pet policies if they apply. Some properties have strict rules about pool hours, trash collection days, or designated smoking areas. Violating these rules can result in fines or early termination of your stay.
Save the 24/7 support number in your phone immediately and share it with everyone in your group. Communication with your host influences 69% of how guests rate their experience. Knowing who to call for after-hours emergencies or quick questions removes stress and keeps small issues from derailing your vacation.
Unpack Essentials and Claim Your Bedroom
If you’re traveling with a group, sort out bedroom assignments before anyone starts unpacking. Walk through together so everyone can see the options. The person who booked typically gets first pick, then work down by seniority or draw straws for fairness. Settling this in two minutes prevents awkward negotiations later.
Once rooms are claimed, unpack your essentials: toiletries in the bathroom, phone chargers near nightstands, and any medications you need accessible. Hang up one outfit for tomorrow to minimize wrinkles. Save full unpacking for later when you’re not racing the clock.
Store luggage out of walkways so your group can move freely through shared spaces. Most vacation rentals have closet space or room under beds. Getting bags off the floor immediately helps the property feel more like home and less like a hotel room mid-chaos.
How AvantStay Simplifies Your First 30 Minutes
We built every part of the arrival experience to remove the friction you just read about. The Butler app delivers your check-in instructions three days before you arrive, giving you time to review entry codes and parking details before you’re standing in the driveway. Smart locks at every property mean you’ll never wait for a key handoff or hunt down a property manager.
When you walk through testing systems and verifying amenities, you’re checking work we’ve already done. Every AvantStay property goes through a 100-point inspection between stays, with quarterly full audits to catch issues before guests arrive. Our field teams test Wi-Fi speeds, run appliances, and verify thermostats function properly.
If something does go wrong during your first 30 minutes, you have a 24/7 support team available through the app or by phone. We answer immediately because we manage every property directly instead of routing requests through third-party hosts. That direct management means faster resolutions and accountability from start to finish.
Final Thoughts on Optimizing Your Vacation Rental First Impression
What you do in your first 30 minutes at check-in separates visitors who scramble all week from guests who actually vacation. Testing access, confirming amenities, and documenting condition takes less time than one trip to the grocery store but protects your entire stay. Your group gets to skip the chaos and jump straight to the fun part. That’s the whole point of going somewhere new.
How early should I review my check-in instructions before arriving at my vacation rental?
Your check-in instructions become available three days before arrival, and you should review them as soon as you park to avoid fumbling with access codes or finding the wrong entrance.
What safety equipment should I locate first when I arrive?
Start by finding smoke detectors, carbon monoxide alarms, and at least one fire extinguisher, then identify two exits from the property so you know your options in an emergency.
Why should I document the property condition when I first arrive?
Taking timestamped photos of any pre-existing damage protects you from being charged for wear and tear that existed before your stay, since hosts compare the property condition at checkout to how it looked at check-in.
When should I report problems I find during my arrival walkthrough?
Report any discrepancies, missing amenities, or malfunctioning systems immediately within the first hour—issues are much easier to resolve when you document them right away rather than waiting until checkout.
What systems should I test during my first 30 minutes?
Test the Wi-Fi connection, adjust the thermostat to confirm HVAC works, run faucets until water turns hot, check one stove burner, and verify the refrigerator is cold so you can report problems before they disrupt your plans.
Planning a trip often begins with a hotel rate that looks affordable, but the real cost of travel usually appears later through resort fees, parking, and daily meals. Those extra expenses can quickly push a trip far beyond the original budget, making better accommodations seem out of reach. Getting real value from your travel budget starts with looking at the full cost per person across lodging, food, and activities. When you add everything together, larger homes with shared living space, kitchens, and built-in entertainment can offer stronger overall value for groups. Many travelers now compare options through a curated collection of group-friendly vacation homes to see how the total trip cost stacks up while still enjoying comfort, space, and time together.
TLDR:
Shoulder season travel can cut airfare 21-33% and hotel costs 3-10% without downgrading quality.
Splitting a vacation rental among 8 guests can cost $250 per person vs. $350+ per hotel room.
Cooking breakfast and one dinner weekly can save families up to $1,400 on restaurant bills.
Properties with pools, game rooms, and outdoor features can replace ~$50-100 per person activities.
Some professionally managed vacation rental companies offer more than 2,300 group-friendly homes with transparent pricing and premium amenities.
Travel During Shoulder Season for Maximum Savings
The easiest way to stretch your travel budget is to shift your dates by a few weeks. Shoulder season sits between peak travel times and the slowest months, offering a sweet spot where prices drop but the experience doesn’t.
International airfares can fall 33% during shoulder season, while domestic flights can drop up to 21%. Hotels follow the same pattern, with discounts of 10% for international stays and 3% domestically. That’s real money back in your pocket without changing where you go.
You also get better weather than off-season travel and fewer crowds than peak periods. Popular destinations like California wine country in late September, Lake Norman in spring, or the Florida coast in May deliver the same scenery and activities, just with more breathing room and better pricing.
Split Accommodation Costs by Traveling as a Group
Group travel changes the accommodation budget equation. When you divide a rental property among multiple travelers, the per-person cost drops fast while the quality of your stay goes up.
Here’s the math. Let’s take a $2,000 per night vacation home split between eight friends. This would cost each person $250 per night. Compare that to booking four hotel rooms at $350 each, and you’re paying $1,400 total, or $175 per person, while sacrificing shared living space, a full kitchen, and group hangout areas. But scale up to a property that sleeps 12 for $3,000 per night, and you’re down to $250 per person with a pool, outdoor kitchen, and enough room for everyone to actually spend time together.
The savings stack when you account for the entire trip. Group travel typically saves 15-30% per person compared to individual bookings. Split grocery bills, share rides from the airport, and suddenly that luxury property with the hot tub and game room costs less per person than a mid-tier hotel.
Cost Category
Hotel (4 Rooms)
Vacation Rental (8 Guests)
Nightly Rate
$1,400 total ($350 per room)
$2,000 total ($250 per person)
Additional Fees
$100-300 daily (resort, parking, extra guests)
Often included or shown upfront depending on the property
Meals (7 Days)
$2,800 (all dining out)
$1,400 (breakfast and some dinners prepared at the rental)
Activities
$400-800 per group
On-site amenities such as pools, game rooms, or entertainment features
Total Per Person (7 Nights)
$2,450+ per person
$1,925 per person
Book Whole-Home Rentals Instead of Multiple Hotel Rooms
Hotels charge one nightly rate but add resort fees (up to $20-50 per room), parking fees (up to $30-60 daily), and extra person charges (up to $25-50 per guest beyond two). Book three rooms for eight people, and these fees can add up to $100-300 per day.
Many professionally managed vacation rentals show the total cost upfront with fewer checkout surprises. One property can house everyone while offering shared living space and, in many cases, included parking for groups.
Hotels split your group across floors and hallways. Whole-home rentals give you shared living rooms, full kitchens, and dining tables where everyone gathers. You save hundreds on restaurants because you can cook real meals instead of relying on a mini-fridge.
These properties fit how groups travel: multiple bedrooms with private bathrooms, kitchens ready for cooking, and outdoor areas where your crew spreads out comfortably. Every property follows clear vacation rental house rules that keep stays smooth for everyone.
Cook Your Own Meals with Kitchen Access
Dining out adds up fast. Restaurant meals on vacation can run between $400 to $800 weekly for a family of four. Preparing breakfast each morning and stocking basics like granola bars, fruit, and sandwich supplies cuts that figure in half without sacrificing your favorite local dining experiences.
You don’t need to become a vacation chef. Cook breakfast and one group dinner mid-trip, then head out for lunches and memorable dinners. A family of four following this approach can typically spend $1,400 on food instead of $2,800, freeing up dollars for activities or upgrades.
AvantStay properties feature full kitchens, quality cookware, and dining areas sized for groups, giving you flexibility to cook when it makes sense and dine out when you want to taste local flavors.
Maximize Included Amenities Over Paid Activities
Skip the ~$200 amusement park tickets and ~$75 wine tastings when your accommodation already includes the entertainment. Properties with pools, hot tubs, game rooms, and outdoor features keep your group engaged without buying activities.
A pool table, foosball, and poker setup mean game nights cost nothing. Fire pits turn evenings into s’mores sessions for the price of groceries. Heated pools and hot tubs become the day’s main event instead of expensive alternatives.
Our properties feature amenities built for groups: pickleball courts, outdoor kitchens, bocce ball, and shuffleboard. When your rental includes these experiences, groups can enjoy them throughout the stay instead of paying ~$50 to $100 per person for single-day activities.
Use Loyalty Programs and Travel Credit Cards Strategically
Loyalty programs turn dollars you already spend into travel perks. If you hold Marriott Bonvoy membership, you can earn and redeem points on select AvantStay properties through Homes & Villas by Marriott Bonvoy. That’s 160 million members with access to our portfolio while building rewards toward future stays.
Capital One Venture X cardholders booking eligible stays through Capital One Travel can earn 5X miles on AvantStay bookings and may receive $100 experience credits per stay. Apply those credits toward private chefs, grocery stocking, or local wine tours. The benefits stack: you’re earning accelerated miles while reducing out-of-pocket costs on the experiences that make trips memorable.
The strategy is simple: book accommodations through partnerships that reward your existing memberships, then redirect savings toward the parts of your trip where points don’t apply.
Compare Total Trip Cost Beyond Nightly Rates
A $150 per night hotel looks affordable until you add resort fees, parking, breakfast charges, and activity costs. That same trip might actually cost $280 per night once you account for everything beyond the room rate.
Calculate your full trip budget before booking. Add nightly rate, cleaning fees, taxes, parking, meals, airport transfers, and activities. A vacation rental at $300 per night with a kitchen and included parking can often beat a $150 hotel room once you factor in three daily restaurant meals at ~$60 per person and ~$40 parking fees.
The cheaper nightly rate means nothing if the destination requires expensive activities to enjoy it. A property with a pool, game room, and outdoor space in a walkable neighborhood delivers more value than a bare hotel room in an area where you’ll pay for every experience.
Extend Your Trip Without Extending Your Budget
Longer stays unlock weekly discounts that shorter trips miss. Many vacation rentals can drop nightly rates 15-20% when you book seven nights instead of three.
Adding midweek nights avoids weekend premiums. Arrive Monday instead of Friday, and you pay less per night while getting more time to enjoy your destination. The per-night cost drops as your stay extends, letting you experience more of your destination without inflating your total spend. You’re spreading fixed costs like cleaning fees across more nights, which immediately improves your value per dollar. Book an eight-night stay and you’ll often pay less per night than someone booking four nights at the same property.
Experience Professionally Managed Group Properties
Booking a professionally managed property brings together every value strategy covered here. AvantStay’s 2,300+ properties across 65+ markets give you shoulder season availability, group-friendly layouts that split costs effectively, full kitchens for meal prep, and amenities like pools and game rooms that replace paid activities.
You see transparent pricing with no surprise fees at checkout. The total cost calculation becomes straightforward when parking, kitchen access, and entertainment amenities are included upfront. Book through Marriott Bonvoy to earn points or through Capital One Travel for 5X miles and $100 experience credits.
The per-person math works: eight guests splitting a $2,400 property with a pool, hot tub, and full kitchen pay $300 each while budget hotels charge $150 per room plus fees, parking, and meals. You get more space, better amenities, and lower total cost.
How much can you actually save by traveling during shoulder season?
International airfares drop 33% during shoulder season, while domestic flights fall 21%. Hotels discount rates by 10% internationally and 3% domestically, giving you meaningful savings without compromising your experience.
Can cooking just a few meals really impact your travel budget?
Absolutely. A family of four typically spends $400-$800 weekly on restaurant meals. Cooking breakfast daily and one group dinner mid-trip cuts that spend to around $1,400 instead of $2,800, saving $1,400 per week without skipping memorable dining experiences.
How do weekly stays reduce your per-night accommodation costs?
Vacation rentals typically discount nightly rates 15-20% when you book seven nights instead of three. You also spread fixed costs like cleaning fees across more nights, lowering your effective per-night rate while getting more time at your destination.
Welcome to Whidbey Island, a captivating destination nestled in the heart of the Pacific Northwest. This idyllic island, located in Washington State, is a haven for nature lovers, history enthusiasts, and those seeking a peaceful escape. With its pristine beaches, lush forests, and charming coastal towns, Whidbey Island offers a unique blend of natural beauty and rich cultural heritage. From the iconic Deception Pass State Park to the quaint streets of Coupeville Historic Waterfront, this island is brimming with opportunities for adventure, relaxation, and exploration. So, get ready to immerse yourself in the enchantment of Whidbey Island, where breathtaking vistas and unforgettable experiences await at every turn.
And when it comes to accommodations, don’t forget that AvantStay vacation homes provide the perfect retreat for an exceptional stay on the island, especially when traveling with groups.
1. Explore Deception Pass State Park
Prepare to be awestruck by the beauty of Deception Pass State Park. Lace up your hiking boots and venture along the park’s trails, leading you through lush forests and offering breathtaking views of the swirling waters below. Keep your eyes peeled for wildlife encounters and don’t forget to capture some Insta-worthy photos.
Source: Washington is For Adventure
2. Visit Ebey’s Landing National Historical Reserve
Immerse yourself in history as you step foot in Ebey’s Landing National Historical Reserve. Wander through time as you stroll past historic farmhouses and gaze upon sweeping vistas that haven’t changed much since settlers arrived. The reserve’s walking and biking trails are a delightful way to soak up the scenic beauty of this preserved treasure.
3. Go whale watching
Calling all nature enthusiasts! Embark on a whale watching adventure and witness the grace and grandeur of these majestic creatures. Local tour operators provide fantastic opportunities to spot whales, so be prepared for an awe-inspiring experience. Keep your camera ready, as you never know when a tail flip or a breach will leave you speechless.
Source: Whidbey News-Times
4. Enjoy water sports at Penn Cove
For those seeking a splash of adventure, Penn Cove is your playground. Grab a kayak or a paddleboard and glide across the tranquil waters, taking in the picturesque surroundings. If you’re up for a tasty challenge, try your hand at mussel and clam digging – a fun and rewarding experience for seafood lovers.
5. Tour Fort Casey State Park
History buffs, unite! Fort Casey State Park offers a glimpse into the past with its well-preserved fort and impressive artillery. Explore the fort’s passages, climb up to the lookout points, and feel like a time traveler as you imagine life as a soldier stationed here. Pack a picnic and savor a meal with panoramic views as your backdrop.
Source: Alan Majchrowicz Photography
6. Visit Coupeville Historic Waterfront
Step into a storybook as you wander through the charming streets of Coupeville Historic Waterfront. Browse through unique shops, admire local art galleries, and indulge in delicious fare at the waterfront restaurants. The rich history and undeniable charm of this quaint town will leave you spellbound.
7. Attend the Whidbey Island Center for the Arts
Let your cultural senses thrive at the Whidbey Island Center for the Arts. Catch a captivating theater performance, sway to the rhythm of live concerts, or lose yourself in the beauty of art exhibits. This vibrant hub showcases the immense talent and creativity that thrives on the island.
Source: Coupeville Chamber of Commerce
8. Explore the Greenbank Farm
Escape to a world of artistic inspiration and natural beauty at the Greenbank Farm. Meander through art galleries, discover unique shops, and recharge with a cup of coffee or a tasty treat at one of the charming cafes. The open spaces invite you to spread out a picnic blanket and revel in the tranquility of this idyllic setting.
9. Taste Local Brews at Penn Cove Brewing Company
Indulge in the craft beer scene on Whidbey Island by visiting Penn Cove Brewing Company. Located in Coupeville, this local brewery offers a range of delicious and unique brews crafted with care. Sample their selection of handcrafted beers, from hoppy IPAs to smooth stouts, and enjoy the inviting atmosphere of their taproom. Engage with the friendly staff and fellow beer enthusiasts while savoring the flavors of Whidbey Island in a pint glass.
Source: Whidbey News-Times
10. Sample fresh seafood
Whidbey Island is a haven for seafood lovers, and you don’t want to miss the chance to delight your taste buds. From succulent Dungeness crab to buttery scallops, the island’s restaurants serve up a variety of mouthwatering dishes that showcase the bounty of the sea. So, dive in and treat yourself to a culinary adventure.
11. Discover the Bayview Farmers Market
Support local artisans, farmers, and craftsmen at the Bayview Farmers Market. Stroll through the bustling market and peruse the vibrant displays of fresh produce, handmade crafts, and artisanal products. Enjoy the lively atmosphere, live music, and perhaps even find the perfect souvenir to take home.
Source: South Whidbey Record
12. Explore Langley Village
Prepare for a shopping spree in the charming village of Langley. This idyllic town is a treasure trove of boutique stores, antique shops, and unique finds. Whether you’re searching for a one-of-a-kind piece of jewelry or a vintage collectible, Langley will captivate you with its eclectic offerings.
13. Unwind at Double Bluff Beach
Feel the sand between your toes and the gentle breeze in your hair at Double Bluff Beach. This serene beach is a paradise for relaxation and rejuvenation. Take a leisurely stroll along the shore, explore the tidal pools, or simply bask in the tranquility of the stunning coastal scenery.
Source: Must Hike Must Eat
14. Indulge in a spa day
Pamper yourself with a day of blissful relaxation at one of Whidbey Island’s wellness centers. Treat your body and mind to a massage, rejuvenating facial, or holistic treatment. Let the stress melt away as skilled professionals work their magic, leaving you feeling refreshed and revitalized.
15. Visit the Pacific Northwest Art School
Unlock your inner artist at the Pacific Northwest Art School. Take part in art classes taught by talented instructors, or marvel at the inspiring exhibitions that grace the gallery walls. Whether you’re a seasoned artist or a beginner with a passion for creativity, this artistic sanctuary will ignite your imagination.
Source: Pacific Northwest Art School
16. Discover the Island County Historical Museum
Delve into the captivating history and culture of Whidbey Island at the Island County Historical Museum. Engage with exhibits that showcase the island’s fascinating past, from its Native American heritage to its naval history. Gain a deeper understanding of the island’s roots and the people who have shaped its identity.
17. Play golf at one of the island’s golf courses
Calling all golf enthusiasts! Whidbey Island offers a golfer’s paradise with its scenic and well-maintained golf courses. Whether you’re a seasoned player or just starting out, these courses provide an opportunity to perfect your swing while immersing yourself in the island’s natural splendor.
Useless Bay Golf & Country Club is located in Langley and offers an exceptional golfing experience. This 18-hole course boasts stunning views of the Puget Sound, lush fairways, and challenging greens. Tee off surrounded by majestic evergreens, navigate strategically placed hazards, and enjoy the peaceful ambiance of this picturesque course.
Additionally, Whidbey Golf Club in Oak Harbor is another gem for golf enthusiasts. This scenic 18-hole course combines challenging holes with breathtaking views of the Cascade Mountains and Puget Sound. With its well-manicured fairways, pristine greens, and friendly atmosphere, Whidbey Golf Club is a delightful destination for golfers of all levels.
So, grab your clubs, embrace the natural beauty of Whidbey Island, and enjoy a memorable round of golf on these stunning courses. Whether you’re seeking a friendly game or a competitive challenge, these golfing destinations will provide an unforgettable experience in a serene setting.
Source: Useless Bay Golf & Country Club
18. Go birdwatching
Calling all bird lovers! Whidbey Island is a haven for avian enthusiasts, with its diverse habitats attracting a wide variety of bird species. Whidbey Island has two fantastic locations that should be on your radar.
Start your birdwatching adventure at Crockett Lake Preserve, near Coupeville. This expansive 357-acre preserve boasts a diverse range of habitats, including marshes, wetlands, and forests, attracting a wide variety of bird species. As you explore the trails and boardwalks, keep your eyes peeled for magnificent bald eagles, vibrant waterfowl, and migratory shorebirds.
Another excellent spot is Ebey’s Landing, renowned for its historical significance but also offering great birdwatching opportunities. The combination of farmlands, open prairies, and coastal areas creates an ideal habitat for various bird species. Take a leisurely stroll along the bluff trail and you might catch a glimpse of peregrine falcons, graceful great blue herons, or fascinating shorebirds. Don’t forget your binoculars as you immerse yourself in the beauty of Whidbey Island’s avian residents.
Whidbey Island truly offers a paradise of experiences for every type of traveler. From breathtaking natural landscapes to intriguing historical sites, there’s something for everyone on this enchanting island.
And when it comes to accommodations, AvantStay vacation homes provide the perfect base for your adventures, especially when traveling with groups. So, pack your bags, grab your camera, and get ready to create unforgettable memories on Whidbey Island. The adventure awaits!
If you’re craving a getaway that feels worlds away but is still close to Seattle, Whidbey Island is your hidden gem. This tranquil slice of the Pacific Northwest is home to coastal cliffs, quiet beaches, charming seaside towns, and some of the dreamiest vacation rentals you’ve probably never heard of.
Plan a romantic retreat, a weekend with friends, or a full-on family escape. We’ve rounded up 10 underrated Whidbey Island Airbnbs that bring big views, cozy vibes, and peaceful surroundings without the tourist crowds.
From cottages on the bay to hilltop homes with private beach access, these stays let you unwind, explore, and soak in the island’s slow-living magic. Let’s find your perfect Whidbey vacation home today!
Quick Navigation:
Cascade View Haven – Best for quiet mornings with mountain views and bald eagles.
Madrona Tree Retreat – Great for nature lovers craving treehouse charm with comfort.
Maxwelton Aerie – Best for bluff-top Puget Sound views and peaceful sunset firepits.
Mutiny Bay Condo – Great for poolside lounging with beach access steps away.
Perched above the water with postcard-worthy views of the Cascade Mountains and Mount Baker, Cascade View Haven is one of Whidbey Island’s best-kept secrets. Wake up to the sight of fishing boats and soaring bald eagles, then unwind in the evening with a soak and a glass of wine. It’s the perfect spot to enjoy both peaceful seclusion and charming small-town vibes.
Top Amenities:
Unobstructed views of Saratoga Passage and Mount Baker
5 minutes to downtown Langley’s cafes, shops, and the historic Clyde Theatre
Why Cascade View Haven is a Must-Visit:
This cozy retreat offers the kind of quiet, scenic escape that’s perfect for slowing down, taking in the view, and savoring every moment.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“An amazing home with an amazing view! Check in was quick and painless, the house had everything we needed and more. Excellent location from the main island attractions. Would recommend and come again next time!”– Timothy H.
Tucked beneath towering evergreens just minutes from the beach, Madrona Tree Retreat has cozy cabin vibes with a warm, nature-filled interior, complete with real tree trunks rising through the living room. This secluded home is perfect for unplugging without being far from Langley’s shops and shoreline.
Top Amenities:
Real tree trunk posts built into the living room with a fireplace
Backyard with outdoor grill & dining, fire pit, upper deck balcony
A few minutes to Admirals Cove and downtown Langley
Why Madrona Tree Retreat is a Must-Visit:
It’s the kind of woodland hideaway where the trees are part of the architecture, and every corner invites you to slow down and breathe.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“We enjoyed beautiful views, modern amenities, community pool, cozy TV room with full streaming access, & we got to watch fighter jets flying right above us. Pretty awesome. Thanks for the great stay!” – Kevin P.
Perched high on a bluff above Clinton, Maxwelton Aerie is a rare farmhouse-style retreat that makes you feel like you’ve found your own private corner of the Pacific Northwest. Sweeping Puget Sound views stretch endlessly from the expansive grounds, where cozy evenings around the firepit are basically mandatory. Inside, large windows frame the water at every turn, a standalone soaking tub adds a touch of quiet luxury, and the fully equipped kitchen makes slow mornings feel like a reward. Beach access via steep steps sits right on the property, with a nearby public beach entrance for easier access. It’s the kind of place where you arrive for a weekend and start thinking about how to stay longer.
Top Amenities:
Sweeping bluff-top Puget Sound views from expansive grounds and large windows
Firepit with outdoor seating for sunset gatherings, standalone soaking tub
Beach access from the property, EV charger, pet-friendly (up to 2 dogs)
Near Langley’s cafes, shops, Fort Casey, and Ebey’s Landing
Why Maxwelton Aerie is a Must-Visit: A stunning high-bluff escape where panoramic Sound views, peaceful grounds, and quiet island living combine for a Whidbey stay that feels genuinely apart from the world..
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“We had such a great time at this charming house in Whidbey Island. There was ample space for my family of 6 and the kids enjoyed exploring the property and the beach. It was a beautiful and short drive to Langley and Bayview. We also went a little farther up to Fort Langley and Coupeville – highly recommend. The house did not disappoint and we were all sorry to leave!“– Airbnb Guest
With front-row sunset views and a patio made for daydreaming, Mutiny Bay Condo is your next Whidbey Island hideaway. Whether you’re watching seabirds soar or soaking in the community pool after a beach walk, this west-facing gem feels calm and connected, plus it’s great for working remotely with fast internet and peaceful vibes.
Top Amenities:
Best beach views with large windows and cozy indoor fireplace
Seasonal community pool, tennis court, & cabana, easy beach access pathway
Minutes from the beach and near Greenbank and Freeland
Why Mutiny Bay Condo is a Must-Visit:
A no-fuss, all-fun coastal retreat with postcard sunset views! If you are coming with a bigger group, we have a second AvantStay home, Beachcomber’s Bliss next door.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“The location and accommodations were perfect for our stay. Our trip here was to celebrate my husband’s 50th birthday and to visit family who live in Freeland. We thoroughly enjoyed the patio and view, the beach walks, the pool, and the bald eagles that flew over. The kitchen, cookware, and cooking supplies were in great condition, and the beach decor throughout was very charming and welcoming. The beds and linens were also quite comfortable, and the extra bedroll for the sleeper couch was appreciated and provided additional comfort. The location was close to the ferry terminal, the charming towns of Langley and Coupeville, as well as the stores and restaurants in Freeland. Overall, it was a very peaceful and relaxing stay, and I would recommend it.” – Amy C.
This breezy island retreat overlooks Holmes Harbor with dreamy views that stretch to Baby Island, making it a picture-perfect base for beach strolls, BBQs, and watching for whales. Warm up by the wood stove or serve up friendly competition in the game room. Camano Vista Paradise brings casual comfort and natural beauty together in one inviting home.
Top Amenities:
Outdoor deck facing the waters, outdoor space & alfresco table setup
Game room with ping pong table & foosball, backyard with grill, wood-burning stove
5 minutes to Greenbank Farm and Store
Why Camano Vista Paradise is a Must-Visit:
Effortless coastal escape where breakfast waffles, sunset spotting, and whale watching all come with the best views.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“We enjoyed our stay. The house was beautiful and perfect for a large group or family. Our kids enjoyed the game room with ping pong and the movie room. The view was absolutely beautiful and we had a great time exploring the beach. Our only complaint was that we should have booked more days.” – Nicole C.
Greenbank Getaway is the home that makes you stop and breathe a little deeper. With sunrise views over Saratoga Passage and cozy, self-contained living spaces on both levels, it’s perfect for groups who want to spread out but stay close. You’ll find that the only thing better than the setting is how easy it feels to settle in.
Top Amenities:
Dual-level layout with kitchens and living spaces on each floor
Near Greenbank Farm, Freeland, Coupeville, and local beaches
Why Greenbank Getaway is a Must-Visit:
It’s a hidden gem with big views, offering double the comfort and a front-row seat to Whidbey’s quiet coastal charm.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“I really appreciated the VRBO accommodation at Whidbey Island in Greenbank. It was a pleasant and enjoyable stay, with a stunning view and peaceful surroundings. The presence of wildlife was both a relief and a joy to experience—such a refreshing change from the desert landscapes of the Middle East. We especially loved the cool, gentle breeze at night and the warm, sunny air that greeted us each morning.” – Robert F.
Sitting on almost 5 acres with amazing water views from just about every room, Orca Ridge on Resort Road gives you the peaceful island life that makes Whidbey so special. Wake up to 180-degree water views, relax in the hot tub, and end the day grilling on the big patio or playing ping pong in the game room with your crew.
Top Amenities:
Large patio areas with hot tub, sun loungers, and outdoor seating
Tennis court, game room with ping pong, and stairs down to beach access
5-minute drive to famous wineries, distilleries, and golf courses
Why Orca Ridge on Resort Road is a Must-Visit:
This Frank Lloyd Wright-style retreat is all about space and views: a big place to explore and patios made for watching eagles fly by.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“Stunning expansive home with amazing amenities. We had 14 total guests here and everyone was very comfortable. The kitchen is very well appointed so cooking was quite enjoyable.”– Brian S.
Cozy, coastal, and packed with charm, Cottage By The Bay is your go-to island hideaway just a short walk from the beach. Nestled within a stone’s throw of the sandy shores, this spot has everything you need to unwind Whidbey-style. Stroll to the beach with ease, spend sun-drenched afternoons by the water, and return to a comfortable haven
Top Amenities:
Fenced yard, covered back patio with grill and outdoor dining table
Separate loft space for remote work or quiet reading nook, fireplace
10-minute walk to Frank D. Robinson Beach and near Greenbank Farm
Why Cottage By The Bay is a Must-Visit:
Little slice of Whidbey charm where you’ll have awesome beach days, fun BBQ nights, and a quiet place to call your own.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“This place was perfect for what we needed! My partner is a chef and he was able to throw some good stuff together in the kitchen. The bed is super comfortable, and we made a deer friend who would visit us in the morning.” – Elissa H.
With a front-row seat to Harrington Lagoon and just steps from the beach, Sisters by the Sound is the island retreat that feels like a secret you’ll want to share. Spend afternoons exploring the calm waters by kayak or paddleboard, and if you’re traveling with a larger group, your group may stay at the neighboring Sunny by the Sound to keep everyone close!
Top Amenities:
Direct access to the beach & lagoon, views of calm bay waters
Firepit, fireplace, deck for sun lounging, full kitchen
Minutes from Coupeville, Fort Casey, and Admiralty Head Lighthouse
Why Sisters by the Sound is a Must-Visit:
From body surfing in the tide-fed lagoon to spotting bald eagles overhead, this home offers Whidbey Island’s most magical moments.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“Very pretty and peaceful surroundings and plenty of room to spread out for the four of us. Super clean and comfortable – everything felt new! They had pretty much any kitchen appliance you could think of, which made cooking in the kitchen convenient and affordable. Thanks for a wonderful stay!” – Sara C.
Get comfortable with amazing Pacific Northwest views at Saratoga Vista. This waterfront spot sits right by the water with 180-degree views of Saratoga Passage, Mt. Baker, and the Cascades. You can get access to a private community beach just steps away, where you can watch whales if you’re lucky, from the big windows.
Top Amenities:
Outdoor deck with outdoor seating, dining, lounging, and BBQ grill
3-person hot tub with a view, 65″ Roku Smart TV, fireplace, washer/dryer
Just 4 miles away from Langley
Why Saratoga Vista is a Must-Visit: This is a waterfront escape that was even featured on HGTV’s Beach Hunters, with your own beach for collecting shells and driftwood.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“This was a home to enjoy watching the sea activity, birds, and other creatures….the sounds of the animals at night like a lullaby….during the day it was often so very still and peaceful, or hearing the gulls as they swarmed over a spot on the sea, telling us to get out the binoculars and watch the feeding place for whales and porpoises and seals. The loft and the porch were ideal situations for this where we spent most of our time. Everything else about the home supported a time of clean easeful living and beauty….kitchen so handy, the living areas tastefully done and comfortable. We hope to be back!”– Helen A.
Sweeping views of the Puget Sound, Cascade Mountains, and a perfectly manicured golf course–experience these views at Fairway Harbor View. A hidden gem for large groups or multigenerational families, where the serene garden paths give you options for play or peace, whether you’re hosting movie night or watching the sunrise with a cup of tea.
Top Amenities:
Water, golf course, and mountain views from the outdoor deck
Game room with pool table, fireplaces, indoor gym, BBQ grill, EV charger, firepit
5 minutes to golf, wineries, and the boat launch
Why Fairway Harbor View is a Must-Visit:
This spacious retreat has stunning views and versatility, making it the ultimate Whidbey escape for families and friend groups alike.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“This was a great house for our 2 families. Plenty of space for both kids and adults. Wonderful deck overlooking the bay was perfect for mornings and evenings.” – Nick D.
Just a short stroll from the beach, Chateau Coho is a fresh, modern retreat tucked into Greenbank’s peaceful Lagoon Point community. Between panoramic views, this home invites you to savor the slower pace of island life with sweeping views, salty breezes, and golden light that pours through every window.
Top Amenities:
Separate downstairs suite with private entry
Pool table, fire pit, large yard, alfresco dining setup, beach access nearby
Minutes from Lagoon Point fishing and Greenbank Farm
Why Chateau Coho is a Must-Visit:
It is the ultimate laid-back getaway with all the comforts of home, plus room to play, toast s’mores, and explore the island’s wild side.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“Well-stocked kitchen, clean and comfortable, plenty of extras, short walk to beach, hosts were very responsive. We enjoyed our stay and would stay here again.” – Janae B.
Welcome to your front-row seat to Whidbey Island’s most breathtaking sunsets. At West Beach Wonderland, floor-to-ceiling views of the San Juans and Olympic Mountains steal the show, while the beach just steps away invites you to stroll, search for sea glass, or simply breathe in the salt air.
Top Amenities:
Panoramic ocean views from the main living areas of the house
Waterfront deck with lounge chairs and table, bulkhead beach access, estuary out back
Fireplace, BBQ grill, fully equipped kitchen, big windows
Minutes from Fort Ebey, Joseph Whidbey State Park & Oak Harbor
Why West Beach Wonderland is a Must-Visit:
From birdwatching in the backyard estuary to day trips through Fort Ebey, this coastal charmer is as peaceful as it is playful.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“Our family of 4 had a fantastic stay! The view from the living room and kitchen/dining room is incredible. We loved playing cards at the outdoor table. We even brought our paddle board and used it every evening. We will absolutely be back. Thank you!” – Carolyn G.
Quiet, cozy, and tucked between the trees, The Cottage at Herons Roost is your personal pocket of Whidbey Island calm. Explore local wildlife along peaceful garden paths, stargaze by the fire pit, or read in the warmth of the cabin. This retreat makes unplugging feel effortless while still being cozy.
Top Amenities:
Gazebo and a private firepit courtyard with dining space and cornhole
Fireplace, BBQ grill, full kitchen with washer and dryer, reading nook
Surrounded by trails with seasonal whale watching and beach access
Why The Cottage at Herons Roost is a Must-Visit:
This one-bedroom escape is perfect for couples or solo travelers who want to slow down and reconnect with nature in a charming, tucked-away setting.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“Sweet cabin in a secluded wooded area. Lovely patio and surroundings– very peaceful and calm. Came here with my brother and sister for our first ever “siblings weekend” to hang out, and it was perfect. My brother is a workaholic and was pretty stressed out going into the weekend, and as soon as he got out of the car he started to unwind. He spent a lot of time lounging in the adirondack chairs on the patio, just drinking in the calm. The house was as advertised, very comfortable. The twin futon chair/beds were surprisingly comfortable, even for a grownup, and there were plenty of linens for all of us and our varying comfort levels. The trail through the woods to the beach was just gorgeous! While this is technically Langely, it’s not walking distance to town. It’s actually well placed between Langely, Freeland, and Bayview, so we had lots of opportunity for food, groceries, and coffee. We all loved our stay, and my brotehr has sworn he’s coming back every year!” – Amy S.
Above Useless Bay on 65 acres of pastureland, Maxwelton Farm Guest House is a restored 1917 gem with beach views just across the road. Watch the sunset behind the Olympic Mountains, then retreat indoors to enjoy two fully separate units, perfect for groups or families who want shared time and solo space. It’s historic, it’s homey, and it’s full of Whidbey charm.
Top Amenities:
Private beach access path across the street
Outdoor deck with alfresco dining chairs and table, family-friendly, pet-friendly
Fireplaces, fire pit, BBQ grill, full kitchens, children’s toys, a little nook
Near Dave Mackie Park, Maxwelton Valley, and Useless Bay
Why Maxwelton Farm Guest House is a Must-Visit:
This rare two-in-one farmhouse is the perfect setting for multi-generational trips, offering room to gather and space to spread out, all surrounded by tranquil island beauty.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“Beautiful home with a beach view, huge windows to watch the tides and scenery. Nicely kept living space with lots of comfortable and inviting shared spaces. Kitchen large enough to feed a large group, with cabinets of spices and leftovers from previous parties. Well stocked, clear instructions posted throughout the living spaces. Clean, beautiful, and a nice getaway.” – John C.
Peaceful, private, and postcard-perfect is the theme here in Swan Lake Cottage. Tucked away on over two acres with dazzling water views and sunsets, you’ll be sure to remember the experience forever. A cozy retreat made for slow mornings and scenic evenings, making this your ticket to total relaxation just minutes from the beach.
Top Amenities:
Stunning lake views from every room and from the outdoor deck
BBQ grill, washer and dryer, outdoor table and chair for alfresco dining, yoga mat
5 minutes to Joseph Whidbey State Park & Beach, 10 minutes to downtown Oak Harbor
Why Swan Lake Cottage is a Must-Visit:
This is a hidden gem where nature, calm, and comfort come together, perfect for a true unplugged escape that you’re dreaming for.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“We thoroughly enjoyed our stay at Swan Lake Cottage. The surroundings were beautiful and peaceful. We walked a short distance from the cottage to Joseph Whidbey State Park where there is beach access and walking trails. The home was clean and the kitchen was stocked with all that we needed to prepare meals. The cottage is a short drive to Oak Harbor and Coupeville. Would definitely rent again!” – Candace P.
Surrounded by evergreens and full of throwback vibes, Mid-Century Beach Cabin is where you can have peaceful mornings watching the wildlife from the hammock, unwind in the hot tub, or explore the nearby community beach and picnic area. This hidden gem feels like stepping back in time in the best way.
Top Amenities:
Spacious deck with hot tub and hammock by the backyard, outdoor dining
Guest cabin for glamping-style sleeping, pet-friendly, upper deck with lounge chairs
5 minutes to community beach access, picnic spot & playground
Why Mid-Century Beach Cabin is a Must-Visit:
It’s a retro island escape house with modern layouts and outdoor perks that make every hour feel golden and special.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“Great house in a peaceful location. The house had everything we needed. We cooked the majority of our meals and the kitchen had everything we needed. The outdoor area was amazing!” – Alicia G.
Located along Whidbey’s west side, Comfy Coastal Cottage is all sunshine, sea breezes, and the kind of mountain-and-water views that make you want to stay a little longer. Grab a book, curl up in a reading chair, or head outside to the deck for sunset dining after a day exploring Bush Point beach or antique hunting in Freeland.
Top Amenities:
Large deck with Olympic Mountain and evergreen views
Big windows, cozy interiors, fireplace, BBQ grill, outdoor table with umbrella
5 minutes to Bush Point boat launch and beach access
Why Comfy Coastal Cottage is a Must-Visit:
This cheerful home feels like summer even in the colder months, offering cozy charm and unbeatable proximity to nature and town.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“We really enjoyed this little cottage for our fishing trip on Whidbey Island. It was very close to our main fishing spot, Bush Point, and we were able to walk down to the beach easily. The cottage was clean, quiet, and comfortable.” – Trista O.
This one is Whidbey’s secret garden. Set on five private acres just a mile from downtown Langley, Rhythm Waters is wrapped in a curated paradise of Japanese maples, rhododendrons, and water lilies — with a waterfall and stream threading between two ponds right outside your windows. Soak in the deck hot tub to the sound of moving water, follow the grass to the hidden sitting nook in the woods, and let the jungle-like backyard slow your pulse to island time.
Top Amenities:
Five acres of landscaped gardens with a waterfall, stream, and two ponds
Hot tub on the deck, secret woodland sitting area, and a grassy play lawn
Pet-friendly (up to 2 dogs), expansive picture windows, one mile to Langley
Why Rhythm Waters is a Must-Visit:
It’s the rare stay where the landscaping is the main event — moving water, hidden corners, and total privacy, minutes from town. Traveling with a bigger crew? The Art Box next door hosts 2–3 more.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“This is a really exceptional property! The gardens surrounding the house are beautiful – the mature Japanese maples are very special. Relaxing in the hot tub while looking out at the beautiful landscape was a treat!” – Amelia
Settle into slower island rhythms at this light-filled home nestled on Whidbey’s sunniest stretch. In a peaceful corner of Freeland, Sunny Side Island Retreat is a cheerful escape that offers golden-hour skies and peak a boo ocean views. This happy haven gives you all-day light, coastal views, and plenty of space to relax, recharge, and make new memories with your crew.
Top Amenities:
Expansive deck with BBQ grill, outdoor lounge area & dining table
Fenced yard, balcony with lounge chairs, fireplace, dedicated work desk
5 minutes to Double Bluff Beach and Downtown Freeland
Why Sunny Side Island Retreat is a Must-Visit:
From quiet mornings to game nights and beach days, it’s the kind of place that brings people together and keeps them coming back, ideal for families and friend groups.
Hear from Our Recent Guest:
“Great stay for families! Plenty of amenities and toys for young children. Having a separate kitchen downstairs was a huge bonus! We loved the area – it was nice and close to Double Bluff Beach and not far to Langley. We were very appreciative of the fenced backyard and options for grilling. Will definitely be coming back!” – Emily S.
Whidbey Island is packed with picture-perfect stops, scenic drives, and unique Pacific Northwest charm. Plus, with our guide on the best things to do while in Whidbey Island, for sure, you won’t run out of things to enjoy.
Whether you’re into history, nature, or seaside strolls, here are a few famous places that make Whidbey unforgettable:
Deception Pass State Park
The island’s most iconic landmark, this dramatic bridge and the surrounding park offer stunning views, rugged cliffs, and forested hikes. It’s one of the most photographed spots in Washington and for good reason.
Fort Casey State Park & Admiralty Head Lighthouse
Explore a real turn-of-the-century fort complete with bunkers and coastal batteries. Next door, the postcard-perfect lighthouse offers panoramic water views and a dose of island history.
Ebey’s Landing National Historical Reserve
This cliffside trail combines farmland, bluffs, and unbeatable sunsets over Puget Sound. Keep your eyes peeled for bald eagles and the occasional pod of orcas offshore.
Downtown Langley
Nicknamed “The Village by the Sea,” Langley is full of boutique shops, quaint cafés, bookstores, and galleries. Don’t miss The Star Store or the chance to spot whales from the seawall downtown.
Greenbank Farm
Known for its famous pies and laid-back atmosphere, Greenbank Farm has walking trails, art galleries, a wine shop, and wide-open fields with mountain views. It’s dog-friendly, too!
Spoiled Dog Winery & Whidbey Island Distillery
Enjoy locally made wine and award-winning spirits right on the island. Many wineries offer tastings with views, and the distillery is famous for its loganberry liqueur.
Underrated Now. Fully Booked Soon.
Whidbey Island is where stress disappears and peace takes over. Indeed, a unique gateway to the island’s most scenic and underrated corners, perfect for travelers seeking charm, quiet, and unforgettable views.
No matter the season, this is your sign to slow down, breathe deep, and book the Whidbey escape you deserve. Browse our full Whidbey Island collection and start planning your peaceful PNW escape today.
A desert oasis where stunning sunsets paint the sky orange and pink every evening. World-class golf courses stretch beneath towering saguaro cacti, and every day brings clear blue skies and mountain views.
Welcome to Scottsdale, Arizona – the desert city that people call the “West’s Most Western Town.” Discover amazing places like the Desert Botanical Garden with thousands of desert plants. Old Town Scottsdale buzzes with art galleries, western shops, and great restaurants. And the hiking trails around Camelback Mountain offer incredible views of the whole valley.
The desert climate here stays sunny most of the year. But timing matters for your visit. Summer brings intense heat that can reach over 110°F. Winter offers perfect weather in the 70s. Spring and fall give you great temperatures without the crowds.
Suppose you want to learn more about when is the best time to visit Scottdale and book that trip, then read more. We’ll explore the best times to visit Scottsdale and discover what makes each season special.
About Scottsdale, AZ
Scottsdale sits in the Sonoran Desert in central Arizona, surrounded by mountains and desert landscapes. The city is known worldwide for luxury resorts, championship golf courses, and some of the best spas in America.
The desert climate means summers are sweltering and dry, winters are cool, and it is mostly clear year-round. Over the course of the year, the temperature typically varies from 44°F to 106°F. You’ll get more than 300 days of sunshine each year, making it perfect for outdoor activities.
Rainfall in Scottsdale is minimal during the summer months but increases during the winter months for an annual total of 8-9 inches. This means you can count on dry, sunny weather almost every day of your stay.
Scottsdale Travel Seasons at a Glance
Here’s when the crowds arrive and when you’ll have the desert to yourself.
Peak Times: October to April
The cooler months draw visitors from cold climates looking for warm desert sunshine. Hotel rates are highest, and popular restaurants book up weeks ahead.
Great Times: May and September
These shoulder months offer good weather with fewer tourists. You’ll find better hotel deals and shorter waits at attractions.
Quieter Times: June to August
Summer heat keeps many visitors away, which means the best hotel deals of the year. The pool weather is perfect, and many resorts offer special summer rates.
Why Visit Scottsdale?
This desert city offers way more than just golf and spas. You can explore Frank Lloyd Wright’s famous Taliesin West architecture school. The Scottsdale ArtWalk happens every Thursday night with galleries staying open late. Hiking trails like Camelback Mountain and Pinnacle Peak give you amazing desert views.
The food scene rocks here. From high-end steakhouses to authentic Mexican restaurants, every meal becomes an experience. Each neighborhood has its own personality. Old Town feels like the Wild West with cowboy bars and western shops. North Scottsdale is all about luxury resorts and fancy shopping.
Scottsdale loves the outdoors. You can hike desert trails, play golf on courses designed by famous architects, or just relax by resort pools with mountain views. The city sits in a valley surrounded by mountains, so you’re always looking at incredible scenery.
The desert climate lets you enjoy outdoor activities almost year-round. Even summer has its perks – early morning hikes and late-night pool parties are amazing when it’s 85°F outside.
Your Month-by-Month Guide to Scottsdale
Scottsdale in January: Perfect weather, busy tourist season, ideal for everything
Scottsdale in February: Still great weather, spring training starts, lots of visitors
Scottsdale in March: Getting warmer, wildflowers bloom, events begin
Scottsdale in April: Really nice temperatures, busy season continues, great hiking
Scottsdale in May: Summer heat starts, fewer crowds, pool season begins
Scottsdale in June: Hot days, amazing pool weather, great hotel deals
Scottsdale in July: Hottest month, perfect for swimming, monsoon season starts
Scottsdale in August: Still very hot, afternoon thunderstorms, best resort deals
Scottsdale in September: Heat breaks, fewer people, comfortable evenings
Scottsdale in October: Beautiful weather returns, busy season starts, perfect for hiking
Scottsdale in November: Ideal temperatures, comfortable all day, popular time
Scottsdale in December: Cool and pleasant, holiday events, winter visitor season begins
When Is the Best Time to Visit Scottsdale?
The best time to visit Scottsdale is October through April, when temperatures stay in the comfortable 60s to 80s. These months offer perfect weather for golf, hiking, dining outside, and exploring the desert without melting. You’ll get clear skies, warm days, and cool evenings that are perfect for everything Scottsdale offers.
These months give you the classic desert experience – sunny days, comfortable temperatures, and amazing sunsets every night.
Visiting in Spring (March to May)
Spring in Scottsdale brings perfect desert weather. Days warm up to the 80s and 90s while nights stay cool in the 50s and 60s. The desert blooms with wildflowers and cacti, creating colorful displays across the landscape.
This is hiking season at its best. The mountains look green from winter rains, and the weather is perfect for outdoor activities. The pool weather starts getting good, but it’s not too hot to walk around during the day.
Spring weather makes every outdoor activity enjoyable. Desert hiking trails like Camelback Mountain and Pinnacle Peak offer incredible views without extreme heat. Golf courses are in perfect condition, and morning tee times feel amazing.
Downtown Scottsdale and Old Town are perfect for walking around. Outdoor dining becomes really enjoyable, and resort pools start warming up for the season.
Scottsdale Events in Spring
MLB Spring Training (March-April) – Watch your favorite teams practice
Scottsdale Arts Festival (March) – Huge outdoor art show
Scottsdale Culinary Festival (April) – Amazing food from top restaurants
Phoenix Open (February-March) – Major PGA Tour golf tournament
McDowell Mountain Music Festival (March) – Great bands in a desert setting
Local Eats in Scottsdale During Spring
Spring weather is perfect for trying Scottsdale’s famous restaurant patios. The temperatures make it comfortable to walk between different neighborhoods and try various restaurants. Everything from rooftop bars to outdoor cafes feels amazing in spring weather.
Scottsdale Travel Tips During Spring
Spring is a busy season, so book hotels and restaurants early. Pack layers since mornings can be cool and afternoons warm. This is the most popular time to visit, so expect crowds at major attractions.
Visiting in Summer (June to August)
Summer gets seriously hot with temperatures regularly hitting 105°F to 110°F during the day. But if you love pool weather and can handle the heat, summer offers the best hotel deals of the year.
The average summer temperature is around 96° F with low humidity levels, making it dry heat that many people find more comfortable than humid heat. Plus, most places have excellent air conditioning.
Summer is all about pools, early morning activities, and indoor attractions. Resort pools are perfect, and many have swim-up bars and cabanas. Early morning hiking (before 8 AM) is actually amazing – you’ll have trails to yourself and watch the sunrise over the desert.
Indoor activities like art museums, shopping at air-conditioned malls, and spa treatments become more appealing. Many restaurants have covered patios with misters to keep you cool.
Scottsdale Events in Summer
Summer Concerts (June-August) – Evening shows when it cools down
Monsoon Season (July-August) – Dramatic thunderstorms and amazing sunsets
Resort Pool Parties (June-August) – Great nighttime pool events
Art Gallery Summer Hours (June-August) – Extended hours for browsing indoors
Local Eats in Scottsdale During Summer
Summer dining focuses on staying cool. Think frozen margaritas, cold soups, and restaurants with excellent air conditioning. Many places offer special summer menus with lighter, refreshing dishes perfect for hot weather.
Scottsdale Travel Tips During Summer
Book hotels with great pools and air conditioning. Plan outdoor activities for early morning or evening. Stay hydrated and take breaks in air-conditioned spaces. Summer offers the best hotel deals, so you can afford nicer places.
Visiting in Fall (September to November)
Fall brings relief from summer heat and marks the return of perfect desert weather. September still feels hot, but October and November offer some of the best weather of the year. Days are warm and comfortable, nights are cool and perfect for outdoor dining.
The busy tourist season hasn’t started yet, so you’ll find good hotel deals and fewer crowds at attractions.
Fall weather brings back all the outdoor activities that summer heat made uncomfortable. Hiking trails become enjoyable again, golf courses see perfect playing conditions, and outdoor dining returns as a pleasure rather than an endurance test.
Desert landscapes look beautiful in fall light, and the cooler evenings are perfect for exploring Old Town Scottsdale or taking sunset hikes.
Scottsdale Events in Fall
Scottsdale ArtWalk (Every Thursday) – Weekly gallery walk with perfect weather
Fall Festival Season – Various outdoor festivals and events
Desert Classic Concours d’Elegance (November) – Classic car show
Scottsdale International Film Festival (October) – Great movies and events
Local Eats in Scottsdale During Fall
Fall weather makes outdoor dining enjoyable again. Restaurant patios reopen for the season, and the comfortable temperatures make it fun to walk around and explore different neighborhoods and their food scenes.
Scottsdale Travel Tips During Fall
Fall offers great weather with moderate crowds in October and November. September can still be quite hot, so early fall requires summer precautions. Pack light layers since days are warm but evenings can be cool.
Visiting in Winter (December to February)
Winters are generally mild and sunny, with temperatures dropping only to around 40° F at night. Winter brings Scottsdale’s most perfect weather – sunny days in the 70s, cool nights in the 40s and 50s, and almost no rain.
This is peak tourist season when visitors from cold climates come to escape winter. Hotels are most expensive, but the weather is absolutely perfect for everything.
Winter weather is perfect for every outdoor activity Scottsdale offers. Golf courses are in perfect condition, hiking trails have ideal temperatures all day long, and you can spend entire days outside without any weather concerns.
This is the perfect time for resort stays, spa treatments with outdoor elements, and exploring all of Scottsdale’s outdoor attractions.
Scottsdale Events in Winter
Phoenix Open (Late January/Early February) – Biggest golf tournament of the year
Scottsdale Arabian Horse Show (February) – World-famous horse competition
Spring Training (March starts) – Baseball teams begin practice
Barrett-Jackson Auto Auction (January) – Famous classic car auction
Local Eats in Scottsdale During Winter
Winter weather makes every outdoor dining experience perfect. Restaurant patios are at their most comfortable, and the pleasant temperatures make it enjoyable to walk around and try restaurants in different parts of the city.
Scottsdale Travel Tips During Winter
Winter is the most expensive and crowded time to visit. Book everything well in advance. Pack layers since mornings can be cool, but afternoons are warm. This is the best time for first-time visitors who want perfect weather.
Best Time of the Year to Visit Scottsdale (By Interest)
Here’s when to visit based on what matters most to you:
For Fewer Crowds: June to August and Weekdays Year-Round
Best Time to Visit Scottsdale for Fewer People
The summer months have the fewest tourists due to the heat. Visiting Tuesday through Thursday, any time of year, means shorter lines at attractions and less crowded restaurants and hiking trails.
For Perfect Weather: October to April
Best Time to Visit Scottsdale for Ideal Temperatures
These months offer the classic perfect desert weather – sunny days in the 70s and 80s, cool evenings, and almost no rain. Perfect for every outdoor activity Scottsdale offers.
For Pool Activities: May to September
Best Time to Visit Scottsdale for Swimming and Pool Fun
The warmest months with perfect pool temperatures. Resort pools, water parks, and any water-related activities are at their best during these hot months.
For Golf: November to April
Best Time to Visit Scottsdale for Playing Golf
Perfect golfing weather with comfortable temperatures all day long. Golf courses are in peak condition, and you can play anytime without heat concerns.
For Hiking: October to April and Early Morning in Summer
Best Time to Visit Scottsdale for Desert Hiking
Cooler months offer perfect hiking conditions all day. Summer hiking is amazing if you start before sunrise and finish by 8 AM.
For Cheaper Prices: June to August and Late Spring
Best Time to Visit Scottsdale on a Budget
Summer heat means lower hotel rates and restaurant deals. Late May also offers good deals as the tourist season winds down, but the weather is still decent.
For Events and Festivals: March to April and October to November
Best Time to Visit Scottsdale for Special Events
Spring and fall bring the biggest events like the Phoenix Open, Spring Training, and various festivals that take advantage of perfect weather.
Where to Stay in Scottsdale
Discover amazing vacation homes that capture Scottsdale’s luxury desert vibe. These properties offer stunning desert views, resort-style amenities, and everything you need for the perfect Southwest getaway. Here are some incredible Scottsdale vacation homes you can book with AvantStay:
Sandflower – Your personal oasis with an outdoor space to relax in a desert setting.
Sundrenched – A bright and airy home designed to capture the beautiful Arizona sun.
Arcadia – This home offers a serene retreat for the best Scottsdale experience.
Sonoran Sunshine – Central Scottsdale entertainer’s oasis with a private pool, putting green, arcade game room, and a work-friendly office for longer stays.
Diamondback – Our luxury desert home that’s surrounded by lush landscapes.
Create Your Scottsdale Itinerary
Ready to plan your desert adventure? Let our team help you set up everything for your Scottsdale escape! We can arrange golf tee times, spa appointments, hiking guide services, and unique local experiences that show you the real Scottsdale.
Just contact us or download the AvantStay App to book extra activities, get recommendations from locals, and manage your entire trip through one simple app.
No matter when you visit, Scottsdale’s stunning desert landscapes, world-class resorts, incredible golf courses, and laid-back luxury vibe will create unforgettable memories. The city offers the perfect blend of outdoor adventure and relaxation. Every visit brings new discoveries and authentic Southwest experiences.
Your perfect Scottsdale vacation home is waiting for you. Book with AvantStay today and discover how amazing desert getaways can be when you experience Scottsdale’s legendary sunshine, culture, and Sonoran Desert beauty.
FAQs
Is Scottsdale expensive to visit?
Scottsdale can be pricey during peak season from October through April when hotels charge premium rates because of perfect weather and high demand from visitors escaping cold climates. However, you can save significant money during summer months when you’ll find great hotel deals, restaurant specials, and fewer crowds, while still enjoying amazing pool weather and desert experiences.
How crowded does Scottsdale get?
Peak season brings lots of visitors, especially during major events like the Phoenix Open and Spring Training, when hotels, golf courses, and popular restaurants get packed. For a more relaxed experience, visit during the summer months or explore during weekdays when there are fewer tourists and shorter waits at attractions.
When to avoid Scottsdale?
Summer months from June to August bring intense heat that can reach 110°F, making midday outdoor activities uncomfortable for some visitors. However, this is actually perfect weather for pool activities and spa treatments. Peak winter months from December to March see the highest prices and biggest crowds because of perfect weather. Still, Scottsdale’s year-round sunshine and diverse activities make it a great destination any time if you plan for the season and know what to expect.
